BioQuip Equipment Catalog - Nature | Where knowledge meets ...

Featured Products 

pages A - L 

BG-Sentinel Trap® 

Functional Diagram 

A: Top view 

CB: catch bag 

G: mesh cover 

B: Side view 

CB: catch bag 

T : black tube 

F: fan 

BGL: BG-Lure 

Arrows symbolize the 

direction of airflow. 

symbol indicates a new 

product or book, described in 

BioQuip's catalog or on a special 

flyer for the first time. 

This novel monitoring trap for mosquitoes was developed by BioGents GmbH (Germany) utilizing patent 

pending technology. The trap consists of an easy-to-transport, collapsible white cylinder with white mesh 

covering the top. In the middle of the mesh cover is a black tube through which a down flow is created by a 

12V DC fan that causes mosquitoes in the vicinity of the opening to be sucked into a catch bag. 

The catch bag is located above the suction fan to avoid damage to specimens passing through the fan. The 

air then exits the trap through the mesh top. This design generates ascending current similar to that produced 

by a human host, both in its direction, geometrical structure, and chemical composition of the attractants. 

Attractants are given off by the BG-Lure®, a mesh dispenser that releases a combination of non-toxic substances 

found on human skin (lactic acid, ammonia, and fatty acids). The lure releases the long-lasting attractant 

for up to five months. An Octenol lure, active for two months, is also provided. 

Originally developed to attract the yellow fever or dengue mosquito Aedes (Stegomyia) aegypti, laboratory 

and field tests show that the trap is also attractive for a range of other anthropophagic mosquitoes. Trials have 

also demonstrated good catch rates for the Asian tiger mosquito (Aedes albopictus, A. polynesiensis), southern 

and northern house mosquitoes (Culex quinquefasciatus, C. pipiens), and malaria mosquitoes (Anopheles 

species). Carbon dioxide is not required to catch Aedes aegypti, A. polynesiensis, or A. albopictus, but 

it can be added as an attractant for other species. 

The trap features a unique pop-up design. No tools are required for assembly. A BG-Lure® and an Octanol 

lure are included, along with two catch bags and a two-handled green nylon ripstock carrying case. A power 

source of 7.5 - 12V DC is required (trap draws 300 mA) . Dimensions: collapsed - diameter 35 cm, height 10 

cm; assembled - diameter 35 cm, height ~40 cm. Weight: 1.5 kg (3.4 lbs.). 

A useful accessory to this trap is the #2823 CO² gas regulator kit designed for use in areas where dry ice 

cannot be obtained or is not desired. 

Catalog No. Description Price 

1 - 5 6 + 

2880 BG-Sentinel Trap® $197.00 $187.15 

2880C Extra or replacement catch bag 5.85 5.55 

2881 Human skin non-toxic chemical lure 29.80 28.30 

2882 Octenol lure, 2 grams 8.75 8.30 

2861A Battery, gel cell, 12V, 12 AH 77.20 73.35 

2823 CO² gas regulator kit 76.50 

BioQuip Products, Inc. 2321 Gladwick St., Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 U.S.A. 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ www.bioquip.com $ bqinfo@bioquip.com 

6/09 

A

2820X 

B 

4776 

4776A 

2820A, 2820B 

High Intensity UV Flashlight 

BioQuip’s high intensity UV flashlight is ideal for locating many fluorescing items including scorpions, 

minerals, and rodent urine. The single LED bulb produces 1 watt of 400 nanometer wavelength light. 

This light is highly effective up to 15 or more feet, depending on ambient light conditions. 

The flashlight operates on two CR123A lithium batteries (included). Run time is approximately 23 

hours on one set of batteries. The black powder coated unit is machined from high grade aluminum. 

Dimensions are 4-5/8” (117mm) long x 1-3/16” (30mm) diameter, and weight is only 3.2 ounces. A 

push button switch is located in the end cap. A wrist lanyard and belt holster are also provided. 

SAFETY NOTICE: UV light can damage the eyes if used improperly Do not look directly at the 

light or shine the light into the eyes of others. BioQuip recommends wearing UV filtering safety 

glasses, see Cat.No. 2814 described on page 53, when using this light. Children should not handle 

this product without direct adult supervision. 

2921 High intensity UV flashlight 43.95 

Aquatic Pipettes 

Aspirator Filter 

BioQuip 7 

Micro Vials and Neoprene Stoppers 

These durable black neoprene stoppers resist ripping or tearing. They have been developed by BioQuip 

and tested by professional entomologists who requested a higher quality stopper. Stoppers are intended 

for use with BioQuip polyethylene microvials described on catalog page 15. They may be pinned for 

storage or shipment. Microvial users may wish to replace stoppers in their existing collections with these 

superior stoppers. Packed in bags of 100. 

Price per pack 1 - 9 10+ 

1133NA Micro vials w/ neoprene stoppers, 4mm dia. (2.5mm I.D.) x 10mm long 21.05 18.95 

1133NC Micro vials w/ neoprene stoppers, 6mm dia. (4.0mm I.D.) x 12mm long 32.25 29.05 

1133NSA Neoprene stoppers only, for 1133NA/1133A micro vials 10.25 9.45 

1133NSC Neoprene stoppers only, for 1133NC/1133C micro vials 11.90 10.95 

Aquatic pipettes are useful for collecting or transferring mosquito larvae or other small aquatic 

organisms. One squeeze of the bulb fills about one-half of the receptacle. 

Smaller pipette is 6-1/2" (18 cm) long, with 1-oz. (30ml), heavy-duty rubber bulb. Retempered glass 

receptacle is 1" (25mm) in diameter with 1/8" (3mm) I.D. tip. Holds 1-1/2 oz. (45ml) of liquid. 

Larger pipette is 8-1/4" (21 cm) long, with 2-oz. (60ml), heavy-duty rubber bulb. Retempered glass 

receptacle is 1-7/16" (37mm) in diameter with 1/8" (3mm) I.D. tip. Holds 3 oz. (90ml) of liquid. 

4776 Aquatic pipette, 1 oz. 5.25 

4776A Aquatic pipette, 2 oz. 8.75 

This important safety device should be used by all those who collect specimens with inhaling-type 

aspirators. HEPA (high-efficiency particle arresting) filter disk provides protection from particulate 

matter. It filters 99.97% of particles greater or equal to .3 micron, including molds, pollens, dust and 

other matter that may be a potential health hazard. Disk size is 2-1/2" (60mm) in diameter. Filter 

connections accommodate latex tubing used in 1135A & 1135B aspirators (described on page 57). 

Filter may be inserted into end of the tubing, or tubing can be cut to insert filter at desired position. 

Price each 

1135Y Aspirator HEPA filter 1 - 9 13.75 

10 or more 12.60 

Aspirator Syringe Bulb 

This item allows the user to aspirate specimens without inhaling particulate matter that may be a 

potential health hazard. The 4-oz. (120ml) rubber syringe bulb is inserted into the end of the latex 

tubing on 1135A & 1135B aspirators. Bulb is squeezed, then released to create suction. 

Price each 

1135X Aspirator syringe bulb 1 - 9 4.75 

10 or more 4.50 

Insect Vac Nozzle/Extension Set 

Nozzle/extension set extends the reach of 2820A and 2820B insect vacs 

(described on page 57) by five feet (1.5 meters), allowing users to collect 

specimens from cages or difficult-to-reach areas more easily. The 1/2" (13mm) 

flexible, clear vinyl tubing is inserted into a black stopper, which is in turn 

inserted into the end of the insect vac (after removing nozzle supplied with 

the unit). Two 3/8" (10mm) I.D. rigid acrylic pickup tubes with angled tips are 

provided, one straight and one angled at 45°. 

2820X Insect Vac nozzle/extension set 25.95 

BioQuip Products, Inc. $ 2321 Gladwick St. $ Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 $ U.S.A.

Beating Net 

Recently added beating net features the same design used in BioQuip’s 

heavy-duty nets. The V-shaped bag allows the user to retrieve collected 

specimens easily. It is 15 inches (38cm) in diameter and 9 inches (23cm) 

deep, fabricated from sailcloth with Dacron sailtape banding. This net bag 

is available separately for those already using a 7625HS net. The hardwood 

handle is 24 inches (61cm) by 1 inch (25mm) in diameter. It may be 

shortened to suit the user’s preference. An 18-inch-long (46cm), 3/4-inch 

(19mm) hardwood beating stick is provided with the net and is also available 

separately. 

2840N Beating net 25.20 

2840NB Replacement net bag 13.60 

2840B Beating stick 2.65 

No-see-um Mesh Products 

Step-Up/Step-Down Voltage Transformer 


Aerial net bags made of nylon no-see-um mesh have been added to BioQuip's 

extensive line of net bags. The closely woven mesh has little wind resistance and 

is very lightweight—only .8 oz. per square yard. Visibility through the mesh is 

excellent. These net bags are intended for aerial use only, as they tend to snag on 

brush and thorned plants. Net bags and yardage are available in either white or 

black. (No mesh specifications are currently available.) 

Cat. # Product Diameter Length Price each 

7212NSW Aerial net bag, white 12" (30.5 cm) 28" (71 cm) 7.10 

7215NSW Aerial net bag, white 15" (38 cm) 33" (84 cm) 7.85 

7218NSW Aerial net bag, white 18" (46 cm) 38" (97 cm) 9.10 

7212NSB Aerial net bag, black 12" (30.5 cm) 28" (71 cm) 6.80 

7215NSB Aerial net bag, black 15" (38 cm) 33" (84 cm) 7.45 

7218NSB Aerial net bag, black 18" (46 cm) 38" (97 cm) 8.95 

Price per yard* 

7250NSW White no-see-um nylon netting, 54" wide 3.25 

7250NSB Black no-see-um nylon netting, 54" wide 3.35 

* Minimum purchase: 5 yards 

Tick Drag 

Step-up/step-down transformer converts 220V AC to 120V AC, or 120V AC to 220V AC 

electrical current. It is used in countries with 220V AC electricity. The 500-watt capacity 

transformer can operate two 175-watt mercury vapor lights described on catalog page 

52. It also allows 220V AC electrical products to be used with 110V AC current. The black 

metal case is equipped with “on/off” switch, red LED power indicating lamp, and AC 

shock-proof sockets. Includes two extra fuses. 

Dimensions: 6-1/2 x 4-1/8 x 3-3/4" (17 x 10.5 x 9.5cm). Weight: 7.25 lb. 

2866 Step-up/step-down voltage transformer 59.45 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ www.bioquip.com 

Heavy-Duty Sweep Net with Three-Foot Handle 

BioQuip now manufactures a heavy-duty sweep net with a three-foot handle 

in addition to the standard 7625HS net supplied with a two-foot handle. Hardwood 

handle is 3 feet (91.5cm) long and 1 inch (25mm) in diameter. See 

catalog page 45 for description of ring and bag. 

7635HS Heavy duty sweep net, complete 25.20 

7625R Heavy duty net ring, 15" dia. (38 cm) 4.80 

7603HD Heavy duty net handle, 3' (91.5 cm) 10.60 

7215HS Heavy duty sweep net bag, 15" dia. (38 cm) 12.80 

Mesh shown at high magnification. 

Based on a widely used method for collecting ticks, this 

tick drag measures 23 x 45" (58 x 114 cm). The sheet is 

made of muslin, and is sewn into a Dacron sail tape hem. 

It is attached to a 1" (25mm) dowel with stainless steel 

screws. The Tick drag is pulled behind the user with ten 

feet of polypropylene cord attached to ends of the dowel. 

2840T Tick drag 24.65 

C

Black Light EVS Trap 

Flashlight Aspirators 

Two models of effective, powerful aspirators are constructed on rugged 

MAG-LITE® platforms. They are ideal tools for collecting mosquitoes and 

other small insects, or for transferring specimens between enclosures. 

Two pickup tubes are supplied for versatility - one straight and one 

angled at 45°. They are made from 1/2" (13mm) I.D. acrylic tubing with 

bevel cut ends. Pickup tube length can be varied by sliding in or out of 

the aspirator's nozzle. 

D 

Mini Mosquito Breeder 

2809D 

2809C 

Pint-size mosquito breeder is useful where space is 

limited or where smaller populations of mosquitos 

are being reared or studied. It is constructed with 

two 16-oz. (pint) clear polystyrene jars, vinyl funnel 

and 20 X 20 mesh aluminum screen air vent. Thanks 

to David Gaines, Virginia Dept. of Health, for suggesting 

a smaller version of the widely used 1425 

mosquito breeder (described on catalog page 37). 

Dimensions: 7-3/4" (195mm) high x 3-5/8" (92mm) 

diameter. 

Price each 1 - 11 12+ 

1425DG Mini mosquito breeder 9.95 9.45 

Specimen Handling Cage 

BioQuip’s unique collapsible cage was designed for handling live insects 

in a controlled environment. Its many uses include: 

$ Unpacking live insect shipments 

$ Working with live insects 

$ Transferring live insects from one container to another 

Specimens or containers are placed inside the cage through a frontdoor 

opening. The cage is accessed through two elastic-banded 

sleeves on the front of the cage, allowing the user to work inside the 

cage with both hands. 

The aluminum frame cage is 24 x 24 x 24" (61cm), screened with 

high-visibility, white nylon no-see-um mesh. The front of the cage has 

a clear vinyl observation window in the upper half, and two no-seeum 

mesh size access sleeves. The front opening is hinged on the left 

side and secured with two draw latches. 

1450TC Specimen handling cage 313.60 

This vector control product is a modified version of BioQuip’s 2801A EVS trap for collecting mosquitoes and biting 

midges (sandflies) attracted to black light. It uses a 4-watt UV blacklight powered by 4 “D” cell batteries located under the 

dry ice container and secured with a Velcro strap. Includes separate switches for the light and fan. For transport or 

storage, the blacklight tube is removed, and the light sockets are pivoted so that the trap head fits in the CO 2 container. 

During testing, this trap ran for more than 36 hours before showing signs of decreased battery strength. If desired, a 4watt 

BLB tube may be substituted for the BL tube. See catalog page 38 for complete description of 2801A EVS trap. 

An improved collecting cup is made from no-see-um nylon mesh and ripstop nylon skirt. It utilizes a vented 16-ounce 

polypropylene jar with modified lid. The vent allows water to drain from the jar and prevents build up of CO 2 emitted from 

the trap. The bag is inserted through the lid that is screwed onto the jar. An elastic cord keeps the bag firmly attached to 

the trap collar. Before removal, the bag can be closed with a draw string and cord lock. After removal, the bag can be 

refrigerated to stun specimens before transfer to cages or containers. The bag will not fit completely into the trap’s gallon 

can due to its larger size. 

2801BL Black light EVS trap 145.95 

2801B No-see-um mesh collecting bag 14.05 

2827D 4 watt BLB tube 11.25 

2802H “D” cell battery (four required) 1.50 

Specimens are collected into a 2 oz. polystyrene vial attached to the 

aspirator with a friction fit. Three collecting vials are supplied with each 

aspirator. They are sealed with 20 x 20 mesh aluminum screen on one 

end, and with polyester flap closure on the other end. These vials can 

be changed quickly and easily while collecting. Additional collecting 

vials are available separately. Batteries are not included. 

The 2809C model uses three C-cell batteries. A leather and nylon 

belt holder with brass snap is provided for stowing convenience. 

Weight: 1.4 lbs. (.64 kg); overall length: 22" (56 cm). 

The2809D model uses four D-cell batteries. For collecting in confined 

spaces, this model is supplied with four feet of 1/2" (13mm) I.D. 

flexible vinyl tubing in addition to the two pickup tubes. A leather 

and nylon belt holder with brass snap is provided, allowing the user 

to keep the aspirator secured while collecting with the vinyl pickup tube. 

Weight: 2.6 lbs. (1.2 kg); overall length: 24" (61 cm). 

2809C C-cell aspirator 119.95 

2809D D-cell aspirator 138.30 

2809V Extra collecting vial 6.90 

2802C C-cell battery 1.45 

2802H D-cell battery 1.50 

Glass Collecting 

Vial Set 

This novel product was designed by D.K. Kevan of Canada. Ethyl 

aetate is applied to a cotton plug in a glass vial that is inserted 

into the cork. A polyseal cap secures the vial after specimens 

have been collected. Alcohol can be added to the vial to preserve 

the sample. The set includes six 4-dram and six 6-dram 

wide mouth capsule vials, with 24mm polyseal caps, see page 

15, and three corks with cotton plugged shell vials inserted into 

the center of a cork. 

1120K Glass Collecting vial set 10.45 


Visit our web site 

www.bioquip.com 

to view new products 

added each month 

Laboratory Chill Table 

Assembled at BioQuip’s plant, this widely used chill table 

contains thermo-electric cooling devices and heat exchangers. 

It was developed by Richard Fall for use in 

laboratory environments when a cold surface larger than 

BioQuip’s 1429 portable chill table (described on page 

37) is required. 

It is powered by 120V AC current. The vented aluminum 

box is white powder-coated. Four metal safety screens 

on the bottom protect fan intake areas. The chill surface 

is clear anodized aluminum. 

A control knob on the bottom of the power supply adjusts 

voltage. This feature allows the user to set the chill table 

surface at a slightly higher or lower temperature. An expanded 

styrofoam cover insulates the chill surface. 



Boom Arm Stereo Zoom Microscopes 

High-quality boom arm stereo zoom microscopes provide the same 

durability and best in optical clarity found in BioQuip’s 6600 Series 

microscopes (see catalog page 24). 

The added feature of boom arms allows the user to view and handle 

specimens remote from the microscope stand, and without obstruction 

under the microscope head. 

The vertical boom arm permits the bottom of the microscope head 

to be adjusted from 

2-1/4" to 16-3/4" above the work surface. The horizontal boom arm 

allows the microscope head to be placed up to 15" away from the base. 

It is rotatable 360° around the vertical pole. 

Rack and pinion focus and forward/reverse adjustments are located on 

the horizontal boom. The heavy square base supporting the booms is 

10" x 1-1/2" high. Due to its stability, no counter balance is required. 

Technical specifications for microscope heads are found on page 24. 

Boom arm stand and microscope head weigh 47 pounds. 

Telephone Orders: (310) 667-8800 $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ www.bioquip.com 

indicates a new 

product, listed in the 

BioQuip catalog for 

the first time. 

Convenient and affordable! 

No pump, dry ice, or 

running water needed. 

Use to select, sort, or 

identify mosquitoes and 

other 

small insects. 

A BioQuip exclusive. 

Features: 

• Rapid chill down to -5°C (23°F) or lower 

Foam insulating cap speeds chilling and minimizes frost 

buildup 

Defroster melts frost accumulation in than less than 1 minute 

Allows tor variation in chill surface temperature 

110 /220 volt AC capacity; detachable power supply 

Indicates chill surface temperature by digital centigrade 

thermometer 

8 x 10" (20.3 x 25.4 cm) chill surface 

Accommodates up to five100 mm petri dishes 

Dimensions: 10 x 12 x 4.25" (25.4 x 30.5 x 10.8 cm) 

Weight: 12 pounds 

1431 Laboratory Chill Table 1,624.00 

Head Eyepieces Magnification Field of View Price 

6700 Boom arm stereo zoom microscope binocular 10x widefield 7.0x - 45.0x 32.8mm, 5.1mm 1,163.25 



6703 Boom arm stereo zoom microscope trinocular 10x widefield 7.0x - 45.0x 32.8mm, 5.1mm 1,308.65 



6700 

E


F 


Advanced Collecting & Mounting Kit 

BioQuip offers a complete kit for the professional or serious amateur 

entomologist. The 24 high-quality items enable the user to observe, 

collect, prepare, and mount most orders of insects. All items (except 

the insect box) fit into a convenient, portable carrying case. The selfcontained 

kit is great for distribution to student or other teams for 

projects, investigations, or sampling surveys. By purchasing the assembled 

kit, there is a 15% saving from the regular price of items 

ordered separately. 

The kit contains the following items: 

$ 7115CP 15" diameter collapsible net, 3 #7312AA 12" net handle 

extensions, #7357 red plastic grip 

$ 1120P & #1120PP 4 oz. & 6 oz. collecting jars, #1185B & #1185A 

pint and 2 oz. containers ethyl acetate, #1130B 100 glassine 

envelopes, #8802P 1 dz. 2-dram screw cap vials 

$ 1024E adjustable spreading board, #1134R roll of 20mm pinning 

strips, #1144 pinning block, #1146S pin holder, #1208B0 & #1208B3 100 pack insect pins, 

sizes 0 & 3, #1157 4 dram applicator vial insect repair adhesive, #1154E .005 black Pigma 

micron pen, #1213 1,000 blank labels, #4531 Swiss style, straight point forceps, #4747 

butterfly forceps 

$ 1009 insect storage box, #1196FS fumigant strip 

$ 9038 How to Make an Insect Collection booklet 

$ Heavy duty plastic carrying case, with tote tray 

1138P Advanced collecting & mounting kit 119.47 

250 Watt Mercury Vapor Light 

This mercury vapor light has many features found in the 2818 175watt 

light described on catalog page 52, but offers a much brighter 

light source. The ballast operates on North American 120 volt AC 

electrical current. It is housed in a vented, zinc-plated steel box. Four 

neoprene rubber feet keep the box elevated for ventilation. An 8 foot 

supply cord, and 10 foot light cord are provided. Two “D” rings are 

mounted at the top of the ballast box so that a shoulder strap may be 

attached. Ballast box is 5 x 5-1/2 x 9" (127 x 140 x 229 mm); complete 

unit weighs 16 lbs. 

BioQuip strongly recommends using a rain shield (#2818B) and eye protection 

(#2814 anti-UV glasses) when operating this light (see page 52).. 

2816 Mercury vapor light, 250 watt, complete 316.45 

2816B Replacement MV lamp, 250 watt 17.95 

Professional Series Nets - Extendable Handle 

This lightweight insect net handle uses a clutch-lock device to allow extension from 

36" up to 69". Fabricated of anodized aluminum, it facilitates fast extension to collect 

specimens just out of reach using a standard three-foot handle. One full turn of 

the clutch-lock frees the second segment to extend or retract as desired. 

The handle is interchangeable with all 7300 series insect and aquatic net rings and 

bags described on catalog pages 44 and 45. A 7357 red grip and 7360 red “T” knob 

for ring attachment are provided. Not recommended for 21" diameter nets. 

The main tube is 3/4" O.D., and the inner tube is 

5/8" O.D. Overall length is 36". Weight is 12 oz. 

7303X Extendable net handle, 36 - 69" 22.95 

Collapsible to Professional Series Net Handle Adapter 

This adapter allows the user to connect collapsible net handles 

with Professional Series net handles. Any BioQuip collapsible 

net or extension segment can be attached to a 3-foot, 5-foot, or 

tropics net handle. Collapsible nets are described on page 47; 

Professional Series nets are described on page 45; tropics net is 

described on page 46. 

The adapter is fabricated from an anodized aluminum tube swaged 

(shrunk) at one end . A spring loaded button connects to the 

collapsible net handle. A connector screw at the other end is 

screwed to the top of a Professional Series or tropics net handle. 

7300A Collapsible/Professional Series net handle adapter 7.65 



Insulated Dry Ice Bucket for EVS CO 2 Trap 

Using this one-gallon, black plastic auxiliary bucket insulated with polyurethane 

foam substantially extends the life of dry ice. BioQuip’s test results indicate that a 

smaller quantity of dry ice lasts longer using this well-insulated pail than a larger 

quantity placed in the standard model. (See EVS CO 2 trap description on catalog 

page 38.) Savings in dry ice costs offset the cost of the bucket. 

The inside lining of the CO 2 container has eight ounces of molded, expanded polyurethane 

foam. Bucket comes with handle, hanger chain, foam plug and lid, and “D” 

ring for hanging the EVS trap. Four holes drilled in the bottom of the bucket allow 

CO 2 gas to escape. Additional holes can be drilled easily if desired. Size: 7-3/4" 

high x 6-1/2" diameter (20 x 16.5 cm). 

Note: 2801A trap body does not fit inside this bucket due to thickness of the liner. 

2801D Insulated dry ice bucket each 31.05; 12 or more 29.50 each 

Mosquito Attractant, “Octanol” 

The mosquito attractant “Octanol” is reported to have pheromone-like properties. It is used by 

vector control professionals and researchers to enhance the effectiveness of such mosquito 

traps as the EVS, CDC, New Jersey, and gravid traps described on catalog pages 38 and 39. 

A small amount of the chemical applied to a "wick" placed near the intake of the trap brings in 

mosquitoes that may not have been attracted otherwise to the trap area. Packaged in amber 

glass bottles. MSDS is provided with each order. 

2803A Mosquito attractant, “Octanol,” 2 oz. 16.60 

2803B Mosquito attractant,“Octanol,” 4 oz. 26.50 

Insect-a-Slip Insect Barrier—Fluon 

Insect-a-Slip prevents arthropods from climbing out of traps, cages, or other 

containers. It is a fluoropolymer resin (PTFE-30), milky white liquid that can 

be applied to any smooth surface such as glass, plastic, or metal. The solution 

is brushed or wiped onto the inside top portion of the trap or container. 

After it has dried, it forms a slick barrier that prevents arthropods from obtaining 

a foothold on the treated area. 

This product is packaged in amber glass bottles, available in three sizes. 

Safety precaution: Vapors can be liberated that may be hazardous if inhaled. 

Open and use Insect-a-Slip only outdoors or in well-ventilated areas using 

local exhaust ventilation (LEV). MSDS is provided with each order. 

2871A Insect-a-Slip, 4 oz. 21.10 

2871B Insect-a-Slip, 8 oz. 37.10 

2871C Insect-a-Slip, 16 oz. 69.65 

Night Collecting Sheet 

A product long-needed by entomologists working in the field, this convenient, 

collapsible collecting sheet can be erected quickly. It is used 

to collect any species that is attracted to light, and is suitable for use 

in any environment with moderately level ground. 

The reflective collecting sheet is configured as an arch or semi-circle. 

It is 82" (208 cm) across the bottom and 87" (221 cm) high. 

The frame consists of 10 pieces of 3/8" (1 cm) aluminum tube connected 

with elastic cord. Tube sections are 24" (61 cm) long. After 

sections are fitted together to form one pole, ends are brought together 

to shape an arc, held in place by a polypropylene tension cord. 

The frame is supported by two guy lines attached to tent stakes. The 

sheet is smooth white Nylon rip stop, fastened to the frame with Velcro 

loops. The bottom of the sheet extends 24" (61 cm) on both sides of 

the frame to hold insects that drop from the sheet or that fly or crawl to 

the sheet. 

A fluorescent black light may be suspended from an adjustable cord 

lock to position the lamp. A black light or mercury vapor light may also 

be mounted on a tripod on one or both sides of the sheet. Includes 

carrying case and assembly instructions. Weight is 2.2 lb. 

2810 Night collecting sheet 165.10 


2810 Night Collecting Sheet 

shown with 2805 DC Collecting Light 


G


H 

7437C 

1461W 

1462W 


BugDorm-2 and BugDorm-3 Rearing Cages 

BugDorm-2’s tent-like design facilitates easy assembly, transport, and storage. 

The 24 x 24 x 24" (60 x 60 x 60 cm) cage is self-supported by solid fiberglass 

poles. Front, rear, and bottom panels are clear vinyl, allowing optimum observation 

of insects. The two side panels are fine 104 x 26 mesh/inch white polyester 

netting, and provide ventilation. 

The front panel has two access points. A large crescent-shaped zippered panel, 

21" (53 cm) across the bottom x 16" (40 cm) high, allows the user to place a host 

plant or other material into the cage. The smaller access sleeve located in the 

middle of the front panel is 8" (18 cm) diameter x 15" (38) cm long. This permits 

specimens, food, or water to be inserted or removed with lowered risk of escape. 


1462W BugDorm-2 rearing cage, white 42.15 40.05 

1462G BugDorm-2 rearing cage, green No longer available 

Specifications for BugDorm-3 are similar to BugDorm-2. However, 

BugDorm-3 has no bottom panel, which allows the cage 

to be placed directly over a host plant or other substrate in 

the lab greenhouse or field. The cage has four flaps, 4" (10 

cm) wide, at the bottom of the side panels that can be buried 

or held down with wood or rocks to prevent escape of insects 

from the cage. Four loops located at the corners allow 

the cage to be staked to the ground. 

Access is provided through the 8" (18 cm) diameter x 15" 

(38 cm) sleeve in the clear front panel. The three side panels 

are 104 x 26 mesh/inch white polyester mesh. 


1463W BugDorm-3 rearing cage, white 39.95 37.95 

1463G BugDorm-3 rearing cage, green No longer available 

BioQuip Products, Inc. $ 2321 Gladwick St. $ Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 $ U.S.A. 

1463W 

Professional Screen Barrier Net 

BioQuip’s professional screen barrier net is available in four mesh sizes commonly used 

by field biologists for stream arthropod sampling. The clear Nytex7 screen is fabricated 

from Swiss, precision-woven Nylon monofilament. It is lightweight, flexible, and durable. 

Nets are 39" (1 meter) wide and 40" (102 cm) high, hemmed on two sides with Dacron sail 

tape to ensure durability. Stainless-steel fasteners are used to attach the screen portion 

to two 48" (122 cm) hardwood dowels with steel spikes. 

Mesh Opening (Microns/inches) Mesh/inch % Open Area Price 

7437A Screen barrier net 250/.0098 72.0 50.0 70.15 

7437B Screen barrier net 335/.0132 51.3 46.0 67.15 

7437C Screen barrier net 500/.0197 19.1 56.5 64.30 

7437D Screen barrier net 1000/.0394 19.1 56.5 62.85 

Insect Rearing Sleeves 

Rearing sleeves provide the solution to problems associated 

with studying insects in-situ. They are available 

in two sizes: 8 x 16" (20 x 40 cm) and 12 x 27- 

1/2" (30 x 70 cm), flat width. Both sleeves have a 

clear vinyl observation section in the middle: 3-1/4" 

(8.5 cm) for the small size or 5-1/2" (14 cm) for the 

large. 

1460G 

A full-length zipper allows multiple sleeves of the same size to be zipped together so that 

larger branches may be covered. Captive cinch strings at both ends allow sleeves to be 

tightened around branches. Taping may also be needed to prevent escape of small insects. 

Sleeves are available in white or green 100 x 100 mesh/inch polyester netting. 


1460W Insect rearing sleeve, white, 20 x 40 cm 9.75 9.25 

1460G Insect rearing sleeve, green, 20 x 40 cm 9.75 9.25 

1461W Insect rearing sleeve, white, 30 x 70 cm 14.05 13.35 

1461G Insect rearing sleeve, green, 30 x 70 cm 14.05 13.35


Miniscales are unique, compact tools for measuring under the microscope. 

They can be used in a confined area, and measure directly, regardless 

of magnification change. Precision fabricated from stainless steel, 

scales are spot welded to a bendable shaft, housed in a non-rolling aluminum 

handle. 

With two models, English and metric, these single measurement 

miniscales are available separately at less cost than the discontinued 

combination miniscale. The English model has a .200" range with .005" 

divisions, the metric model has a 5mm range with divisions of .1mm. 

Length: 3-1/4" (83 mm) 

4828E Miniscale, English 33.35 

4828M Miniscale, metric 33.35 

Ambidextrous Pinning Forceps 

Ambidextrous pinning forceps are bilaterally symetrical, and are easy to use for both leftand 

right-handed people. Fine serrations provide firm grip, and permanent tension springs 

hold jaws open. Materials: Drop forged stainless steel. Length: 5-1/2" (140 mm). 

4743 Ambidextrous pinning forceps 26.95 

20" Jumbo Forceps 

These forceps will be useful for collecting beetles in 

Cholla cactus, retrieving a key ring dropped therein, for 

forensic investigation, or any purpose needing extra long 

forceps. Made from the best stainless steel, 20" (508 mm) 

in length, with serrated tips and guide pin. 

4728 Jumbo forceps 24.45 

Water Quality Sampling Net 

This superior net is ideal for aquatic invertebrate collecting and water quality sampling. All net 

components feature heavy duty materials and construction. 

The 1 x 42" (2.54 x 107 cm) hardwood handle is lacquered for protection, and is detachable for 

transport and storage. It has a rugged urethane collar for ring attachment. Stainless steel threading 

is installed into the collar to prevent cross-threading and to extend life of the handle. 

The net ring is a 5/16" (8 mm) diameter stainless steel rod. It measures 12” wide x 10" high (30.5 

x 25.4 cm). Ring is welded to a 1/2" (127 mm) diameter bolt which is screwed onto the handle. 

The bag’s design allows for rapid drainage and easy viewing of contents. The bottom and top 

banding are heavyweight cotton/polyester canvas. Sides and top are 500-micron Nytex screen, 

a benthological standard. Collecting bag dimensions are 12" wide x 21" long (30.5 x 53.3 cm). 

The bag is attached to the net ring with stainless steel “C” rings. A replacement bag is available. 

Overall length (assembled): 52" (132cm) - Weight: 2.2 lbs. (1 kg) 

Laminate Options for Cabinets 

Private or instituional customers can select the plastic laminate 

color or pattern that matches or complements an interior 

decor. Select a non-textured pattern or style number 

meeting your requirements on one of the following websites: 

www.formica.com/productgroup.jsp?group_id=1 

Panolam: www.panolam.com/pionite/surfaces.html 

Miniscales 

Price each 6+ each 36+ each 

7442D Aquatic net, D frame, 12" 42" handle 108.65 103.20 98.05 

7442DKD Aquatic net, D Frame, 12", 2 piece K.D. handle 133.95 120.55 

7242D Replacement net bag for 7442 nets 33.65 



Lighted Slide Viewer Viewer provides full coverage, 2.5X magnification for big picture look at 2 

x 2" photo slide mounts. It has a lighted viewing area 2-5/8" square. Operates on two AA batteries (not 

included). Suitable for all situations in which clear, bright and easy viewing of 2 x 2 photo slides is 

indicated. Black plastic Hama viewer measures 3-1/4 x 2-3/4 x 2-1/2"; weighs 5 oz. (without batteries). 

Price each 

6438 Slide viewer 26.80 

2802M AA alkaline batteries, set of 2 1.95 

Include the pattern or style number you have chosen when 

placing your order. An additional charge of $50 per cabinet 

applies to any 6- or 7-drawer cabinet. An additional charge 

of $80 per cabinet applies to any BioQuip cabinet model 

housing 12 to 29 drawers or trays. Non-textured plastic laminates 

only. Allow 4 to 6 weeks for shipment of cabinets with 

custom laminate. Custom cabinets are not returnable. 

I


J 

Lepidoptera Net Bag 

Slide Ringer 


The new slide ringer is an indispensable tool to facilitate precise application of 

micro slide mounting medium. It features an anodized, target marked aluminum 

turn table, 3-1/2" (89 mm) diameter and 1/2" (13 mm) thick. The solid, cast urethane 

base is heavy and stable in use. The slide ringer is fitted with two sealed 

ball bearings to assure permanent, smooth regular operation, and two microslide 

clips to hold the slide securely. 

Dimensions: 7 x 3-1/2 x 1-1/2" (180 x 90 x 40 mm) Weight: 1.5 lbs. (680 g.) 

6250 Slide ringer 90.25 

Insect Marking Kit 

Useful for population or migration studies, this five-color kit will identify 500 individuals. 

With the use of additional color dots and mark identifiers, total population 

to be monitored can reach thousands. Each clearly printed marker is just over 

2mm in diameter, and 152µ in thickness. Affixed with non-toxic glue, the five 100 

marker cards are white, yellow, green, red, and blue. Complete instructions are 

included in the kit. 

1172 Insect marking kit 74.95 

This special Lepidoptera bag is made from soft black dacron chiffon, and features good inside 

visibility. The shape is cut extra wide at the bottom, preventing damage to butterfly wings at the tip. The 

70 x 70 fine weave mesh is the same material used in BioQuip's Fine Aerial (FA) series net bags. 

The bag is available in three diameters: 15" (38 cm), 18" (45.7 cm), 21" (53.4 cm). 

7215FAB Black Lepidoptera net bag, 15" 16.85 



Lepidoptera Pinning Strips 

Pinning strips are ideal for holding Lep wings on spreading boards. Simply unroll the 

required length of paper and cut. The strips are split from high-quality glassine material 

and come in rolls of approximately 40 meters (131 ft). Several sizes may be mounted on a 

dowel for simple dispensing. Five sizes are available from 10 to 40 mm wide. 

per roll per roll 

1134P Pinning strip, .4" (10 mm) wide 4.25 1134S Pinning strip, 1.2" (30 mm) wide 7.65 

1134Q Pinning strip, .6" (15 mm) wide 4.95 1134T Pinning strip, 1.6" (40 mm) wide 9.00 

1134R Pinning strip, .8" (20 mm) wide 6.30 

Lepidoptera Triangles 

Many lepidopterists prefer to use pre-marked glassine triangles when collecting. BioQuip’s 

triangles are printed on high-quality pergamine paper. The printing indicates how the 

triangles are best folded. 

Four sizes are offered to accommodate specimens of virtually all North American Lepidoptera. 

Packaged in reclosable bags of 100. Sizes indicate short side of triangle. 

per bag per bag 

1134A Lepidoptera triangles, 50 mm 5.25 1134C Lepidoptera triangles, 90 mm 9.15 

1134B Lepidoptera triangles, 70 mm 6.95 1134D Lepidoptera triangles, 120 mm 12.05 

Metric Converter 

Convenient, time-saving device automatically converts U.S. measurements to metric and back 

again. Measurements of weight, volume, area, and temperature convert at the touch of a button. 

Culinary conversions are included if cooking is one of your hobbies. This converter also functions 

as a calculator. An automatic power shutoff and protective hard carry case are provided. Full 

instructions and batteries are included. 

Dimensions: 5-3/8 x 3-5/8 x 1/2" (137 x 92x 13 mm) 

Weight: 3.7 oz. 

4781 Metric converter 56.80 



Litter Reducer 

This great time saver is used to reduce litter to workable quantities for extracting organisms using 

the Berlese funnel. From Europe, this beautifully made, two-handed sifter quickly reduces bulky 

samples to manageable size prior to final extracting. By placing litter on the internal screen and 

shaking with the two handles, the smaller particles fall to the bottom of the sifter where they can be 

removed and processed easily. 

Two 12" (30.5 cm) diameter screens are provided. The 1 cm screen can be used first and then the 

sample can be sifted through the 50 mm screen for further reduction. 

2834 Litter reducer 345.75 

Aquatic Drift Net 

The aquatic drift net is used to monitor and collect organisms from streams. It features 

a welded stainless steel frame fitted with a one meter (39.4") long collecting 

bag. The Nytex bag is available in three mesh sizes, and is fitted with a sewn-in 8 oz. 

polyethylene collection bottle and cap at the tip to facilitate removal of specimens. 

The 12" (30.5 cm) square opening of the net may be staked into the substrate 

allowing the net to be unattended. The drift net can be tethered to a stream bank to 

prevent accidental loss. 

4250A Aquatic drift net, 250µ mesh 154.85 

4250B Aquatic drift net, 335µ mesh 156.40 

4250C Aquatic drift net, 500µ mesh 157.95 

Hess Type Benthic Macroinvertebrate Sampler 

This cylindrical freshwater sampler permits quantitative assesment of benthic invertebrates. 

Based on a design modification by William R. English, it functions in a lesscomplicated, 

more economical manner than the original Hess sampler. 

Modified from an 8-inch plastic tee, it has a conical bag with 8 oz. polyethylene 

collector at the tip. The bag is attached to the side outlet of the tee. 

Using handholds on two sides of the top, the sampler is rotated firmly into stream 

substrate. The collection bag is oriented downstream. It is secured to the tee with a 

stainless steel hose clamp. The upstream side is cut open to stream flow, protected 

from larger floating objects by a 10 x 10 mesh stainless steel screen. 

The sampler is 18" (45.7 cm) high with notched bottom edge. The three cylindrical 

openings are 8" (20.3 cm) in diameter. The Nytex collecting bag is 36" (91.4 cm) long. 

Three mesh sizes are available to handle a variety of aquatic environments, and 

replacement collecting bags are available. 

4219A Hess type benthic sampler, 250µ mesh 250.65 

4219B Hess type benthic sampler, 335µ mesh 248.65 

4219C Hess type benthic sampler, 500µ mesh 246.65 

Anemometer/Thermometer 

Perfect for use in insect behavior and environmental studies requiring measurement 

of air currents and temperature. One-piece construction with built-in probe. 

Read out in any of five scales: meters per sec. (.4~30); feet per minute (80~5900); 

knots per hr. (.8~58); miles per hr. (.09~68); kilometers per hr. (1.4~108). Displays 

temperatures in °C or °F. 

Advanced features include a RS-232 port, continuous moving average, auto power 

shutoff, and hold functions. Hard case and 9V battery are included. 

1178 Anemometer/thermometer 193.95 

Weather Station 

Lightweight, compact instrument offers fingertip access to major weather measurements. It 

measures altitude to 30,000 feet (9,000 meters) +/- 10 feet, temperature +/- 2°F, and barometric 

air pressure +/- .025 in Hg. 

This weather station provides a 16-hour pressure history bar graph, accurate 12-24 hour 

weather forecast, severe weather audio alarm, animal activity scale, and time alarm. It also 

provides sunrise/sunset times +/- 4 minutes, and moonrise/moonset times +/- 15 minutes. Two 

CR1202 3-volt lithium batteries are included in the backlit display unit as well as a protective 

vinyl case with window. 

Dimensions: 3.8 x 2.6 x 0.7" (97 x 66 x 18mm) Weight: 5 oz. 

1141B Weather station - compass, altimeter, barometer & more 132.85 


4219J Sampler replacement bag, 250µ mesh 97.80 

4219K Sampler replacement bag, 335µ mesh 95.80 

4219L Sampler replacement bag, 500µ mesh 93.80 

K

BioQuip7 Cornell University System 

Cabinets 

Insect Storage Systems - BioQuip is recognized as a leading manufacturer 

of cabinets, drawers, and pinning trays for the three standardized systems 

most widely used in North America - Cornell University, California Academy, 

and U.S. National Museum. The basic difference among these systems is in 

drawer dimensions. Cabinets and drawers for each system are offered with 

many options to accommodate the needs of both institutional and private collections. 

More than 50 years of experience in producing these products has 

resulted in what we believe to be the finest insect storage systems available. 

2012A, shown with 

1012AF drawers 

L 

Cornell University System Cabinets 

2106FWL, shown with 1012AM drawers 

Cornell Cabinets for 12 Drawers 

Standard height cabinets with steel or plastic laminate covering 

for 12 insect drawers are the most popular models in 

BioQuip's cabinet line. They provide optimum protection for 

valued specimens. The continuous attention given to improving 

product design, materials, and manufacturing techniques 

is evident in these cabinets. Lift-off hinges for door 

removal are provided, and a 3-point locking handle secures 

the door at the side, top and bottom. 

Materials: 

$ Exterior - 22 gauge steel, or .045 high-density laminate 

$ Interior - 3/4" Melamine coated particle board 

$ Aluminum extrusion drawer runners; lift-off door hinges 

$ 3-point locking handle, and aluminum lock rods 

$ 3 x 5" cardholder on steel door 

$ Tubular polypropylene door gasket; four floor levelers 

Construction: 

$ Steel covering wrapped around frame, sealed & riveted, or 

$ Pionite7 laminate carefully bonded to frame 

$ Frame and panels glued and assembled with air driven 

epoxy coated nails and cabinet assembly screws 

$ Drawer runners dovetailed into slots 

$ Inset door with full panels, inside and out 

$ Hinged on right side; left-hand door available 

on special request for additional charge of $40.00 

Finish: 

$ Exterior - Steel: gray, green, tan, or white gloss polyurethane 

$ Exterior - Pionite7 : walnut or teak wood grain, or hunter green 

$ Interior - smooth finish white Melamine 

Dimensions & Weights: 

$ 43" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (109 x 56.5 x 51cm) 

$ Shipping weight: steel - 158 lb.; Pionite7 - 118 lb. 

Drawer Exterior Exterior 

Cat. No. Capacity Covering Finish Price 

2512GRY 12 steel gray 708.00 

2512GRN 12 steel office green 708.00 

2512TAN 12 steel tan 708.00 

2512WHT 12 steel white 708.00 

2512FWL 12 Pionite 7 walnut grain 689.00 

2512FTK 12 Pionite 7 teak grain 689.00 

2512FGN 12 Pionite 7 hunter green 689.00 

Cabinet prices do not include drawers. 

2512GRY, shown with 

1013AFP drawers 

INSECT STORAGE 

2525WHT 


Countertop cabinets with Pionite7 laminate covering provide 

ideal housing for six Cornell drawers. The compact units are 

well suited for use on a laboratory counter or table top in the 

classroom or office. They offer convenient housing for smaller 

collections, and for specific locality or type collections. These 

attractive cabinets are available in two distinctive wood grain 

finishes to enhance any home, office or lab decor. 

Materials: 

$ Exterior: .045 high-density Pionite7 laminate covering 

$ Interior: 3/4" Melamine coated particle board 

$ Aluminum extrusion drawer runners 

$ Tubular polypropylene door gasketing 

$ Positive action locking “T” handle 

$ Stainless steel hinges 

$ Four nylon furniture slides on bottom 

Construction: 

$ Solid frame and side panels glued and assembled with air 

driven, epoxy-coated nails and cabinet assembly screws 


$ Plastic laminate bonded to frame 

$ Inset door, hinged on right side 

$ Fumigant area provided in bottom 

Finish: 

$ Exterior - walnut or teak wood grain Pionite7 $ Interior - smooth finish white Melamine 

Dimensions: 

$ 20-7/8" wide, 22-7/8" high, 19-1/4" deep (53 x 59 x 48cm) 

$ Shipping weight: 65 lb. 



2106FWL 6 Pionite7 walnut grain 472.00 

2106FTK 6 Pionite7 teak grain 472.00 





Aluminum or Pionite7 covered units accommodate 20 Cornell 

drawers. BioQuip has made numerous design and manufacturing 

improvements to this 2-row design. These cabinets provide 

an economical solution for permanent storage of an insect 

collection. 

Cabinet tops often function as a convenient working area. 

However, when floor space is at a premium, they may be 

stacked two or three high. Handles can be installed at 

bottom of cabinets to facilitate access to stacked units. Please 

allow an additional two to three weeks for delivery of cabinets 

with this option. 

These solidly constructed cabinets feature step-out doors 

with two locking “T” handles. The door can be moved away 

from the cabinet providing easy access to all drawers in the 

unit. To prevent damage during shipment, handles are taped 

to the inside cabinet floor or placed in the bottom drawer. 

Materials: 

$ Exterior - .032 aluminum, or .045 high-density pressure 

laminate covering; interior - Melamine coated particle board 


$ Tubular polypropylene door gasket 

$ 2 positive opposite action locking “T” handles 

$ 4 floor levelers 

Construction: 

$ Aluminum covering wrapped around frame and riveted, or 

$ Pionite 7 laminate bonded to frame 

$ Frame and panels glued and assembled with air driven, 



$ Step-out door secured at bottom with steel pins, 

at top with two locking handles 


Finish: 

$ Aluminum exterior, or 

$ Pionite 7 exterior, choice of walnut or teak wood grain, or 

hunter green 

$ Interior, smooth finish white Melamine 


$ 36-3/8" high, 40-7/8" wide, 20" deep (92.5 x 104 x 51 cm) 

$ Shipping weight: aluminum - 135 lb.; Pionite 7 - 150 lb. 



2012A 20 aluminum 712.00 







Cornell University System 

Cabinets 


Good design and precise workmanship are evident in full 

height Cornell cabinets, and result in durable, virtually airtight 

storage units offerred with steel or Pionite7 covering. Resistance 

to temperature changes is provided by cellular particle 

board and insulation in cabinet walls and doors. These insulating 

properties help avoid the adverse effect of temperature 

variation on specimens. 

Cabinets for 25 drawers feature a sliding work shelf that supports 

an insect drawer for handling or observing specimens. 

Cabinets have lift-off hinges for door removal, and a 3-point 

Cornell Open-Faced Cabinets for 6 or 12 Drawers 

BioQuip's open-faced cabinets feature the same high-quality materials used in fully assembled cabinets. 

However, they do not have doors or an exterior finish. Reduced materials cost and production time result 

in a substantial cost saving. Cabinets are packed unassembled, and can be sent by UPS or FedEx, 

reducing shipping cost by ~50%. They are easy to assemble using a screwdriver and hammer. 

Cabinet sides, top, bottom, and center supports are 3/4" Melamine-coated particle board, with a smooth, white 

finish that requires no further treatment. Drawer runners are the same extruded aluminum type used in standard 

cabinets. Plastic, non-marring guides on the bottom protect floors and cabinets. 

These units provide important, affordable options for the individual collector or for institutional collections. They 

can be joined to form “blocks” of cabinets. For example, if five 2512KD cabinets are placed side by side, and 

five additional units are placed on top for a second tier, the resulting module will house 120 Cornell drawers. 

The cost of housing 120 drawers in this footprint is less than 50% of that for standard 12 drawer cabinets. 

“Blocks” of open-faced cabinets can also be placed back to back, bolted together and placed on rollers to make 

them mobile, creating a type of compactor system. An individual collector can purchase single units as 

needed, and dedicate a wall to housing a collection with these attractive cabinets. 

2106KD Cornell cabinet for 6 drawers, unassembled 162.00 

Dimensions: 22-1/4" high, 20-5/8" wide, 17-1/4" deep (56.5 x 52 x 43.5 cm) 

Weight: 46 pounds; ship weight 50 pounds 

2512KD Cornell cabinet for 12 drawers, unassembled 302.00 

Dimensions: 42-1/4" high, 20-5/8" wide, 17-1/4" deep (107 x 52 x 43.5 cm) 

Weight: 67 pounds; ship weight 72 pounds 


locking handle to secure the door at the side, top and bottom. 

Materials: 




$ Lift-off door hinges 




$ Four floor levelers 

Construction: 

$ Steel covering wrapped snugly around frame, sealed and 

riveted, or 

$ Pionite7 laminate carefully bonded to frame 







Finish: 

$ Exterior - Steel: gray, office green, tan, or white gloss 

polyurethane 

$ Exterior - Pionite7 : walnut or teak wood grain, or hunter 

green 



$ 86" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (219 x 56.5 x 51cm) 

$ Shipping weight: steel - 295 lb.; Pionite 7 - 235 lb. 



2525GRY 25 steel gray 1,124.00 

2525GRN 25 steel office green 1,124.00 

2525TAN 25 steel tan 1,124.00 

2525WHT 25 steel white 1,124.00 

2525FWL 25 Pionite 7 walnut grain 1,088.00 

2525FTK 25 Pionite 7 teak grain 1,067.00 


2106KD, & 2512KD with 1013C drawers 

1

CornellUniversity System 

Drawers 

1012AF 

PINE 

Cornell University Drawers 

Widely recognized as the finest insect storage drawers made 

commercially in the U.S., BioQuip’s Cornell drawers feature 

one-piece construction. This unique production method employs 

tolerances measured in thousandths of an inch. The 

unique design assures exact fit of the glass top to the drawer 

frame, and discourages escape of fumigants and infestation 

by damaging pests. Our drawers are used in North American 

compactor systems that do not have sealed storage. 

The hardboard drawer bottom is glued into a recessed 

groove on the inside of the frame 1/8" from the bottom of the 

drawer. This superior technique provides a tight seal and 

further reduces the possibility of external pest infestation. 

Polyethylene foam has been a standard pinning bottom in 

BioQuip insect drawers since 1958. Drawers with plastazote 

foam (identified by its fine grained cell structure and 

smoother appearance) are also featured. Both types of 

foam are further described on page 4. 

Pine is no longer an economical alternative to hardwoods. 

Poplar hardwood has proved to be a good alternative and 

costs less than pine. Customer response to poplar drawers 

has been positive, and many collections have changed 

their call-out for drawers from pine to poplar. 

Cornell drawers are manufactured of pine, 

poplar hardwood, or fine grain basswood 

to the following specifications: 

Materials: 

$ Pine, poplar, or basswood frame; single 

strength glass top 

$ 5/16" (8mm) polyethylene foam laminated to 

1/8" hardboard bottom, or 

$ 3/8" (9mm) plastazote foam laminated to 

1/8" hardboard bottom, or 

$ 1/8" hardboard bottom for use with unit trays 

$ Brass plated & lacquered hardware 

Construction: 

$ Joints mitered, glued and reinforced with steel 

splines 

$ Shoulders integral part of drawer frame 

$ Bottom glued into recess on inside of drawer 

sides 

$ Exterior spray finished with sealer and clear 

acrylic gloss in compliance with Federal and 

State air-quality standards 

Optional Drawer Tops with Ultra Violet Block 

Ultraviolet radiation is a significant contributor to specimen 

deterioration and color fading. BioQuip drawers constructed 

with Saflex laminated glass or acrylic plastic tops are suggested 

for environments where specimens are exposed to 

direct or indirect sunlight. 

Saflex laminated glass Laminated architectural glass with a clear plastic 

interlayer blocks up to 99.6% of UV radiation. It is stable over long periods 

and is recommended for situations where the safety of those handling 

drawers, or protection of valuable specimens, is a concern. A hammer 

blow will shatter the glass, but not penetrate the plastic laminate. 

Saflex glass for drawer tops is 5/32" (4 mm) thick, and weighs ~4 lbs. It is 

available on special order for Cornell or Cal. Academy drawers for an 

additional $33.70 per drawer. Add suffix ‘S’ to the drawer catalog number. 


1012AMP 

POPLAR 


1012 Pine Cornell Drawers Introduced by BioQuip in 1956. 

These insect storage drawers have been successful because 

of their consistently uniform construction and tight 

fit. They have a combination cardholder/drawer-pull, and 

are sold with or without foam pinning bottoms. 

1012 Poplar Cornell Drawers Introduced by BioQuip in 

1997. These hardwood insect drawers are replacing 1012 

pine drawers in some existing collections because they 

offer a viable economic alternative. They have a combination 

cardholder/drawer-pull, and are sold with or without 

foam pinning bottoms. 

1013 Basswood Cornell Drawers Outstanding storage 

units known for lasting durability and appearance. Options 

include white interior drawer side lining, full Cornell 

hardware (knob, two cardholders, and four hooks) or knob 

and cardholders only. They are available with choice of 

foam pinning surface laminated to hardboard drawer bottom 

or with hardboard bottom only. 

Dimensions: 

$ 19 x 16-1/2 x 3" O.D. (48.3 x 42 x 7.7cm) 

$ 17-3/4 x 15-1/4" I.D. (45 x 39cm) 

$ 2-3/16" I.D. height with foam pinning bottom, or 

$ 2-1/2" I.D. height, hardboard bottom only 

1013AFP 

BASSWOOD 

Cat. No. Material Interior Hardware 1 - 11 12 - 143 144+ 

1012AM pine hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 48.00 46.00 45.00 

1012AF pine hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 54.00 52.00 51.00 

& polyethylene foam 

1012AFP pine hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 55.50 53.50 52.50 

& plastazote foam 

1012AMP poplar hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 46.00 44.00 43.00 

1012APF poplar hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 52.00 50.00 49.00 


1012APFP poplar hardboard bottom cardholder/pull 53.50 51.50 50.50 


1013AF basswood white interior, knob, 4 hooks, 66.00 64.00 63.00 

hardboard bottom 2 cardholders 


1013AFP basswood white interior, knob, 4 hooks, 67.50 65.50 64.50 

hardboard bottom 2 cardholders 


1013C basswood hardboard bottom knob, 2 cardholders 53.00 51.00 50.00 

1013CH basswood hardboard bottom knob, 4 hooks, 55.00 53.00 52.00 

2 cardholders 

Acrylic plastic Clear special acrylic provides an effective alternate 

to glass tops. Although not generally visible to the human eye, it 

blocks up to 98% of harmful UV from sunlight or fluorescent lamps, 

preventing specimens from turning to a dull brown color. 

Acrylic tops are indicated in settings where children or groups handle 

drawers. The acrylic absorbs far more shock and stress than glass, 

making it safer both for those handling cases and for specimens inside. 

Acrylic drawer tops are 1/8" (3.2 mm) thick, and weigh 24 oz. Cornell 

or California Academy drawers with acrylic UV protection are available 

for an additional cost of $21.20 per drawer. They are shipped 

with protective paper attached to the lid to be removed by the user on 

arrival. Acrylic scratches easily, and use of special acrylic cleaner 

and cloth is recommended. Please add the suffix ‘A’ to the drawer 

catalog number when placing your order. 

Allow 4 to 6 weeks for delivery of drawers with Saflex or acrylic tops. 

2 BioQuip Products, Inc. $ 2321 Gladwick St. $ Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 $ U.S.A.


1013C drawer with unit trays 



CornellUniversity System 

Unit Pinning Trays 

Cornell University System Unit Pinning Trays 

Essential for proper orientation of specimens in insect drawers, unit pinning trays also are 

useful for safe handling during transfer work, and provide a secure mounting method for 

mailing purposes. 

Constructed of chipboard covered with white paper, trays feature 1028N or 1028P white 

polyethylene foam pinning bottoms press fitted with hot melt adhesive. A size 00 insect 

pin may be inserted easily without forceps and without bending the pin. Foam does not 

fracture, remains permanently pliable, is unaffected by moisture, and does not rust pins. 

A new size of unit tray is available, half-way between a 1025A and 1025AA, providing 

optimum use of drawer space for large series or sizes of specimens. 

Because polyethylene foam and adhesives are affected by paradichlorobenzene, 

BioQuip recommends using 1196 DDVP fumigants described on page 9. 

Cornell system unit trays are 1-5/8" (4cm) high. 

Cornell Unit Trays with Polyethylene Foam Pinning Bottoms 

Rows per Price Each 

Cat. No. Description Drawer Capacity 1 - 143 144 - 575 576+ 

1025AA Unit tray 8-9/16 x 7-5/16" 2 4 3.23 3.07 2.91 

1025A1/2 Unit tray 5-13/16 x 7-5/16 " 2 6 2.62 2.48 2.36 

1025A Unit tray 4-3/8 x 7-5/16" 4 8 1.91 1.81 1.71 

1025B Unit tray 4-3/8 x 3-5/8" 4 16 1.50 1.43 1.35 

1025C Unit tray 4-3/8 x 1-13/16" 4 32 1.11 1.06 1.00 

1025D Unit tray 4-3/8 x 1-1/8" 4 52 1.03 .98 .93 

1025E Unit tray 2-3/16 x 1-13/16" 8 64 1.00 .95 .90 

Cornell Unit Trays with Plastazote Foam Pinning Bottoms Dimensions same as above. 


Cat. No. Description Drawer Capacity 1 - 143 144 - 575 576+ 

1025AAP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 2 4 3.55 3.38 3.20 

1025AP1/2 Unit tray, w/ plastazote form 2 6 2.78 2.64 2.50 

1025AP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 4 8 2.08 1.98 1.86 

1025BP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 4 16 1.59 1.51 1.43 

1025CP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 4 32 1.16 1.11 1.05 

1025DP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 4 52 1.10 1.05 .99 

1025EP Unit tray, w/ plastazote foam 8 64 1.06 1.01 .96 

Cornell Unit Trays without Foam Pinning Bottoms 

Unit trays without pinning material are now available. Pre-cut sizes are listed below, or pinning 

bottoms may be cut to size from 1028N or 1028P foam sheets described on page 4. 


Cat. No. Description Drawer Capacity 1 - 143 144+ 

1025AAMT Unit tray, w/o foam 2 4 1.10 .99 

1025A1/2MT Unit tray, w/o foam 2 6 .93 .84 

1025AMT Unit tray, w/o foam 4 8 .68 .61 

1025BMT Unit tray, w/o foam 4 16 .59 .53 

1025CMT Unit tray, w/o foam 4 32 .54 .49 

1025DMT Unit tray, w/o foam 4 52 .43 .39 

1025EMT Unit tray, w/o foam 8 64 .48 .43 

Cornell Folding Unit Trays 

Folding Cornell system unit pinning trays are a BioQuip innovation 

intended for those with low budgets, or for those whose supply and 

storage areas are limited. They have the same dimensions as 1025 

series trays listed above, and can be assembled as needed and in 

the quantities desired. 

Trays are made of heavy white coated chipboard (100% recycled 

material), cut and prescored. They fold neatly and easily into sturdy 

double-walled trays, and are secured in position by gluing and installing 

5/16" 1028N polyethylene foam pinning bottoms. The adhesive is 

especially formulated for positive adherence of the foam to the tray 

bottom. 

Trays are sold in kits of one dozen, and in lots of 100 and 1,000. All 4 

sizes of Cornell trays are 4-3/8" wide and 1-5/8" high (112 & 42mm). 

1025AA 

1025A1/2 

1025A 

1025B 

1025C 

1025D 

1025E 

Note: See page 14 for Cornell system 

compatible vial storage and utility unit trays. 

CORNELL UNIT TRAY KITS 

Each kit contains 12 flat trays, 12 pinning bottoms, adhesive, brush, 

and assembly instructions. 

1026AK Unit tray kit 7-5/16" (186mm) each 12.90 

1026BK Unit tray kit 3-5/8" (93mm) each 10.30 

1026CK Unit tray kit 1-13/16" (47mm) each 9.80 

1026DK Unit tray kit 1-1/8" (30mm) each 8.40 

COMPONENT PARTS FOR CORNELL FOLDING UNIT TRAYS 

Sold in packs of 100. Assembly instructions included with order. 

Price per pack of 100 1 - 9 10+ 

1026A Folding unit trays 7-5/16" 38.65 36.70 

1026B Folding unit trays 3-5/8" 34.25 32.55 

1026C Folding unit trays 1-13/16" 30.50 29.00 

1026D Folding unit trays 1-1/16" 27.15 25.80 

1027A Foam pinning bottom 7-1/4" 51.00 48.45 

1027B Foam pinning bottom 3-9/16" 30.30 28.80 

1027C Foam pinning bottom 1-3/4" 21.40 20.35 

1027D Foam pinning bottom 1-1/16" 18.60 17.65 

1027GA Tray adhesive pint 5.60 

1027GB Tray adhesive quart 9.70 

1027H Applicator brush dozen 2.45 

3

Insect Drawer Kits, Hardware 

Polyethylene/Plastazote Foam Sheets 

Cornell University & California Academy 

Insect Storage Drawer Kits 


Drawer kits equivalent to the California Academy 1010 series or 

the Cornell University 1012 series are a popular solution for housing 

insect collections at low cost. 

Six-drawer kits include all components needed to assemble drawers, 

except for glass. They are offered with either hardboard bottoms 

for use with unit trays or foam pinning bottoms, or with composition 

pinning bottoms. Polyethylene and plastazote foam for superior 

pinning surfaces, and additional hardware, described below, 

provide a variety of options for these kits. 

Drawer sides are milled from one length of pine molding split with 

a special cutter to permit matching top and bottom sections. With 

average mechanical ability, drawers can be assembled easily by 

following the instruction sheet provided with each kit. 

Hardware for Drawers & Boxes 

1017 1018 

Polyethylene Foam 

Widely used material for pinning insect 

specimens. BioQuip’s polyethylene 

foam is consistent in texture and 

surface, does not fracture, and may 

be pinned into repeatedly without 

showing pin holes. A size 00 pin may 

be inserted without bending or aid of pinning forceps. White 

foam is approximately 5/16" (.306" or 8mm) thick, identified 

as 4PCF, indicating a density of 4 pounds per cubic foot. 

Polyethylene foam sheets are pre-cut to a standard size for 

use as pinning bottoms in Cornell, Calif. Academy, and 

U.S.N.M. insect drawers. They are easily cut to exact size 

requirements with a razor blade and straight edge. Adhesive 

listed on page 3 (1027G) is a preferred medium for 

applying foam to drawer, box or unit tray bottoms. 

Due to adverse effects of chlorinated hydrocarbons on polyethylene 

foam and many adhesives, use of 1196 DDVP 

fumigants in drawers, trays or boxes with foam pinning 

bottoms is recommended. 

1028N Polyethylene foam sheet, 16 x 18" each 4.65 

1028NC Polyethylene foam sheet, 16 x 18" 

carton of 2 dozen 97.85 

1028NS Polyethylene foam sheet, 24 x 108" each 28.10 

1028NT Special cut sizes, minimum 10 pieces 

each size, per sq. foot or fraction thereof 2.90 

1012BM 


Materials: 

$ Kiln-dried pine frames cut to size and mitered 

$ 1/8" hardboard bottom, cut to size, or 

$ 1/2" white composition pinning/drawer bottom, cut to size 

Note: this material is hard and does not accept small sizes 

of pins easily. BioQuip recommends using 1010BM or 

1012BM kits and foam pinning bottoms or unit trays. 

$ Nails, splines, glue, sandpaper 

$ Brass-plated cardholder pulls and screws 

$ Framing clamp and instruction sheet 

Glass Specifications: 

$ Single strength window glass, 3/32" (2.5mm) thickness 

$ Cut to 16 x 18" (406 x 457 mm) for 1010B & 1010BM kits 

$ Cut to 15-1/2 x 18" (394 x 457 mm) for 1012B & 1012BM kits 

Note: For the convenience of customers in Southern California, 

glass sheets precut to size may be ordered and 

picked up at the BioQuip facility in Rancho Dominguez. 

Weights: 

$ 1010BM and 1012BM: 21 lb. 

$ 1010B and 1012B: 22 lb. 

Kit of six drawers, complete except for glass: 

1010BM Cal. Academy drawer kit, each 158.75 

with hardboard bottoms 

1010B Cal. Academy drawer kit, each 186.85 

with composition pinning bottoms 

1012BM Cornell Univ. drawer kit, each 158.75 

with hardboard bottoms 

1012B Cornell Univ. drawer kit, each 186.85 

with composition pinning bottoms 

Replacement or optional hardware for insect drawers and boxes 

is described below, each item sold in sets of 12. 

1016 Brass plated & lacquered hooks, 1", 

with screws set of 1 dozen 7.10 

1017 Brass plated & lacquered combination drawer-pull/ 

cardholders, 3-17/32" x 1-15/32" 

overall, with screws set of 1 dozen 12.30 

1018 Brass plated & lacquered cardholders, 

3-17/32 x 1-15/32" overall, with screws 

set of 1 dozen 10.70 

1019 Brass knobs, 5/8", with adapter screws 

set of 1 dozen 17.05 

Plastazote Foam 

This premium quality pinning material 

is crosslinked polyethylene 

foam, imported from England. 

Plastazote foam is very fine grained, 

and is more dense, white and 

opaque than standard 1028N 

polyethylene foam. 

Foam is 3/8" (9.5mm) thick, and is extremely firm. It holds 

an insect pin more securely than 1028N foam, actually 

resisting the pin and holding it with a secure grip even 

before being inserted completely. Material has the same 

chemical characteristics as 1028N foam, and is cut to size 

and installed in the same manner. 

Due to adverse effects of chlorinated hydrocarbons on 

polyethylene foam and many adhesives, use of 1196 DDVP 

fumigants in drawers, trays or boxes with foam pinning 

bottoms is recommended. 

1028P Plastazote foam sheet, 16 x 18" each 5.75 

1028PC Plastazote foam sheet, 16 x 18" 

carton of 2 dozen 124.20 

1028PS Plastazote foam sheet, 40 x 60" each 32.70 

Cannot be shipped Parcel/mail service outside the 

U.S. due to size limitation (36" length) 

1028PT Special cut sizes, minimum 10 pieces 

each size, per sq. foot or fraction thereof 3.75 

4 BioQuip Products, Inc. $ 2321 Gladwick St. $ Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 $ U.S.A. 

1016 

1019



Odonata & Collectibles Storage System Cabinets 

Originally produced as custom cabinets to house Odonata (dragonflies and 

damselflies) specimens, this series offers storage capability not only for insect 

specimens but also for a wide range of zoology collections and collectibles. 

Two models housing 8 or 17 glass-topped drawers are offered. 

These versatile units answer the need for secure, organized and virtually 

air-tight storage for hobbyists as well as institutions. 

The 8-drawer cabinet is available with walnut or teak wood grain Pionite 7 

laminate exterior. The 17 drawer cabinet is available with either Pionite 7 

laminate or steel exterior covering with four color options. Lift-off hinges for 

door removal are provided, and a 3-point locking handle secures the door at 

the side, top and bottom. 

Materials: 

$ Exterior - .045 high-density laminate, or 22 gauge steel (2517) 


$ Aluminum extrusion drawer runners; lift-off door hinges 




Construction: 

$ Pionite 7 laminate carefully bonded to frame, or 

$ Steel covering wrapped around frame, sealed & riveted 







Finish: 

$ Exterior - Pionite 7 : walnut or teak wood grain, or hunter green 

$ Exterior - Steel: gray, green, tan, or white gloss polyurethane 



$ 2508 - 42-1/2" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (107.9 x 56.5 x 

51cm); shipping weight 118 lb. 

$ 2517 - 86" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (219 x 56.5 x 51cm); 

Shipping weight: Pionite 7 - 235 lb.; steel - 295 lb. 







2517GRY 17 Steel gray 1,047.00 

2517GRN 17 Steel green 1,047.00 

2517TAN 17 Steel tan 1,047.00 

2517WHT 17 Steel white 1,047.00 


Odonata 

Specimen Envelopes 

These optically clear envelopes 

are the preferred method for housing 

Odonata collections. A dried 

dragonfly or damselfly and a 3" x 

5" file card are inserted into a 

transparent envelope. Envelopes 

are closed by stapling, folding or 

heat sealing. Specimens are filed vertically in a suitable 

box, and can be examined without removal from the envelope. 

Fragile parts, which may be broken, can be retained 

with specimens. 

End-opening envelopes are made of 1.25 mil ultra-clear, 

non-static polypropylene, a chemically inert plastic suitable 

for long-term specimen storage. Dimensions are 3-1/2" x 6" 

long (8.9 x 15 cm). Sold in lots of 100. 

Price per pack 

1130DP Odonata envelopes, pack of 100 1 - 9 5.45 

10 or more 4.90 


Odonata & Collectibles Storage System 

2508FWL 

1012AF 

SUGAR PINE 

1012OD with 1025OD trays 

Odonata Envelope & Collectibles Drawer 

This glass-topped basswood drawer originally was designed 

for Odonata envelope storage. It is 1-1/2" (38mm) 

deeper than a Cornell system equivalent, allowing envelopes 

to be stored on edge in three rows front to back. The 

drawer is also ideal for specimens or collectibles that are 

too tall for other drawers. It features the same one-piece 

construction technique used in other BioQuip drawers for 

tight fit of top to bottom sections of the drawer frame, and 

is spray finished with sealer and clear acrylic gloss. A 

combination cardholder/drawer pull is provided. 

Dimensions & Weight: 

$ 19 x 16-1/2 x 4-1/2" O.D. (48.3 x 42 x 11.4cm) 

$ 17-3/4 x 15-1/4" I.D. (45 x 39cm) 

$ 4" (10.1cm) I.D. height, hardboard bottom, or 

$ 3-11/16" (9.3cm) I.D. height with foam pinning bottom 

$ Weight: 6.2 lb. 


1012OD Odonata/collectibles drawer 82.30 80.30 

1012ODFP Odonata/collectibles drawer, 88.30 86.30 

with plastazote foam bottom 

Odonata Storage Tray 

Custom designed unit trays facilitate organization and 

storage of Odonata specimens in envelopes. A single 

tray is easily removed from a drawer for working with a 

specific group of specimens. The tray is also convenient 

when this storage system is used to house collectibles. 

Trays are made from heavy duty .05" chipboard covered 

with white glazed paper. Drawer capacity is 9 trays. Dimensions 

are 5-7/8 x 5 x 2" high. Note: this tray does not 

have foam pinning bottom. Price each 1 - 35 36+ 

1025OD Odonata/collectibles storage tray 1.29 1.136 

Odonata Envelope Heat Sealer 

Heat sealer features preset sealing time 

for a consistently flat seal 2mm wide. Unit 

is equipped with Teflon coated element 

that gets hot only during sealing period. 

No warm-up is required - simply place 

envelope between sealing bars and 

press down. Sealer length: 4" (102mm). 

1130S Odonata envelope heat sealer 49.95 

5

California Academy System 

Cabinets 

2529FWL 

California Academy System Cabinets 

2514WHT 

2514FTK, shown with 

1010AMP drawers 

2107FWL 2010A, shown with 1010APF drawers 

California Academy Cabinets 

for 7, 14 or 29 Drawers 

BioQuip's single row cabinets are available in countertop, 

standard or full height with steel or Pionite7 covering to 

house 7, 14 or 29 California Academy drawers. Good 

design, precise workmanship and attention to detail result 

in durable, virtually air tight, and attractive units. 

Cabinets for 29 drawers feature a sliding work shelf that supports 

an insect drawer for examining or curating specimens. 

Fourteen and 29-drawer cabinets have lift-off hinges for 

door removal, and a 3-point locking handle secures the 

door at the side, top and bottom. Seven drawer cabinets 

have locking "T" handles and stainless steel hinges. 

Materials: 




$ 2107: locking "T" handle; stainless steel door hinges 

$ 2514 & 2529: 3-point locking handle & aluminum lock rods 

lift-off door hinges 

3 x 5" cardholder on steel door 


Construction: 

$ Steel covering wrapped around frame, sealed and riveted 

(2514 & 2529 only), or 

$ Pionite 7 laminate carefully bonded to frame 









California Academy Cabinets for 24 Drawers 

Aluminum or Pionite7 laminate covered units for 24 California 

Academy drawers are a popular choice for both institutional 

and private collections. BioQuip has made numerous 

design and manufacturing improvements to this cabinet, 

originally designed at the California Academy of Sciences 

as a low-cost unit for housing its collection. It is accepted as 

the standard insect storage system for many western U.S. 

collections. 

These solidly constructed cabinets feature step-out doors 

with two locking “T” handles. Cabinet tops often function as 

a convenient working area. However, when floor space is 

at a premium, they may be stacked two or three high. 

Handles can be installed at bottom of cabinets to facilitate 

access to stacked units. Please allow additional two to 

three weeks for cabinet delivery with this option. 

Materials: 

$ Exterior - .032 aluminum, or .045 high-density laminate 

covering; interior - Melamine coated particle board 



$ 2 positive opposite action locking “T” handles 


Construction: 

$ Aluminum covering wrapped around frame and riveted, or 

$ Pionite 7 laminate bonded to frame 

$ Frame and panels glued and assembled with air driven, 



$ Step-out door secured at bottom with steel pins, at top with 

two locking handles 


Finish: 

$ Aluminum exterior, or 

$ Pionite 7 exterior, choice of walnut or teak wood grain, or 

hunter green 



$ 36-3/8" high, 40-7/8" wide, 20" deep (92.5 x 104 x 51 cm) 

$ Shipping weight: aluminum - 135 lb.; Pionite 7 - 150 lb. 



2010A 24 aluminum 732.00 




Finish: 

$ Exterior - Steel: gray, green, tan, or white gloss 

polyurethane (2514 & 2529 only), or 

$ Exterior - Pionite7 : walnut or teak wood grain, or hunter green 



$ 2107: 22-7/8" high, 20-7/8" wide, 19-1/4" deep (59 x 53 x 

48cm); shipping weight: 65 lb. 

$ 2514: 43" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (109 x 56.5 x 51cm) 

Shipping weight: steel - 158 lb.; Pionite7 - 118 lb. 

$ 2529: 86" high, 22-3/8" wide, 20" deep (219 x 56.5 x 51cm) 

Shipping weight: steel - 295 lb.; Pionite7 - 235 lb. 





2514GRY 14 steel gray 703.00 

2514GRN 14 steel office green 703.00 

2514TAN 14 steel tan 703.00 

2514WHT 14 steel white 703.00 




2529GRY 29 steel gray 1,146.00 

2529FWL 29 Pionite 7 walnut grain 1,129.00 



STORAGE 

Cal. Academy Open-Faced 

Cabinets for 7 or 14 Drawers 

2107KD 

BioQuip's open-faced cabinets feature 

the same high-quality materials 

used in fully assembled cabinets. 

However, they do not have doors or 

exterior finish. Reduced material cost 

2514KD 

and production time result in a substantial 

cost saving. Cabinets are 

packed unassembled, and can be sent by UPS or FedEx. They 

are assembled easily with a screwdriver and hammer. 

Cabinet sides, top, bottom, and center supports are 3/4" 

Melamine coated particle board, with a smooth, white finish that 

requires no further treatment. Drawer runners are extruded aluminum 

. Plastic, non-marring guides on the bottom protect floors 

and cabinets. 

These units provide important, affordable insect storage options. 

Private collectors or institutions can purchase single units as 

needed, and dedicate a wall to housing a collection with 

these attractive cabinets. 

2107KD Cal. Academy cabinet for 7 drawers, unassembled 

Dimensions: 22-1/4" high, 20-5/8" wide, 17-3/4" deep 

(56.5 x 52 x 45 cm) 

Weight: 46 pounds; ship weight 50 pounds 165.00 

2514KD Cal. Academy cabinet for 14 drawers, unassembled 

Dimensions: 42-1/4" high, 20-5/8" wide, 17-3/4" deep 

(107 x 52 x 45 cm) 

Weight: 67 pounds; ship weight 72 pounds 311.00 


California Academy Unit Trays 

1025JP 1025KP 1025LP 1025M 

The California Academy insect pinning system employs 5 rows 

of trays per drawer. Trays are 1-3/8" high (35mm). 

Price each 1 - 143 144 - 575 576+ 

Unit trays with polyethylene foam (see page 4 for description) 

1025J Unit tray 3-7/16 x 6-1/16" 

(drawer capacity, 10 trays plus 

5 1025K or 10 1025L trays) 

1.66 1.58 1.49 

1025K Unit tray 3-7/16" x 3" 

(drawer capacity, 25 trays) 

1.32 1.26 1.18 

1025L Unit tray 3-7/16 x 1-7/16" 


1.05 1.00 .95 

Unit trays with plastazote foam (see page 4 for description) 

1025JP Unit tray, with plastazote, 1.77 1.69 1.60 

3-7/16 x 6-1/16" 

1025KP Unit tray, with plastazote, 1.39 1.33 1.26 

3-7/16" x 3" 

1025LP Unit tray, with plastazote, 1.08 1.03 .98 

3-7/16 x 1-7/16" 



California Academy System 

Cabinets, Drawers & Unit Trays 

1010CPFP 

California Academy System Drawers 

The basic difference between Cornell Univ. and Cal. 

Academy systems is that Cal. Academy drawers are .5" 

(13 mm) less in height. This design allows more drawers 

to be housed in cabinets of the same dimensions. When 

used with a size #7 insect pin in unit trays, the shaft of 

the pin needs to be shortened slightly. 

Numerous improvements have been made to this drawer 

during the past 50 years including adaptation of the onepiece 

fabrication method whereby the glass top fits the 

drawer frame precisely. This is accomplished by milling 

to tolerances of thousandths of an inch during the critical 

splitting operation. The tight fit significantly reduces 

chances of infestation, and eliminates rapid fumigant loss. 

Hardboard drawer bottoms are glued into a recessed 

groove on the inside of the wood frame 1/8" from the 

bottom of the drawer. This design provides a tight seal 

and further reduces the possibility of external pest infestation. 

Hooks are used primarily for cosmetic uniformity 

in existing collections. They are not necessary for holding 

the top to the bottom section of a drawer. 

Cal. Academy drawers are offered with pine as originally 

designed, or poplar hardwood. Customer response to 

poplar drawers has been positive, and many collections 

have changed their call-out for insect drawers to poplar. 

Materials: $ Kiln dried pine or poplar frame 

$ Single strength glass top 

$ 5/16" 1028N polyethylene foam laminated to 1/8" hardboard 

bottom, or 

$ 3/8" 1028P plastazote foam laminated to 1/8" hardboard 

bottom, or 

$ 1/8" hardboard bottom when unit trays are used exclusively 

$ Brass plated cardholder-drawer pull, 4 hooks (optional) 

Construction: $ $ Joints mitered, glued and splined 

$ Shoulders integral part of drawer frame 

$ Bottom glued into recess on inside of drawer sides 

$ Exterior spray finished with multiple coats of sealer and clear 

acrylic gloss in compliance with air-quality standards 

Dimensions: $ 19 X 17 x 2-1/2" O.D. (483 x 432 x 64mm) 

$ 17-3/4" x 15-3/4" I.D. (452 x 401mm) 

$ 1-11/16" I.D. height with foam on hardboard bottom 

$ 2" I.D. height for hardboard bottom only 

Price each 1 - 11 12 - 143 144+ 

1010AM Cal. Academy drawer, pine 

hardboard bottom, 4 hooks 

50.50 48.50 47.50 

1010AF Cal. Academy drawer, pine, poly- 56.50 

ethylene pinning bottom, 4 hooks 

54.50 53.50 

1010AFP Cal. Academy drawer, pine, plas- 58.00 

tazote pinning bottom, 4 hooks 

56.00 55.00 

1010CM Cal. Academy drawer, pine 

hardboard bottom, no hooks 

48.00 46.00 45.00 

1010CF Cal. Acad. drawer, pine, poly- 53.00 51.00 50.00 

ethylene pinning bottom, no hooks 

1010CFP Cal. Academy drawer, pine, plas- 54.50 

tazote pinning bottom, no hooks 

52.50 51.50 

1010CMP Cal. Academy drawer, poplar 

hardboard bottom, no hooks 

46.00 44.00 43.00 

1010CPF Cal. Academy drawer, poplar 

polyethylene pinning bottom, 

no hooks 

52.00 50.00 49.00 

1010CPFP Cal. Academy drawer, poplar 53.50 51.50 50.50 

plastazote pinning bottom, no hooks 

7

U.S. National Museum System 

Cabinets, Drawers & Unit Trays 

8 

2518FTK 

U.S. National Museum System Cabinets 

1014AM, shown with 

1025V, W, & Y unit trays 

Twelve drawer cabinets with Pionite 7 laminate exterior to house 

U.S.N.M. (U.S. National Museum) drawers and unit trays are 

listed below. They are built to the same specifications as the 12drawer 

2512FWL or 2512FTK Cornell University system cabinets 

described on page 'L', except that they are one inch (25.4mm) 

narrower and one inch (25.4mm) deeper. 





U.S. National Museum System Unit Pinning Trays 

1025V 1025W 1025X 1025Y 

Four rows of trays per drawer are used in the U.S.N.M. system. 

Trays are constructed of chipboard covered with white paper. 

White polyethylene or plastazote foam pinning bottoms are 

press fitted with hot melt adhesive. Trays are 1-5/8" high 

(41mm). 

Silica Gel 

Silica gel is a hard granular desiccant, 6-16 mesh.It has the 

appearance of crushed glass, is odorless and insoluble. Its 

strong affinity for water gives it an adsorption capacity of over 

40% of its own weight at 100% relative humidity. 

Silica gel prevents mold and mildew, and is essential for collection 

maintenance and storage in humid environments. It can be 

reused after being fully saturated with water. To reactivate, simply 

heat at 250°F for approximately eight hours. Packed in air 

tight metal cans with friction lids. 

1194A Silica gel 1 pound 13.75 

1194B Silica gel 5 pounds 54.90 

Indicating Silica Gel 

Indicating silica gel has the advantage of providing a visual 

check for water adsorption level. The 6-16 mesh granular desiccant 

is blue when dry, gradually turning pink as saturation is 

reached. It is reactivated by heating at 250°F for approximately 

8 hours. Packed in air tight metal cans with friction lids. 

1194C Indicating silica gel 1/2 pound 12.75 

1194D Indicating silica gel 1 pound 22.95 

1194E Indicating silica gel 5 pounds 98.90 


U.S. National Museum System Drawer 

Desiccant Packets 

STORAGE 

BioQuip's USNM drawer is produced from a design modification at 

the Smithsonian Institution (U.S. National Museum). The change was 

made to facilitate a less complex unit that can be produced more 

economically. The drawer incorporates important features of other 

insect storage drawers manufactured by BioQuip: 

$ Close tolerance controls developed by over 50 years of 

experience in insect drawer production 

$ One-piece construction technique to assure tight fitting, 

matching tops to bottoms 

These unique features reduce risk of pest infestation and greatly 

increase length of time necessary between fumigation. 

The drawer is made of basswood sides, with glass top and hardboard 

bottom. Standard exterior USNM dimensions are used, but 

there is additional interior space from front to back. It accommodates 

BioQuip 1025V, W, X and Y unit pinning trays described below. A 

finger relief is provided on each side for easy drawer opening, and a 

5/8" brass knob is supplied. Foam pinning bottoms are offered as 

options if unit trays are not used. 

The exterior is spray finished with sealer and dark brown gloss 

acrylic. Water borne spray finishes used in this drawer are environmentally 

safe, and regulatory compliant. 

For institutions or private collections already committed to USNM 

system dimensions, BioQuip’s hardwood drawer provides high quality, 

permanent insect storage protection at a reasonable price. 

Dimensions: 

$ 18 x 18 x 2-7/8" O.D.; 16-1/4 x 16-3/4 x 2-5/16" I.D. 

Price each 1 - 11 12 - 143 144+ 

1014AM USNM drawer, hardboard bottom 60.50 58.50 57.50 

1014AF USNM drawer, with 66.50 64.50 63.50 

polyethylene foam bottom 

1014AFP USNM drawer, with plastazote 67.50 65.50 64.50 

foam bottom 

Price each 1 - 143 144 - 575 576+ 

Unit trays with polyethylene foam (see page 4 for description) 

1025V Unit tray 4 x 7-5/8" 1.99 1.90 1.79 


1025W Unit tray 4 x 3-13/16" 1.58 1.50 1.42 


1025X Unit tray 4 x 1-7/8" 1.16 1.11 1.05 


1025Y Unit tray 4 x 1-1/4" 1.07 1.02 .97 


Unit trays with plastazote foam bottoms (see page 4 for description) 

1025VP Unit tray, w/ plastazote, 4 x 7-5/8" 2.17 2.06 1.96 

1025WP Unit tray, w/ plastazote, 4 x 3-13/16" 1.64 1.56 1.47 

1025XP Unit tray, w/ plastazote, 4 x 1-7/8" 1.23 1.16 1.10 

1025YP Unit tray, w/ plastazote, 4 x 1-1/4" 1.13 1.08 1.02 

Convenient, ready to use, clay-based, Desi 

Paks facilitate dehumidification, and protect collections 

from mold, mildew, and the altering or 

relaxing of mounted specimens. Saturated 

packets cn be reactivated by heating at 220ºF 

in a convection type oven for 24 hours. Packets 

should be stored in an air tight container till 

used. Heat sealed packets are 2-15/16 x 3- 

13/16 x 3/16", and will fit in an insect storage drawer or box 

with edges folded over. 

1195A Desiccant packets 1 dozen 6.95 

Humidity Indicator Card 

Small card contains three circled spots to indicate 

relative humidity: 50%, 40% and 30%. Dimensions 

are 1 x 1-5/8", with black lettering on card made of 

blotting paper. 

1195C Humidity indicator card 

pack of 3 2.70 

1195D Humidity indicator card 

pack of 12 9.70 


STORAGE 

Fumigant Box 

Used to contain paradichlorobenzene crystals or other fumigant 

for protection of specimens in boxes, drawers and display cases. 

They are telescoping box construction, covered with white litho 

paper, and have a fiberglass screen in the top that permits fumigant 

gas to escape. Dimensions are 1-1/4" sq. x 3/4" deep. 

Price each 

1148 Fumigant box 1 - 11 1.55 

12 or more 1.45 

Folding Fumigant Box 

Economical holder for PDB or other solid fumigant. Fits into one 

end of unit pinning tray, or may be pinned or glued into corner of 

drawer or box when unit trays are not being used. Folding, white 

chipboard fumigator is shipped flat for easy set-up using 

prescored lines. Size: 1 x 1 x 1". Sold in packs of one dozen. 


1149 Fumigant holder, pack of 12 1 - 11 2.85 

12 or more 2.55 

1148 1149 

Paradichlorobenzene 

PDB crystals, a fumigant preferred to naphthalene by some 

people for its ability to kill larvae as well as adult pests introduced 

into collections. Packaged in air tight metal cans with 

friction lids. 

Note: Paradichlorobenzene is considered a hazardous 

chemical by the Dept. of Transportation. It can be shipped 

only to destinations within the U.S. 

1192AA PDB crystals Discontinued Feb.1, 2008 

1192A PDB crystals Discontinued Feb.1, 2008 

1192B PDB crystals Discontinued Feb.1, 2008 

Naphthalene Cones 

Fumigant, applied to top of brass pin, is ready for installation in 

storage box or drawer. Packaged in air tight, metal cans with 

friction lids. 

Please note: Naphthalene is considered a hazardous 

chemical by the Dept. of Transportation. It can be shipped 

only by surface UPS or Parcel Post, and only to destinations 

within the U.S. 

1191A Naphthalene cones Discontinued Feb.1, 2008 

1191B Naphthalene cones Discontinued Feb.1, 2008 

Fumigant Strip 

Dichlorvos fumigant strips provide an effective 

method for protecting insect collections. They are 

also successful as a fumigant for herbarium specimens 

and vertebrate study skins. Their use eliminates 

long term undesirable side effects of PDB 

and other common fumigants. Because Dichlorvos 

protects specimens for a longer period of time than 

crystals, it needs replacing less often and is cost 

effective. 

Pest Strips contain DDVP resins extruded in plastic, 

and are packed in sealed foil packets. Size is 

6-1/2 x 2-1/2 x 1/4". One strip can be cut into 12 or 

more small pieces suitable for drawers or boxes. 

Although this chemical is used in pet collars and as a hanging 

strip for household pest control, it should be kept away from the 

skin and food. 

Price each 

1196 Pest Strip 1 - 11 7.65 

12 or more 7.25 


Glass Fumigant Holders 

Fumigant Mini-Strip 


Fumigants/Specimen Shipping 

Unique, hand-crafted glass fumigant holders have been used in 

European collections for more than 100 years. These attractive, 

transparent containers provide a quick visual means for 

checking fumigant level. Holders are approximately 1" (26 mm) 

in diameter x 1" high, with an integral pin 3/8" (10 mm) for insertion 

into a drawer or box pinning surface. They are made of high 

strength borosilicate glass. BioQuip stocks them in two styles 

to accommodate either dry or liquid fumigants. 

The 1149GD glass holder for granular or solid fumigants has an 

open top. The 1149GW for liquid fumigants has an inverted 

opening at the center which prevents contents from being spilled 

even if the holder is not in an upright position. 

Price each 

1149GD Holder for dry fumigants 1 - 11 3.15 

12 or more 2.85 

1149GW Holder for liquid fumigants 1 - 11 3.15 

12 or more 2.85 

Unit Tray Shipper 

A safe interior box for shipping 

pinned specimens. 

Bottom section is a 1025B 

unit tray with polyethylene 

foam pinning bottom. Telescoping 

lid is chipboard 

covered with brown kraft 

paper to distinguish it from 

the all-white bottom section. 

Lid fits snugly over the box 

providing double strength 

on all sides, and may be 

fastened to the box with 

tape or pins. A cardboard 

insert for placement between top of insect pin and lid helps 

keep specimens stabilized during shipment and handling. 

Dimensions: 4-1/2" x 3-3/4" x 1-3/4" (114 x 95 x 44mm) O.D. 

Price each 

1025BX Unit tray shipper 1 - 11 2.30 

12 or more 2.20 

Vaportape7 II strips are effective controlled 

release dispensers of DDVP or 

Dichlorvos (see 1196 Pest Strip). Originally 

developed for use in insect traps, 

they are also ideal for long term pest 

management inside closed areas such as storage cabinets, 

drawers and boxes. These mini-strips offer the advantages of 

ready-to-use convenience, and increased product safety since 

the DDVP is stored in an inner reservoir. 

When activated by cutting off a corner or puncturing the mylar 

film with pin holes, the chemical migrates through initially inert, 

permeable outer layers. As Vapona on the exposed surfaces 

dissipates, a replacement quantity passes from the reservoir to 

the surface, maintaining the required concentration for longlasting 

protection. 

Strips are 1 x 4 x 1/16" thick, sealed in mylar film that is impermeable 

to DDVP. They fit neatly between unit trays or may be 

pinned to the side of a drawer or box. 

1196F Vaportape7 II strip pack of 10 17.25 

1196G Vaportape7 II strip pack of 50 77.65 

9

Insect Boxes 

Double View Display Cases 

Standard Insect Box 

The original redwood insect box, introduced 

by BioQuip in 1947. Continues to 

be the Schmitt sized box entomologists 

prefer for collection storage because of its 

sturdy construction, tight fit, and relative 

economy. Top and bottom are hinged at the 

back, and hooks are provided on the sides. 

Due to growing scarcity of commercially 

sized redwood trees, the top and bottom 

of this box are luan plywood produced 

from reclaimed materials. 

This is an excellent box for use in 

tropical areas as the redwood remains 

dimensionally stable through extremes of humidity 

and dryness. As the exterior is unfinished, it 

may be placed in an oven at low temperature with lid slightly 

open to dry out both the box and pinned specimens. 

Materials: kiln dried redwood frame; 1/8" luan plywood top 

and bottom; 5/16" white polyethylene foam pinning 

bottom; brass plated hinges and hooks 

Construction: one piece frame and box joints; shoulders 

mitered and glued; sanded but not finished 

Dimensions: 9 x 13 x 2-1/2" O.D. (229 x 330 x 64 mm) 

Price each 

1001 Insect box 1 - 11 39.95 

12 or more 37.95 

10 

Double View Display Cases 

Folding Insect Storage Box 

Low-cost solution to insect storage, 

this box is ideal for student 

collections. It also serves as a 

duplicate specimen box, expendable 

mailer, or collapsible field box. 

The box is assembled simply and quickly 

by folding along scored lines, fastening with 

internal tabs, and pressing in the pinning bottom. 

No tools are required. It may be sealed for permanent storage or 

mailing by taping around the edges. 

1009 Insect Box 

A sturdy chipboard insect box 

well-suited for student or field use. 

This economical box is also used 

for storage of duplicate specimens. 

Materials: heavy cardboard 

covered with black embossed 

paper outside; white paper lining 

inside; 5/16" white polyethylene 

foam pinning bottom 

Construction: stayed corner 

joints; cover with nickel plated 

hinges overlaps neck 

Dimensions: 10-1/8 x 12 x 2-1/ 

2 O.D. 

(258 x 305 x 64 mm); 1-7/8" (48 mm) inside depth 

Price each 

1009 Insect box 1 - 11 14.60 

12 or more 13.85 

Unique display cases allow both upper and underside 

of insects to be displayed. They are ideal for 

viewing Lepidoptera and other arthropods with unusual 

or special characteristics on both sides. 

Basswood cases with glass tops and bottoms feature 

the unique BioQuip tight, friction fit. Available in 


1006 Schmitt Box 

STORAGE 

Fine hardwood Schmitt box produced 

with the best materials and careful workmanship. 

One-piece construction assures 

accurate, tight fit of top to bottom 

sections of the box frame. Interior sides 

have white lining, and pinning bottom is 

soft but dense plastazote foam. Exterior 

is protected with multiple coats of 

clear gloss acrylic, with hinges 

at the back and hooks on the 

sides. A beautiful presentation 

Schmitt box for storage of valued 

specimens. 

Materials: fine grained basswood frame; 

birch plywood top and bottom; 3/8" plastazote 

white foam pinning bottom; brass plated hinges and 

hooks 

Construction: joints mitered and reinforced with 

concealed steel splines; shoulders are integral part of 

one piece box frame; white finish on interior sides; 

exterior spray finished with multiple coats of sealer and 

clear gloss acrylic 

Dimensions: 9 x 13 x 2-1/2 “ O.D. (229 x 330 X 64 mm) 

Price each 

1006 Insect box 1 - 11 58.65 

12 or more 55.70 

Constructed of sturdy, double wall, white corrugated fiberboard, it is 

available with either 5/16" polyethylene foam or 1/2" composition 

board pinning bottom. This economical box is sold in dozen or 1/2 

dozen quantities only. 


1002F Box, with foam pinning bottom, 

weight: 7 lb. dozen 49.00 

1002FX Box, with foam pinning bottom, 1/2 dozen 49.00 

1002C Box, with composition pinning bottom, 

weight: 14 lb. dozen 46.00 

1040Q 

1004 Schmitt Box 

An extremely tight-fitting box, built to close 

tolerances, and designed for permanent storage 

of valued insect specimens. This Schmitt 

size box is built of hardwood, manufactured 

by BioQuip to meet the highest quality standards 

of materials and accurate craftsmanship. 

Foam pinning bottom, hinges 

at the back, and hooks on sides are 

provided. 

Materials: fine grained basswood 

frame; birch plywood top and bottom; 5/16" 

white polyethylene foam pinning bottom; brass 

plated hinges and hooks 

Construction: joints mitered and reinforced with concealed 

steel splines; shoulders are integral part of one piece box 

frame; sanded but not finished 


Price each 

1004 Insect box 1 - 11 40.45 

12 or more 38.45 

three sizes, they are a slim 2-1/4" deep, with frames 

finished in clear acrylic. Six 1/4" diameter cork pads 

are supplied. Pads are attached to glass with silicone 

cement (not supplied) for placement of specimens 

mounted on pins. 

1040P Display case, 7 x 9" each 49.35 

1040Q Display case, 9 x 13" each 54.95 

1040R Display case, 12 x 18" each 71.10 


STORAGE 

Student Insect Collecting & Mounting Kit 

Complete instructional unit for secondary level students or 

beginning collectors. Kit contains all the fundamental equipment 

needed to collect, prepare and maintain specimens of 

most orders of insects. It contains: 

$ Collecting net, 12" diameter, aerial bag, 18" hardwood handle 

$ 2 collecting jars, 4 oz., with plaster poured bottoms 

$ Insect killing fluid, ethyl acetate, in 8 dram vial, for collecting 

jars 

$ 50 glassine envelopes, 2-3/4 x 4-1/4" (70 x 108 mm) 

$ Folding magnifier, 4X, with plastic case 

$ Forceps, spade tip, stainless steel 

$ Spreading board, 12" (305 mm), soft plastic pinning surfaces, 

varied center groove 

$ Insect pins, size 4, pack of 100 

$ Pinning block, hardwood, three-step style 

$ 100 blank labels, black borders, 7/8 x 1/2" 

$ Label pen, permanent ink, fine line, .3 mm 

$ Fiberboard insect box, polyethylene foam pinning bottom, 

9 x 13 x 2-1/2" (23 x 33 x 6.4 cm) 

$ Fumigant strip 

$ Illustrated instruction booklet, 32 pages 

1138 Collecting & mounting kit each 39.95 

Field Box 

Sturdy, spacious hardwood 

box designed for use in the 

field. This practical storage 

unit facilitates field pinning 

by featuring loose pin 

hinges for easy removal of 

the top portion, providing 

unencumbered access 

from all four sides. 

Pinning bottom is polyethylene 

foam. A separate, 

loose sheet of foam for 

placement between pinned 

specimens and the box lid 

keeps specimens securely in place. Multiple coats of clear 

gloss acrylic, corner protectors, and positive latches on the 

exterior furnish outdoor protection and durability. This highquality, 

large box is also well suited for permanent storage of 

collections not housed in cabinets, or in situations where glass 

topped drawers or display cases are not desirable. 

Materials: 

$ Fine grained basswood sides 

$ Birch plywood top and bottom 

$ 5/16", 4 lb. density polyethylene foam pinning bottom 

$ Separate piece of polyethylene foam 

$ Brass plated hinges with removable pins 

$ 2 brass snap catches, 8 corner protectors 

Construction: 

$ Joints mitered and reinforced with concealed steel splines 

$ Shoulders are integral part of one-piece box frame 

$ Exterior finished with multiple coats of clear gloss acrylic 

Dimensions: 

$ Outside, 12 x 18 x 3", (30.5 x 45.7 x 7.6 cm) 

$ Inside, 10-3/4 x 16-3/4 x 2-3/8" 

1005 Field box each 89.20 


1042 Series 

Display Cases 

1041 Series Display Cases 


Collecting & Mounting Kit 

Field Box / Display Cases 

1042G 1042H 1042J 1042K 

The 1042 series display cases offer an economical means for 

effective display of specimens. They are made of double 

strength cardboard frames covered with black embossed paper, 

and are entirely lined with white paper. Cases have glass 

tops, and 5/16" polyethylene foam pinning bottoms. They are 

2-1/4" (58mm) deep outside), and 1-1/2" (38mm) deep inside. 

Available in four sizes, including a small size case, perfect for 

displaying a few choice specimens, a BioQuip exclusive. 


1042G Display case, 6-1/2 x 8-1/2" 

(165 x 216 mm) 

12.75 12.10 

1042H Display case, 8 x 12" 

(203 x 305 mm) 

16.90 16.05 

1042J Display case, 12 x 16" 

(305 x 406 mm) 

23.40 22.25 

1042K Display case, 14 x 21" 

(356 x 533 mm) 

38.95 37.00 

Wood and glass cases are attractive units in which to display 

specimens. They may be used in the home, office, or for classroom 

exhibits. These cases are produced with the same careful 

assembly methods found in BioQuip insect storage drawers. 

1041AP 1041BP 1041CP 

Three sizes are listed, with clear gloss acrylic exterior finish. 

They are also available unfinished for customers wishing to 

apply an exterior finish or stain of their choice. Deft clear wood 

finish is recommended as a suitable finish for these cases. 

Materials: 

$ Kiln dried pine frame 

$ Single strength glass top; 1/8" hardboard bottom 

$ 3/8" plastazote foam pinning bottom 

$ 2 brass plated hooks 

Dimensions: 

$ 2-1/2" deep (64mm) O.D. 

$ 1-5/8" inside height (plus foam bottom) 

1041AP Display case, 9 X 13" (229 x 330mm) 46.50 

1041AU Display case, unfinished, 9 X 13" 40.90 

1041BP Display case, 12 X 18" (305 X 458mm) 53.40 

1041BU Display case, unfinished, 12 X 18" 45.85 

1041CP** Display case, 18 X 24" (458 X 610mm) 66.80 

1041CU** Display case, unfinished, 18 X 24" 59.60 

** These cases are shipped in a custom carton holding 1 or 2 cases. 

Due to their size, they cannot be shipped by Parcel Post. Carton 

charge for 1 or 2 1041CP/CU display cases is $13.35. 

11

Riker Mounts, Dehumidifier 

Photo Slide Storage 

12 

1043F 

1043E 

1043G 

1043B 

1043D 

1043C 

Riker Mounts 

Riker mounts are an effective and economical means of 

displaying and mounting biological specimens. Insect pins 

are not used in these mounts as the white polyester padding 

holds specimens against the glass top. Depth for the 

seven sizes listed below is 3/4" (19 mm). 

Materials: 

$ Outside, heavy chipboard covered by black embossed paper 

$ Glass top 

$ Data label on back 

Construction: 

$ Stayed corner joints 

$ Overlapping cover held in place by black pins 


1043A Riker mount 2-1-2 x 3" (64 x 76mm) 4.15 3.95 

1043B Riker mount 4 x 5" (102 x 127mm) 4.30 4.10 

1043C Riker mount 5 x 6" (127 x 153mm) 5.10 4.85 

1043D Riker mount 6-1/2x8-1/2" (166 x 217mm) 5.95 5.65 

1043E Riker mount 8 x 12" (204 x 305mm) 7.70 7.30 

1043F Riker mount 12 x 16" (305 x 407mm) 11.45 10.85 

1043G Riker mount 14 x 21" (356 x 533mm) 24.00 22.80 

Riker Rount Clips - keep Riker mounts securely closed. 

Steel press-on clips are used in place of black pins 

supplied with mounts. Convenient when mounts are 

opened frequently. Zinc plated to prevent rusting; 

one size fits all mounts except for 1043G. 

Price per set 1 - 11 12+ 

1043H Riker Mount clips, set of 2 2.05 1.95 

Dehumidifier 

Dehumidifying cassette 

protects specimens from 

moisture. Unit may be 

placed in the bottom of a cabinet, an insect drawer, or 

other airtight container. An indicator window on the front 

shows condition of the desiccant. Cassette is recharged 

easily by plugging into a 110v wall socket; recharging 

time is 8 to 12 hours. Desiccant is colorless, odorless, 

non-toxic, and will not release moisture back into the air 

until unit is recharged. Cassette has life span of 10 

years, and carries a five-year manufacturer’s warranty. 

Size: 6-1/4" L x 4-3/4" W x 1-1/2" H (16 x 12 x 3cm). 

Weight: 1 lb., 2 oz. 


1193 Dehumidifier 19.95 18.95 


Photo Slide Storage System 

SAF-T-STOR 

STORAGE 

Photo Slide Pages 

Archival quality SAF-T-STOR photo slide pages provide a completely 

flexible, easily referenced filing system for storing 35mm 

photo slides safely and inexpensively. No additional equipment 

is necessary since the 9-1/2 x 11-1/2" (241 x 292 mm) pages fit 

into regular size filing cabinets, desk drawers, or ring binders. 

The system uses translucent rigid plastic sheets which are 

chemically safe for photographic color emulsions, unlike some 

polyvinyl products which can emit a gas that deteriorates slides. 

Pages are resistant to temperature variations, humidity, moisture 

and chemical migration to meet standards required by scientific 

research and education centers, libraries, and museums. 

Pages are constructed so that slides may be selected quickly, 

and can be viewed on lightboxes or illuminators. They hold 20 

slides in any mount—cardboard, metal or glass. Slides are 

protected in individual slots, and slipped out of the page with a 

fingertip. They can be organized and cataloged by adding standard 

pressure sensitive index tabs to the pages. As collections 

grow, pages can be added without disturbing or regrouping slides 

already filed. 

Durable, yet weighing less than 1/2 oz. each, these compact 

pages nest into each other to offer the storage economy of 240 

slides per inch of filing space. 

6820B Photo slide page, for 20 slides set of 25 70.50 

35mm Negative Pages 

Archival PERMA-SAF pages for 35mm negatives are made of 

crystal clear polypropylene. Convenient, patented design locks 

in flaps for secure filing. Wide pocket openings for easy access 

eliminate scratching or bending when inserting or retrieving negatives. 

Each page holds 6 strips of 1 to 5 frames. 

Negatives can be top loaded when used in 3 ring binders, or 

side loaded in file cabinets using hanger bars listed below. 

6822A 35mm neg. page, for 30 frames set of 10 4.15 

6822B 35mm neg. page, for 30 frames pkg. of 50 20.95 

Hanger Bar, Index Tabs & Labels 

Easy-access hanging slide file system is created with hanger 

bars that attach easily to photo slide or 35mm negative pages. 

Bars allow pages to hang on standard file frames in letter size 

file drawers. “Hang-free” method permits free air circulation, 

preventing moisture build-up which can damage slides. Index 

tabs slide easily onto bars to provide highly visible indexing. 

6835A Hanger bar, index tab, label set of 10 18.70 

6835B Hanger bar, index tab, label box of 25 46.60 

Photo Slide / 35mm Negative Album 

Archival album provides a simple way to carry, house, or view 

photo slides and negatives. It holds up to twenty slide pages or 

50 negative pages in a 3-ring, 1-3/4" black binder with its own 

slip-in storage case for protection from dust and light damage. 

Binder is lined with Tyvek, recognized for its long lasting, nonporous 

properties. It features “D” shaped rings so that pages lie 

flat when binder is closed. Dimensions: 12-1/2 x 11-1/2 x 2-1/2" 

(317 x 292 x 63 mm). 

6830 Album w/ slip case for slide/negative pages 71.50 


6820 

6830 

6822

PHOTOGRAPHY, STORAGE 

EmoScop 2.5x Magnifier 

The EmoScop is a unique, high quality instrument offering four 

optical functions and seven magnifications in one convenient tool. It 

functions as a magnifier, microscope, telescope, and telescopemagnifier. 

It is a set of three high quality lenses with Galilean principal 

and a stand, which can be interconnected in different ways. 

This small, multi-functional product contains three loupes (5x, 10x 

and 15x), and two microscopes (25x and 30x). The coated opticalglass 

lens produces sharp images. Extremely compact, the 

EmoScop is only 1.6" long (42mm) with a .75" diameter. A black 

leather carrying case is included. 

6405 EmoScop 68.55 

MVP Flex Video Camera System 

This unique product is designed to store important or valuable collections. 

Applications include storage of insects that may be extinct, 

endangered, or threatened, type collections, or a variety of other 

materials that may be irreplaceable. 

The patented design is state-of-the-art in collection storage, “light 

years” ahead of other products used to protect specimens, artifacts, 

and documents. As illustrated above, it is produced to Cornell 

insect drawer dimensions. It can also be fabricated with other horizontal 

dimensions. 

The drawer’s advanced design lends itself to solutions for problems 

that can have destructive effects on specimens: 

Air pollution Pest infestation 

Humidity fluctuation Glass breakage 

Acid degassing Fumigant exposure 

UV light damage 

Specimens housed in the drawer are exposed to only four inorganic 

materials (none will harm specimens): 

Anodized aluminum sides Glass top 

Acrylic plastic bottom Silicone gasketing 

Important features: 


The MVP-100 from Ken-A-Vision is the first camera with a durable exterior finish boasting 

aluminum construction to meet the rigors of daily use. The Multi Video Product (MVP), is 

a high resolution camera with multiple signal outputs. It has high resolution output signals 

for RCA, USB, VGA and network. The camera comes complete with Applied Vision 

Software for USB. The RJ-45 or network output works with Internet Explorer and does 

not require any localized software. The RCA output is ideal for VCR’s, televisions, or 

multimedia projectors, while the VGA input and output (15 pin D Sub) is designed to 

maximize the interaction of your computer and multimedia projector. Management of your 

Features and benefits: 

All aluminum head construction Applied Vision Software for digital connection 

Media management Simultaneous connections for media 

Firmware based for networking 

Specifications: 

Base: 3”H x 10”L x 8.5” W (7.5 x 25.4 x 21.6 cm) 

Height: 30” / 76.2 cm Weight: 9.54 lbs / 4.33 kgs 

Base material: polycarbonate Head type: ball and socket 

Magnification: 50:1 and greater Lens: 8 mm 

Focus: 1/4 turn Quick Focus Focal distance: 6 mm to infinity 

Light sensitivity: 1.5 Lux Resolution: 800 X 600 

CPU: 32 bit RISC processor Manufacturer’s warranty: five years 

Network protocol: TCP/IP, HTTP, FTP, SMTP, PPP, UDP 

Connections: Network: RJ-45 digital; USB video; RCA and VGA audio; 

RCD microphone jack) 

Software: Applied Vision Software for Windows 

Built-in Ken-A-Vision Viewer® - network interfaceinfinity 

6612 MVP Flex Video Camera System 1,595.00 

Century Aluminum Storage Drawer 

(Cornell Univ. dimensions) 

Soft silicone gasket with visible sealing protects against humidity 

fluctuation, pest infestation or undesirable gas exchange 

Transparent laminated safety glass top remains intact even with 

a strong hammer blow; shatterproof and scratch resistant 

Heavy plastic lamination within glass top filters out 99.6% 

of all UV light from ambient sources 

Easily frozen intact for protection against pests introduced with 

specimens 

1020P 


Magnifier/Microscope/Telescope 

MVP Video Flex Camera 

Aluminum Cornell Drawer 

(Cornell Univ.) 

U.S. Patent Office No. 579 1480 

The Century drawer, introduced in 2000, is intended for use with 

unit trays or other accessories. It is furnished with a pull knob and 

two tracks for data labels. The anodized finish is a warm walnut 

color. The transparent glass top is held in place with four pivot 

latches, and lifts out with a cemented ring loop. 

The technology used in this drawer may be adapted to other sizes 

suitable for housing many kinds of valued objects such as photos, 

textiles, shells, maps and charts, documents, original art, prints, 

and small animal skins. 

Dimensions: O.D. 19 x 16-1/2 x 3" (48.3 x 42 x 7.7 cm) 

I.D. 17-3/4 x 15-1/4 x 2-1/2" (45 x 38.7 x 6.4 cm) 

Weight: 7.7 lbs, 3.5 kg 

1020 Cornell aluminum drawer 202.85 

1020P Cornell aluminum drawer w/ Plastazote pin. bottom 210.35 

13

Vial Storage/Display Vials 

Vial Rack 

Single row vial rack is made of clear acrylic 

for immediate visibility of vial contents from 

both sides. Vials are held in position by a 

strip of urethane foam running the length of 

the rack, and do not fall out if the rack is tipped 

over accidentally. Slots to accommodate data 

cards for notation are provided at each end. 

The vial rack holds 24 2 dram, 21 3 dram, or 

19 4 dram vials. It is 16-1/4" (413 mm) long, 

1-1/8" wide, 2" high, and weighs 6-1/2 oz. 

When not in active use, racks may be 

housed in 8510 vial drawers (see page 16), 

or in 1012T Cornell wooden trays without 

glass tops (see below) for permanent storage 

in cabinets. 

Cornell Tray for Vials 

1012T Cornell Tray 


This convenient wooden tray provides housing for vials and other 

objects that do not require the airtight feature of a glass-topped 

drawer. It is designed for use in any Cornell storage system which 

includes specimens not suitable for pinning. 

The tray has a pine frame and hardboard bottom, and is manufactured 

to match 1012 series Cornell drawers. It accommodates 

eight 1025AV unit vial trays, described at right. 

Materials: 

$ Kiln-dried sugar pine frame 

$ 1/8" hardboard bottom 

$ Brass-plated cardholder/drawer pull 

Construction: 

$ Joints mitered, glued and reinforced with concealed steel splines 

$ Exterior finished with multiple coats of clear gloss acrylic 

Dimensions: 

$ 19 x 16-1/2 x 3" O.D. (483 x 419 x 77mm) 

$ 17-3/4 x 15-1/4 x 2-7/8" I.D. (452 x 388 74mm) 


1012T Cornell vial/utility tray 36.00 34.00 

Not compatible with BioQuip vial storage system described on page 16. 

Display vials, with polyethylene stoppers 

Compatible with both BioQuip vial storage system 

and Cornell drawer system. 

Not compatible with glass capsule vials. 

Price each 

8520 Vial rack 1 - 11 10.95 

12 or more 10.40 

1025AV Unit 

Vial Tray with 

Partitions 

1012T Cornell Tray with 5 1025AV Unit Vial Trays & 

3 1025AMT Empty Unit Trays 

Vial Unit Trays for Cornell Trays 

STORAGE 

Ideal for organizing and housing 1/2, 1 or 2 dram glass vials in 

1012T Cornell trays, the 1025AV unit tray is made of sturdy white 

chipboard, with partitions to accommodate 60 vials. Eight of these 

unit trays fit in a 1012T tray (described at left). Vial unit trays are 

frequently used for holding vials being handled in a work area. 

Dimensions: 

$ 4-3/8 x 7-5/16 x 1-5/8" high (112 x 186 x 41mm) 


1025AV Unit vial tray, with partitions 2.20 2.10 

The unit tray for vials described above is also available without partitions 

for utility and miscellaneous storage. 


1025AMT Empty unit tray .68 .61 

Display Vials 

See page 17 for vials. 

Closeup of corner 

construction 

Glass display vials are an excellent alternative for temporary or permanent 

storage of dry specimens or other materials. They are convenient to use in 

the field or lab because only one hand is needed to remove or replace 

stoppers, leaving the other hand free. Neck diameters and openings are 

larger than for equivalent shell, patent lip or screw cap vials, allowing them to 

accommodate larger specimens. Display vials are not compatible with 

BioQuip vial storage or Cornell storage systems. 

Approx. Diameter Neck Price 

Capacity & Length Opening per Dozen 

Cat. No. in drams (mm) (mm - inch) 1 - 11 12+ 

8571 1 14.7 x 45 10.4 - .41 3.45 3.10 

8573 2.5 20.5 x 51 16.0 - .63 4.40 3.95 

8575 4.5 26.5 x 56 20.7 - .81 5.95 5.35 

8580 8.5 29.0 x 80 20.7 - .81 6.95 6.25 


STORAGE 

Glass Capsule Vials 

Gelatin Capsule Vials 

Gelatin capsules provide a convenient, inexpensive 

means of storing small or brittle insects. 

Some kinds of small insects may even be reared 

successfully in these disposable capsules. For 

temporary or permanent storage, capsules, 

along with data labels, may be pinned through 

one end with a standard insect pin. Capsule 

vials are translucent, approx. 7.5 x 20mm; size 

0 (8 grains). 

8100A Gelatin capsule vials 100 per bag 2.80 

8100B Gelatin capsule vials 500 per bag 9.75 

8100C Gelatin capsule vials 1,000 per bag 16.25 

Polyethylene Micro Vials 

BioQuip’s plastic genitalia vials are a successful alternative to 

glass micro vials, which have become rather expensive. These 

translucent vials are used for permanent storage of small insect 

parts in glycerine. Stoppers are white silicone rubber, and 

seat snugly. Polyethylene micro vials are available in two sizes. 

Packed in bags of 100. 


1133A Plastic micro vials, with stoppers 21.50 20.45 

4mm dia. (2.5mm I.D.) x 10mm long 

overall length with stopper is 12mm 

1133C Plastic micro vials, with stoppers 25.60 24.35 

6mm dia. (4mm I.D.) x 12mm long 

overall length with stopper is 18mm 

Glass Micro Vials 

Micro vials are used for permanent storage of small arthropod 

parts such as genitalia, tarsi, or mouth parts. Glycerine is 

used as a storage medium to prevent breakage of specimens 

during handling, and to maintain optical clarity under magnification. 

BioQuip's transparent glass genitalia vials are handmade, and 

feature a flame-finished smooth rim. Stoppers are made of 

white silicone rubber, and seat tightly. Parts stored in micro 

vials may be kept with the donor specimen by inserting an 

insect pin through the vial stopper. Glass micro vials and 

stoppers are packed in bags of 100. 


1133L Glass micro vials with stoppers No longer available 

12 mm long x 4 mm dia. (3 mm I.D.) 

1133M Glass micro vials with stoppers 42.50 40.40 

15 mm long x 5 mm dia. (4 mm I.D.); 

overall length with stopper is 20 mm 


The wide mouth opening of glass capsule vials makes them highly suitable for general 

use. Vials are made of standard Borosilicate glass tubing. 

Black screw caps with Polyseal lining are 24mm. The polyethylene liner projects into 

the mouth of the vial providing a double seal when screwed tightly. It virtually eliminates 

evaporation of alcohol, reducing time required for collection maintenance. 

The 4 dram size is used with the 1135B aspirator which allows specimens to be 

collected . directly into vials that will be filled later with alcohol. 

Price per dozen 1 - 11 12+ 

8811P Capsule vials, 4 dram 

1 x 2-1/4" (25 x 57mm) 

6.00 5.40 

8812P Capsule vials, 6 dram 6.45 5.80 

1 x 2-3/4" (25 x 70mm) 

8813P Capsule vials, 9.5 dram 8.25 7.45 

1 x 3-3/4" (25 x 95mm) 

8814P Capsule vials, 11 dram 9.60 8.65 

1 x 4" (25 x 102mm) 

Crystal plastic tube with 

white tabbed cap 

Plastic Tubes 


Glass & Plastic Vials 

Plastic Tubes 

Lightweight, clear styrene tubes, with matching snap-on caps 

are practical for field and lab use. The 8909 tube is used in the 

1135A aspirator (page 57). Extra tubes are convenient when 

collecting a large number or several different species with an 

aspirator. 

Good item for temporarily holding small, live specimens from 

many insect orders. Tubes are compatible with alcohol for a short 

period; not compatible with ethyl acetate. Six sizes are available. 

Price per dozen 1 - 11 12+* 

8905 Plastic tubes, 5 dram 

13/16 x 2-1/16" I.D. (22 x 52mm) 

1.80 1.70 


1 x 2-5/8" I.D. (26 x 67mm) 

2.15 1.95 


1-1/8 x 2-5/8" I.D. (30 x 67mm) 

2.65 2.40 


1-1/8 x 3-1/4" I.D. (30 x 84mm) 

3.15 2.85 


1-1/2 x 3/5/16" I.D. (39 x 85mm) 

4.10 3.70 


1-7/8 x 3-5/16" I.D. (49 x 85mm) 

5.30 4.75 

*Must be ordered in multiples of 12 dozen 

to qualify for pricing in this column. 

15

Vial Storage 

These vials go from here . . . 

to here . . . 

to here . . . 

to here . . . 

. . . and you have 10,080 

1/2 or 1 dram vials, or 

3,000 2, 3 or 4 dram vials, or 

1,890 6 or 8 dram vials 

in one organized, compact unit! 


STORAGE 

Vial Cabinets 

An extremely versatile cabinet, the 8515 houses glass vials in an orderly manner, 

and offers the means for their convenient cataloging and retrieval. A single cabinet 

provides permanent storage for up to 10,800 vials. 

By selecting appropriately partitioned unit trays, the cabinet stores vials in a secure, 

organized unit. In addition, placing empty unit trays in drawers permits storage of 

miscellaneous small items in neatly compartmented sections. 

Retrieval of vials is easily accomplished by noting the location of drawer, column and 

row of the unit tray into a journal or computer database. Partitioned unit trays are also 

numbered for precise and rapid reference. 

This cabinet features solid construction, exterior covering of steel or Formica, and 

white Melamine coated interior to allow daily use for many years. Angled drawer 

supports facilitate drawer placement into the unit. Locking handle and stable polypropylene 

gasketing furnish security and dustproofing for the cabinet’s contents. Up to 

fifteen 8510 vial drawers may be housed in one cabinet. 

Materials: 

Construction: 

$ 3/4" flakeboard frame and solid side panels $ Frame and panels glued and assembled 

$ .045 high-pressure laminate, or 22 gauge with air-driven epoxy coated nails and 

steel covering 

cabinet assembly screws 

$ 3/8" x 1" hardwood drawer supports $ Drawer supports glued and nailed 

$ High-density polypropylene gasket, locking $ Supports permit half-stepping to 

handle, door hinges 

accommodate vials and slides of 


varying heights 

Finish: 


$ Formica or steel bonded to frame 

$ Inset door, hinged on right side 

$ Exterior - Formica , choice of walnut or Dimensions: 

teak wood grain 

$ Exterior - steel, with two coats of polyurethane 

gloss finish, choice of gray, office 

green, tan, or white 

$ 43" high, 24-1/2" wide, 21-1/4" deep O.D. 

(109 x 62 x 54 x cm) 

Shipping Weight: 

$ Approximately 145 lbs. 

8515WAL Vial storage cabinet, Formica, walnut wood grain 745.00 

8515TEK Vial storage cabinet, Formica, teak wood grain 745.00 

8515GRY Vial storage cabinet, steel, gray 798.00 

8515GRN Vial storage cabinet, steel, office green 798.00 

8515TAN Vial storage cabinet, steel, tan 798.00 

8515WHT Vial storage cabinet, steel, white 798.00 

Cabinet prices listed above do not include vial drawers. 

Vial Drawer 

Sturdy vial storage drawers are flanged 

to support contents directly from the bottom 

rather than from the sides. These 

wood drawers will support a substantial 

weight load. They provide easy access 

to vials in active use as well as those 

stored in permanent collections. 

Dimensions: 

$ 21 x 18 x 2-1/2" O.D. (53.5 x 46 x 6.5cm) 

Vial Trays 

Vial trays with removable partitions are 

offered in four grid sizes for maximum 

use of available space. They are made 

of heavy chipboard covered with white 

glazed paper. Cards with alpha and numerical 

designations are inserted at one 

end and side of the tray so that vials 

may be cataloged and located easily, 

e.g.,“B 3”. 

Each 8510 vial storage drawer holds six 

trays. These convenient vial trays are 

also widely used for temporary storage 

of vials in laboratory work areas. Dimensions: 

5-7/16 x 9-5/16 x 1-13/16". 

The 8585A vial tray holds 112 1/2 or 1 dram 

vials (short style). Vial cabinet capacity, when 

8585A trays are used exclusively, is 90 trays, 

placed in 15 single spaced drawers. 

8585A Vial tray each 3.55 

Materials: 

$ 5/8" sugar pine frame: 1/4" fir plywood 

bottom 

$ Brass-plated cardholder/drawerpull 

Finish: 

$ Exterior sprayed with two coats of 

clear gloss acrylic 

8510 Vial drawer 41.75 

The 8585B vial tray holds 50 2, 3 or 4 dram 

vials (short style). Cabinet capacity, when 

8585B trays are used exclusively, is 60 trays, 

placed in 10 one-and-a-half spaced drawers. 

8585B Vial tray each 3.25 

The 8585C vial tray holds 45 6 to 8 dram 

vials (short style). Cabinet capacity, when 

8585C trays are used exclusively, is 42 trays, 

placed in 7 double-spaced drawers, plus 

single space for one additional drawer. 

8585C Vial tray each 2.75 

The 8585E vial tray holds 32 4, 6, 9.5 or 11 

dram glass capsule vials. Cabinet capacity, 

when 8585E trays are used exclusively depends 

on which size(s) vial is being housed. 

8585E Vial tray each 2.45 

The 8585D tray has no partitions, and is 

intended for storage of miscellaneous items. 

8585D Tray without grid each 1.30 

Vial products on this page are not compatible with Cornell system dimensions. 

(See page 14 for Cornell system vial storage drawers and unit trays.) 


STORAGE 

Glass Vials with Caps, Stoppers or Corks 

Glass vials are essential for the collection and storage of 

small specimens and those stored in alcohol. BioQuip 

offers three types of vials in a variety of sizes to meet 

individual requirements and preferences. 

Vials are made of standard Borosilicate glass tubing, and 

are annealed in special retempering ovens to eliminate 

internal strains and assure full mechanical strength. 

Tapered corks of xxxx quality or green neoprene stoppers 

are included in prices of shell vials and patent lip 

vials listed below. Black phenolic caps, with either pulp 

and vinyl lining, or Polyseal (‘P’) lining, are included in 

prices of screw cap vials. Caps with ‘P’ designation following 

the catalog number feature an interior polyethylene 

liner which projects into the mouth of the vial and 

provides a double seal when screwed tightly. This liner 

virtually eliminates evaporation of alcohol in vials, thus 

reducing time required for collection maintenance. 

Metric dimensions are listed below. A combination inch/ 

centimeter rule is supplied below right for reference in 

determining correct size(s) to order. 


Cat. Capacity Diameter Cork Price per Dozen 

No. in drams & Length size 1 - 11 12+* 

(mm) 

Shell vials, 8619 1/4 9 x 30 0 3.10 2.80 

with corks 8620 1/2 12 x 35 2 3.20 2.85 

8641 1 15 x 45 4 3.25 2.95 

8652 2 17 x 60 5 3.60 3.25 

8674 4 21 x 70 7 4.95 4.45 

Stopper 

size 

Shell vials, 8600 1/2 12 x 35 000 3.80 3.40 

with neoprene 8601 1 15 x 45 00 4.70 4.25 

stoppers 8602 2 17 x 60 0 6.20 5.60 

8624 4 21 x 70 2 7.30 6.55 

Neck 

Cork Opening 

size (inch) 

Patent lip vials, 8700 1/2 12 x 35 0 0.292 3.15 2.85 

with corks 8721 1 15 x 45 2 0.390 3.25 2.95 

8732 2 17 x 60 3 0.420 3.55 3.20 

8743 3 19 x 65 3 0.466 4.00 3.60 

8754 4 21 x 70 5 0.537 4.60 4.15 

Stopper 

size 

Patent lip vials, 8701 1 15 x 45 000 0.390 4.00 3.60 

with neoprene 8702 2 17 x 60 000 0.420 5.20 4.70 

stoppers 8703 3 19 x 65 00 0.466 5.55 5.00 

8704 4 21 x 70 0 0.537 7.15 6.45 

Screw cap vials 8800 1/2 12 x 35 0.170 3.80 3.40 

with caps, as 8801 1 15 x 45 0.300 3.60 3.25 

described 8801P 1 15 x 45 0.300 4.85 4.35 

above 8802 2 17 x 60 0.360 4.00 3.60 

8802P 2 17 x 60 0.360 5.05 4.55 

8804 4 21 x 70 0.440 4.90 4.40 

8804P 4 21 x 70 0.440 5.90 5.30 

8806 6 23 x 85 0.500 6.00 5.40 

8806P 6 23 x 85 0.500 6.65 6.00 

8808 8 25 x 95 0.580 6.90 6.20 

8808P 8 25 x 95 0.580 7.40 6.65 

*Must be ordered in multiples of 12 dozen to qualify for pricing in this column. 

**Packaging in dozen quantities is available only if specified on the order. 

The 1 - 11 price per dozen applies. 


Glass Vials 

Shell Vials Patent Lip Vials Screw Cap Vials 

Orders for 12 

dozen or more 

vials are 

bulk packed.** 

See following page for 

replacement corks, 

caps, stoppers, and 

vials, sold separately. 

17

Glass Vials & Closures 

Microslide Containers 

Glass Vials 

The most popular sizes of glass vials, without corks, stoppers 

or caps, are listed below. Vial specifications for these shell, 

patent lip, and screw cap vials are listed on the preceeding 

page. Sold in gross (144) quantities; bulk packed. 

Shell Vials Price per gross 

8689 Shell vials, 1/4 dram 25.00 

8690 Shell vials, 1/2 dram 25.30 

8691 Shell vials, 1 dram 25.55 



Patent Lip Vials 

8791 Patent lip vials, 1 dram 28.20 




Screw Cap Vials 

8891 Screw cap vials, 1 dram 31.20 




Polyseal Caps for Screw Cap Vials 

Polyseal (‘P’) caps are available separately for 

screw cap vials listed on previous page. They 

provide a superior double seal and prevent 

evaporation of alcohol or other fluids used in 

vials. Packaged in gross (144) quantities; bulk packed. 

For vial size Fits Cat. Nos. Gross 

8013P Polyseal caps 1 dram 8801, 8801P 25.45 





MicroscopeSlide 

Box/Mailer 

Polystyrene 

Slide Box 

Durable gray, high impact 

polystyrene microscope 

slide box holds 100 (3" x 

1") slides. Box is lined with 

cork pads, and a printed 

index lines the hinged 

cover. Nickel-plated catch 

provided. Dimensions: 8- 

5/16 x 6-3/4 x 1-5/16". 

Price each 

6100A Slide box 1 - 11 9.25 

12 or more 8.35 

Durable polyethylene 

plastic container holds 

and protects up to five 

microscope slides. 

Fluted inner walls hold 

slides in place without touching. Slides are easily inserted, and 

container has snap-top, positive lock. Slight inward pressure on 

the box sides, and thumbnail flip of the top opens the box. 

Flat-sided shape allows simple application of identification labels, 

and convenient shelf stacking for storage. Two boxes fit 

into standard 1-3/4" diameter mailing tube. Because containers 

are inexpensive and convenient, they are also used as disposable 

staining dishes. Dimensions: 3-1/4 x 1-1/8 x 5/8" (83 x 29 

x 15 mm). 

Price per dozen 

6105A Slide box mailer 1 - 11 9.25 

12 or more 8.35 


Vial Stoppers 

Corks 

High-quality XXXX corks for replacement in patent lip 

and shell vials are offered separately in a variety of 

sizes. See previous page listings of shell and patent lip 

vials for corresponding vial sizes. 

Polypropylene Slide Box 

STORAGE 

Green neoprene and natural latex 

rubber stoppers are recommended 

for collections of specimens 

in alcohol or other fluids 

stored in patent lip or shell vials. 

When these tapered stoppers are 

properly installed in patent lip vials, 

maintenance is unnecessary because fluid will not evaporate. 

Green neoprene stoppers have a durometer reading of 50; 

available in four sizes. Natural latex stoppers contain no pigment 

to discolor fluid or specimens. With a softer durometer 

(40) than neoprene, they are more easily seated and "burped" 

to relieve internal air pressure. 

Stopper Size Length Fits vials Price /gross 

8430 Neoprene 000 21 mm 1/2 dram shell 17.80 

1 dram patent lip 

8420 Neoprene 00 25 mm 1 dram shell 30.10 

2 & 3 dram patent lip 




8130 Natural latex 000 21 mm 1/2 dram shell 14.20 


8120 Natural latex 00 25 mm 1 dram shell 25.05 

2 & 3 dram patent lip 

8110 Natural latex 0 25 mm 2 dram shell 38.95 


Price per gross 

8000 Corks, size 0 8.35 

8002 Corks, size 2 9.50 

8003 Corks, size 3 10.35 

8004 Corks, size 4 11.15 

Price per gross 

8005 Corks, size 5 12.30 

8007 Corks, size 7 18.75 

8008 Corks, size 8 23.05 

Sturdy blue plastic box holds 25 (3 x 1") microscope slides. It 

has tight-fitting cover, with reference sheet inside the lid Top of 

lid has lip to allow secure stacking. Numbers 1 through 25 are 

molded on the bottom. Dimensions: 4-1/4 x 3-1/4 x 1-1/4". 

Price each 

6125A Slide box 1 - 11 3.65 

12 or more 3.45 

Economy 

Slide Box 

Moderately priced 

white plastic slide 

box holds 25 (3 x 

1") microscope 

slides. Numbers 

1 - 25 are molded 6025A 

on the bottom. Dimensions: 

3-11/16 x 3-3/16 x 1-3/16". 

6125A 

6025A Slide box 1 - 11 

Price each 

1.85 

12 or more 1.75 

Microslide Labels 

These small labels provide quick and 

easy reference to prepared microslides. 

Printed on high-quality gummed stock, 

they have an inner border approximately 

7/8" square. Outside dimensions are 

15/16 x 15/16". Packed 100 per box. 

Price per box 

6496 Microslide labels 1 - 11 1.75 

12 or more 1.65 


LAB 

6350 

6350 Microscope Slides 

Research grade microslides are made from the finest glass. 

Free from bubbles, striae and other imperfections, they are 

carefully selected, then ground and polished on all edges with 

beveled corners. Size: 3 x 1" (76 x 25 mm); thickness: .9 - 1.0 

mm. Washed and ready to use, they are conveniently packed 

in boxes of 72 slides. 

Price per box 

6350A Microscope slides, box of 72 1 box 18.00 

2 or more 17.10 

6351 Microscope Slides 

General purpose slides are made from same high-quality glass 

as research grade slides except that the edges are beaded. 

They meet the needs for all general laboratory use at an economical 

price. Packed 72 per box. Size: 3 x 1" (76 x 25 mm). 

Price per box 

6351A Microscope slides, box of 72 1 box 13.75 

2 or more 13.05 

Micro 

Concavity 

Slides 

These fine slides are made of non-corrosive glass with beveled 

corners and polished edges. They are 3 x 1" (76 x 25 mm), and 

1.0 ~ 1.2 mm thick. Polished spherical concavities are 16 mm in 

diameter, and .8 mm in depth. 

6330A Micro slides, single cavity dozen 12.25 

6330B Micro slides, double cavity dozen 17.65 

Square Cover Slips 

Made from good grade hard glass. Free from bubbles and 

striae, these cover glasses are well suited for general laboratory 

use. Packed in plastic boxes of 1 ounce. 

6341B Cover glass, 22 mm square ounce 5.85 

No. 1 (.13 to .17 mm) 

6341C Cover glass, 22mm square ounce 5.45 

No. 2 (.17 to .25 mm) 

Round Cover Slips 

Use of round cover slips results in neater, more perfect slide 

mounts as the mounting medium need not flow to square cover 

glass corners. They are frequently used with mounting rings or 

6362 vinyl props. Packed in 1-ounce containers. 

Price per 1-ounce box 1 box 2+ 

6342DA Cover slips, 15 mm, No. 1 thickness 54.15 51.45 

6342EA Cover slips, 15 mm, No. 2 thickness 48.70 46.25 

6342GA Cover slips, 18 mm, No. 1 thickness 47.70 45.30 

6342HA Cover slips, 18 mm, No. 2 thickness 45.80 43.50 

Vinyl Props 

When preparing wholemounts, vinyl props are plastic discs that 

hold a cover slip above the specimen to prevent crushing. Three 

props are normally used per slide. They are 3mm in diameter, 

listed in three thicknesses. Packed in bags of 500. 

Price per bag of 500 1 bag 2+ 

6362A Vinyl props, .25 mm thick 12.00 10.80 

6362B Vinyl props, .50 mm thick 11.00 9.90 

6362C Vinyl props, 1.00 mm thick 10.00 9.00 


Insect Slide 

Mounting Kit 


6351 

Microscopy 

Components in this unique kit have been selected to provide all 

the elements necessary for successful and correct microscope 

slidemounting of arthropod specimens. Kit contains: 

$ 72 high-quality microslides, and 1/2-oz. cover slips 

$ 3 microtools and eyedropper 

$ Specimen clearing fluid, double stain, Euparal, and specimen 

centering card 

$ Instruction sheet with step by step procedure for those 

unfamiliar with the process 

6385 Slide Mounting kit 54.55 

Required, but not furnished: about 100 ml (3.5 oz.) 95– 

100% isopropyl alcohol. 

Bibulous Paper 

A white paper with good absorbent quality, 

especially recommended for drying microscope 

slides. Booklet contains 50 perforated 

sheets, 4 x 6" (10 x 15 cm). 

Price per booklet 

6338A Bibulous paper 1 - 11 3.00 

12 or more 2.70 

Lens Paper 

Booklet contains 50 sheets of soft, non-abrasive dust free paper, 

4 x 6" (10 x 15 cm). 

Price per booklet 

6339A Lens paper 1 - 11 1.50 

12 or more 1.35 

Teflon Coated Microscope Slides 

Trained personnel from public health agencies, mosquito abatement 

districts and pest control operators using ULV (ultra low 

volume) pesticide applications for adult mosquito control must 

keep records of droplet size determination and make them available 

to the EPA and the chemical manufacturer. 

BioQuip’s special Teflon-coated glass microscope slides are 

recommended for depositing spray samples to determine ULV 

droplet size. They are 3 x 1" (76 x 25 mm), available in boxes of 

5 or 25 slides. 

6335A Teflon coated micro slides box of 5 23.35 

6335B Teflon coated micro slides box of 25 110.40 

Aerosol Droplet Sampler 

The aerosol droplet sampler is designed 

to collect insecticide aerosol 

droplets on Teflon-coated slides. It has 

applications in both public health and 

agriculture fields, and serves two valuable 

functions. It is used in accurate 

calibration of ULV equipment, allowing 

greater uniformity in determining droplet size and eliminating the 

need to hand-wave slides in the aerosol cloud. It also allows 

determination of extent of drift or penetration through vegetation 

of the aerosol cloud without need for caged insects. 

The slide rotator is a battery-operated device employing a U.S.manufactured 

gear motor that spins a dual aluminum slide holder. 

It can be mounted using the 1/2" aluminum tube on one side, or 

it can be placed on a level surface. With slide holder in place, the 

rotator is 7-3/4" high; weight is 1 lb., 2 oz. Two 9 V. alkaline 

batteries and instructions are supplied. 

6336 Aerosol droplet sampler 156.25 

19

Chemicals 

Specimen Clearing Fluid * 

Used to make internal structures visible under magnification by 

clearing out soft tissue, this fluid is principally a lacto-phenol solution 

with glacial acetic acid. Specimens may remain in the fluid 

for prolonged periods of time, or may be heated to speed the 

clearing process. 

6373A Specimen clearing fluid 100 ml. 24.60 

6373B Specimen clearing fluid pint 98.40 

Barber’s Relaxing & Cleaning Fluid * 

This solution is used as a relaxing agent when it is necessary to 

move appendages, remove genitalia, or otherwise treat a specimen 

after it has dried. Applied with a camel hair brush, it produces 

rapid relaxation so that legs or antennae may be aligned 

without breakage. The fluid is effective in rejuvenating old, greasy 

specimens, especially beetles, by submersion. It also dissolves 

many mounting adhesives. 

6374 Barber’s fluid 2 oz. 5.40 

6374A Barber’s fluid pint 21.60 

Cellosolve * 

Clearing and dehydrating agent containing ethylene-glycol 

monoethyl ether. Its primary use is as a non-volatile substitute for 

xylene when mounting in balsam. 

6378A Cellosolve pint 25.85 

6378B Cellosolve quart 49.15 

Lignin Pink Stain 

A stain frequently needed for preparing microscope slides. Similar 

to Acid Fuchsin, but proven to be more permanent, without 

fading of specimens. Shipped dry. 

6377A Lignin pink stain 5 grams 13.75 

Double Stain 

Double stain is a combination of Acid Fuchsin and Lignin Pink in 

solution. It is added to 6373 Specimen Clearing Fluid, which 

results in clearing and staining in one operation. 

6379A Double stain 10 ml. 13.30 

6379B Double stain 25 ml. 26.70 

Dropping Pipette 

Glass, with rubber bulb; 4" (102mm). 

Insect Collecting 

and Preserving Chemicals 


Microscope Slide Preparation and Mounting Chemicals 

Ethyl Alcohol * 

Preserving fluid, 95%, completely denatured. Pint 

and quart quantities in oblong metal cans; gallon in 

polypropylene jug/corrugated carton. 

1183A Ethyl alcohol pint 5.40 

1183B Ethyl alcohol quart† 8.25 

1183C Ethyl alcohol gallon†† 20.45 

Isopropyl Alcohol * 

Preserving fluid, 99%, anhydrous. Pint and quart quantities in oblong 

metal cans; gallon in polypropylene jug/corrugated carton. 

1187A Isopropyl alcohol pint 8.90 

1187B Isopropyl alcohol quart† 13.80 

1187C Isopropyl alcohol gallon†† 31.80 

† Maximum shipment is three quarts per day. Multiple shipments 

can be made on successive days. 

†† Gallons available only for will call, or motor freight shipment 

(where minimum charges may apply). 

PVA Mounting Medium 

PVA mounting medium containing Elvanol and lacto phenol is a 

one-step clearing and semi-permanent medium used in preparation 

of ringed microscope slides. It is recommended for small 

arthropods (soft or hard bodied), insect larvae, mosquito genitalia, 

mites and spiders. It is frequently used as a substitute for 

Hoyer’s solution. Without stain. Packed in amber dispensing 

bottle. 

6371A PVA mounting medium 20 ml. 14.15 

Slide Mounting Medium * 

An excellent, neutral pH medium for cementing cover glasses 

over zoological and botanical specimens on microslides. Consists 

of resin dissolved to a mounting consistency in reagent 

grade xylene. A plasticizer is added to keep resin from crazing. 

Melting point is about 90°C. Packed in amber dispensing bottle 

with dropping pipette. 

6370 Slide mounting medium 2 oz. 12.25 

Carnoy-Lebrun Fixative * 

A very rapid fixative, especially good for highly sclerotized beetles 

and grasshoppers. Also used as a substitute for KAAD in fixing 

larvae. 

6376A Carnoy-Lebrun fixative pint Discontinued 

Euparal Mounting Medium 

Euparal mounting medium is specifically intended for 

wholemounts of small-bodied insects such as mosquito larvae, 

aphids, or thrips taken directly from 95% alcohol. It is a permanent 

synthetic substitute for Canada Balsam, but imparts a slight 

clearing action. Packed in amber glass bottles. 

6372A Euparal 20 ml. dropper bottle 16.95 

6372B Euparal 100 ml. bottle 67.80 

6372F Euparal 500 ml. bottle 271.20 

Euparal Essence 

Thinning agent for Euparal mounting medium. 

6372C Euparal essence 10 ml. dropper bottle 7.30 

6372D Euparal essence 25 ml. dropper bottle 14.60 

6372E Euparal essence 500 ml. bottle 186.90 

Price each 

4775 Dropping pipette 1 - 11 .60 

12 or more .55 

KAAD Larval Fixative * 

Preserving fluid used primarily as larval fixative. Ingredients: 

ethanol, kerosene, glacial acetic acid, dioxane. Packaged in 

amber glass bottles. 

1188A KAAD fixative 2 oz. 3.35 

1188B KAAD fixative pint 12.00 

1188C KAAD fixative quart 20.85 

Pampel’s Solution * 

For preservation of insect larvae, and prevention of discoloration. 

Active ingredients: ethyl alcohol, formalin, glacial acetic acid. 

Packaged in amber glass bottles. 

1184A Pampel’s solution 2 oz. 3.15 

1184B Pampel’s solution pint 10.90 

1184C Pampel’s solution quart 18.30 

Peterson’s Solution * 

Killing agent and fixative for insect larvae and other immature 

stages. Active ingredients: ethyl alcohol, glacial acetic acid, kerosene. 

Packaged in amber glass bottles. 

1189A Peterson’s solution 2 oz. 3.10 

1189B Peterson’s solution pint Discontinued 

1189C Peterson’s solution quart Discontinued 

* Please note: An asterisk * indicates this chemical is considered hazardous or flammable by U.S. Dept. of Transportation. 

It can be shipped only by surface UPS, FedEx, or Parcel Post, and only to destinations within the U.S. 


LAB

LAB 


Compound Microscopes 

Monocular and binocular models of this full-feature, oil immersion microscope 

are designed to meet the demand of biologists in universities and 

laboratories. Superb resolution, clarity and precise, easy operation are incorporated 

in these instruments from National Optical. Many enhancements 

not usually available on microscopes in this price range are standard on both 

models. Specifications common to both monocular and binocular models: 

Optical system: 

$ 4 Objectives Eyepiece(s) Magnification 

- 4x (0.10N.A.) 10x 40x 

- 10x (0.25N.A.) 100x 

- 40x (0.65N.A.) retractable 400x 

- 100x (1.25N.A.) retractable, oil immersion 1000x 

$ Objectives are parcentered, parfocalled, and achromatic 

$ Ball-bearing mounted 4-hole nosepiece 

Illumination: 6v, 20-watt halogen illumination with rheostat control 

Condensing system: 1.25N.A. abbe condenser with rack & pinion control, 

blue filter 

Stage: 

$ 130 mm x 125 mm platform with built-in, low position graduated 

mechanical stage 

$ 70 mm (X) and 35 mm (Y) travel range; low-position coaxial controls 

$ Adjustable slide holder 

Focusing: 

$ Low-position coaxial coarse and calibrated fine focus; tension adjustment 

$ Focus unit control can be adjusted to limit upper range of stage travel 

$ Focus knobs have textured rubber surfaces 

Frame: Cast metal with gray enamel finish 

Packaging: Fitted styrofoam box with deluxe vinyl dust cover 

Monocular Microscope 

As described above. The single widefield 10x eyepiece has revolving pointer. 

The 45% inclined head rotates 360°. 

6065 Monocular microscope 487.30 

Binocular and Trinocular Microscope 

As described above. The head has two widefield 10x eyepieces with diopter 

adjustments on both sides, and interpupillary adjustment from 53 mm to 72 mm. 

The viewing head is inclined 30°, and rotates 360°. 

6066 Binocular microscope 645.95 

6067 Trinocular microscope, for camera applications 829.00 

6186 6188 6187 

6185 

6186 Microscope Stage 

Stage facilitates examination and dissection of insects under 

magnification. Specimen mounted on an insect pin is inserted 

into a cork pad and rotated on a magnetized ball and socket joint. 

The stage is made of metal filled plastic resins and is 1-7/8" high, 

including cork platform; base diameter is 2-5/8". 

6186 Microscope stage 32.20 

6188 Microscope Stage 

BioQuip’s adaptation of an older design, this insect examination 

stage allows a pinned specimen to be rotated on two independent 

axes, while maintaining a relatively accurate focus under a 

microscope. Top, bottom, sides and ends of the insect may be 

observed without touching the pin or specimen. The stage base 

is cast of metal filled plastic resin; the arm and knob are brass, 

steel and latex. Dimensions: 2-13/16" x 1-7/16" x 1-11/16" high. 

6188 Microscope stage 32.95 


6065 

Microscopy 

Dissecting Petri Dish/Microscope Stage 

Polystyrene petri dish has optically clear silicone pinning surface 

allowing light to be transmitted from below. It facilitates specimen 

examination under a microscope or with the naked eye. The dish is 

filled to a depth of 5 mm, and accepts insect pins easily. Pinholes 

close after pins are removed, but eventually will obscure light passage 

from underneath. Size is 100 mm x 15 mm high, with cover. 


6187 Petri dish/microscope stage, set of 2 20.30 19.30 

Cork Block Stage 

Small, inexpensive insect examination stage consists of hardboard 

bottom, with 3/16" cork overlay and #7 cork affixed to the surface. It 

is a practical device for holding pinned insects during microscope 

study, well-suited for student use. Size: 2-1/2 x 3". 


6185 Cork block stage 3.60 3.25 

6066 

21

Microscopes 

Stereo Microscopes 


Inclined stereo microscopes in this popular series from Applied Scientific feature 

two objectives, widefield eyepieces, and both top and bottom illumination. 

They are high-quality instruments offering durability and fine optical clarity. All 

parts are locked and ‘student proof’. Five-year limited manufacturer’s warranty. 

Specifications common to all three models: 

Optics: 

$ 10x, 15x or 20x widefield eyepieces 

$ Interpupillary distance adjustment from 55mm to 75mm with diopter 

$ Working distance 82mm; right lens diopter adjustment located on head 

$ Sharp image with glass prisms 

Illumination: 

$ Stage illuminated by fluourescent transmitted light below 

$ Variable Halogen incident light above 

$ Top lighting only, bottom lighting only, or combination top and bottom 

Focusing: 

$ Rack and pinion focusing with slip clutch and tension control 

Head: 

$ 45° inclined binocular head rotates 360°, can be locked in any position 

Stand: 

$ Full size 6-1/2 x 8-3/4" metal base (160mm x 225mm) 

$ Built-in three way incident and transmitted illumination system 

$ Frosted glass stage plate, 75mm diameter 

$ Height - 11 to 14" at maximum focus adjustment 

$ Supplied with dust cover in styrofoam case 

Widefield Field of 

Cat. No. Objectives Eyepiece Magnification View Price 

6440 Microscope 1x and 3x 10x 10x and 30x 20mm, 6.5mm 416.35 

6441 Microscope 1x and 3x 15x 15x and 45x 15mm, 5mm 416.35 

6442 Microscope 1x and 3x 20x 20x and 60x 10mm, 4.3mm 416.35 

Eyepieces for microscopes listed above are interchangeable. Purchasing additional 

eyepieces greatly increases the versatility of these instruments. 

6446 Widefield eyepieces, 5x Disc. 6448 Widefield eyepieces, 15x 83.20 

6447 Widefield eyepieces, 10x 83.20 6449 Widefield eyepieces, 20x 83.20 

Stereo Microscopes 

LAB & FIELD 

These stereo microscopes feature a high-quality optical system and 

precise mechanical components. The viewing head is 45° inclined, 

post mounted to permit 360° rotation and adjustment up/down to 

accommodate larger specimens. 

Four options are available - 1x & 2x, 1x & 3x, or 2x & 4x objectives, 

and 10x or 15x widefield eyepieces. Specifications common to all 

four models: 

Optical system: 

$ Paired widefield eyepieces with diopter adjustment 

$ Interpupillary adjustment from 50mm to 75mm 

$ Paired objectives are parfocalled, parcentered, and achromatic 

$ Magnification changed by rotating objective turret to positive click 

stops 

Illumination: 

$ High-intensity, 12v 10 watt built-in illumination with base mounted 

on/off switch; 3-wire cord 

$ Incidental (top) light and transmitted (bottom) light 

Focusing: 

$ Rack and pinion focusing with slip clutch and tension adjustment 

Stage: 

$ 90mm reversible and frosted stage plates 

$ Locked-on stage clips 

Frame: 

$ Rugged cast metal frame, gray enamel finish 

$ Height - 11" (28 cm) 

$ Fitted styrofoam box, with vinyl dustcover 

All four microscopes from National Optical detailed below are an 

excellent value, attractively priced. 

Cat. No. Objectives Eyepieces Magnification Price 

6459TBL Stereo microscope 1x & 2x WF10x 10x & 20x 247.30 




6463 Replacement bulb, upper/lower illum., 12V 10-15W 8.95 


LAB 


Cordless LED Microscopes 

LED illumination technology allows these microscopes to become truly portable. Battery-operated, cordless design allows for use in 

the field or lab without electrical power. Internal microscope batteries are charged with a plug-in 110v transformer. Fully recharged in 

just 8 hours, batteries allow for up to 22 hours of use. The LED top and bottom illumination is cool light that does not heat specimens 

and can last up to 50,000 hours before lamp replacement. Microscopes can be used while recharging 

batteries. Complete with transformer for battery recharging. 

Cordless Stereo Microscope - 20x 

Optics: $ Paired widefield 10x eyepieces with diopter adjustment $ Interpupillary adjustment from 55mm 

to 75mm $ Paired 2x objectives are parfocalled, parcentered, and achromatic $ Working distance 75 

mm; sharp image with glass prisms 

Illumination: $ Light source equivalent to 20 watts $ LED incidental (top) light and transmitted (bottom) 

light $ Built-in 2-way switch; top or bottom illumination only 

Focusing: $ Rack and pinion focusing with slip clutch and tension adjustment 

Head: $ 90° vertical binocular head, locked in position 

Stand: $ Rugged cast metal base, enamel finish; 3-wire cord $ Base: 4-1/2 x 7-1/4" (114 x 184mm) 

$ Height: 11-3/4 - 14-1/2" (299 - 368mm) at maximum focus adjustment $ Frosted glass stage plate, 

75mm diameter 

Weight: 4-1/2 lb. Storage: Supplied with fitted styrofoam case and vinyl dustcover 

Cat. # Product Eyepieces Magnification Price 

6710C Cordless stereo microscope WF10x 20x 233.30 

Cordless Stereo Microscopes - Dual Power 

Optics: $ Paired widefield 10x or 20x eyepieces with diopter adjustment $ Interpupillary adjustment from 

55mm to 75mm $ Paired objectives are parfocalled, parcentered, and achromatic $ Magnification 

changed by rotating objective turret to positive click stops 

$ Working distance 70 mm; sharp image with glass prisms 

Illumination: $ Light source equivalent to 20 watts $ LED incidental (top) light and transmitted 

(bottom) light $ Built-in 3-way switch; top, bottom, or combination illumination 


Head: $ 45° inclined binocular head rotates 360°; can be locked in any position 

Stand: $ Rugged cast metal base, enamel finish, 3-wire cord $ Base: 7 x 8-3/4" (180 x 222mm) $ 

Height: 13 - 14-3/4" (330 - 375mm) at maximum focus adjustment $ Frosted glass stage plate, 

75mm diameter 

Weight: 8-1/2 lb. Storage: Supplied with fitted styrofoam case and vinyl dustcover 


6720C Stereo microscope 1x & 3x WF10x 10x & 30x 437.00 




Cordless Stereo Zoom Microscopes 

Optics: $ Paired widefield eyepieces with diopter adjustment $ 1 - 4x zoom objectives 

$ Interpupillary adjustment from 55mm to 75mm $ Paired objectives are parfocalled, 

parcentered, and achromatic $ Working distance 70 mm; sharp image with glass prisms 

Illumination: $ Light source equivalent to 20 watts $ LED incidental (top) light and transmitted 

(bottom) light $ Built-in 3-way switch; top, bottom, or combination illumination 


Head: $ 45° inclined binocular head rotates 360°; can be locked in any position 

Stand: $ Rugged cast metal frame, enamel finish; 3-wire cord $ Base: 7 x 

8-3/4" (180 x 222mm) $ Height: 13 - 14-3/4" (330 - 375mm) at maximum 

focus adjustment $ Frosted glass stage plate, 75mm diameter 

Weight: 9-1/2 lb. Storage: Supplied with fitted styrofoam case and vinyl 

dustcover 


6740C Stereo zoom microscope WF10x 7.0 - 45.0x 813.95 



Microslide Tool Set 

This fine micro tool set was designed by R. F. Wilkey, a 

professional with 40 years experience in microslide 

technique. The close attention to detail in manufacturing 

is evident in this set. The tools are useful for working 

with insects as small as aphids, thrips, mites and 

fleas in preparation for treating with clearing fluid prior 

to permanent mounting on a microscope slide. 


Microscopes 

The set consists of a probe, an angled knife with cutting 

edge, and a bent spatula. Plastic handles are 5/16" 

(8 mm) diameter. Tips are made of a heat treated, 

chromed metal alloy. Overall length is 4-1/2" (114 mm). 

4831 Microslide tool set 16.75 

23 

6710C 

6720C 

6740C

Stereo Zoom Microscope 

Macroscope 

24 


Stereo Zoom Microscopes 

High-quality stereo zoom microscope provides durability and the best 

in optical clarity. It is suitable for most uses in entomology, and able to 

resist rough handling in field work, with all parts locked and “student 

proof”. 

This versatile microscope has right- and left-hand zoom controls, 10x, 

15x or 20x widefield eyepieces, and a large 90mm working distance. 

The six models offer a variety of options for magnification from 7x to 

90x, and require only slight adjustment in focus during magnification 

changes. Trinocular models are available for photography applications 

with film or video camera. Five-year manufacturer limited warranty. 

Optics: 

$ .7x to 4.5x objectives, all models; interpupillary distance adjustment from 

55mm to 75mm with diopter in both eye tubes 

$ Working distance 90mm; side mounted zoom controls; sharp image with 

glass prisms; rack and pinion focusing - slip clutch and tension control 

Head: 

$ 5° inclined binocular head; 360° rotatable, can be locked in any position 

$ Trinocular head for camera applications 

Stage illumination: 

$ Upper - variable, high intensity 15 watt halogen quartz lamp 

$ Bottom - 5 watt fluourescent lamp (27W incandescent equivalent) 

Stand: 

$ Full size 170mm x 230mm metal base; built-in three way incident and 

transmitted illumination system; frosted glass stage plate, 75mm diameter 

$ Supplied with dust cover in styrofoam case; weight 14.5 lbs. 

6395 

Head Eyepieces Magnification Field of View Price 

6600 Stereo zoom microscope binocular 10x widefield 7.0x - 45.0x 32.8mm, 5.1mm 826.90 



6603 Stereo zoom microscope trinocular 10x widefield 7.0x - 45.0x 32.8mm, 5.1mm 948.75 



6397 

Macroscopes - 25X and 45X 

Three models of this portable microscope are designed to fill the need for superior 

image quality in a cost effective configuration. They features ease of use without 

compromising optical or mechanical quality. 

The Macroscope 25 is a fixed magnification unit providing 25x magnification over 

a wide field of view approximately 8mm (5/16"). Working distance is 2-3/4" (70mm); 

depth of focus is 1/2" (13mm). It is supplied with a reticle providing precise measurements 

both in .1 mm (100 micron) scale divisions to 5 mm, and 16th inch 

divisions to 3/16". By detaching the base and closeup lens, the Macroscope can 

also be used for 8x distance viewing. 

The Macroscope 45 has a 4.8 mm field of view and includes a measuring scale providing measurements 

in inches divided into 1/128" segments and in millimeters divided into 1/10-mm segments. 

Working distance is ~1-1/2" (38 mm) and the depth of focus is ~3/16" (6 mm). With the close-up lens 

and base removed, the unit can be used for 8X distance viewing. 

The Macroscope 18-36 zoom has a field of view that varies from 7/16" (11.1 mm) to 1/4" (6.4 mm), 

depending on magnification. It features a measuring scale that provides accurate measurements at 

either minimum or maximum magnification. It is calibrated in inches and divided into 1/64" or 1/128" 

segments and in 0.1- or 0.05-mm segments. Working distance is ~2" (50 mm) and the depth of focus 

is ~5/32" (4 mm). A carrying bag is provided. 

One of the Macroscope’s many applications is in the area of forensic entomology as it can be used in 

virtually any location. Another is in the field for on-site measurement of pesticide droplet size on 6335 

Teflon coated slides as samples are taken during spraying to help insure optimal droplet size. 

The units are camera adaptable by attaching optional Macromate adapter that couples the Macroscope 

to 52mm diameter filter threads of most 35mm SLR cameras. Lenses with other diameters are 

accommodated by by readily available stepping rings. 

Dimensions: height - 5.75" (146mm), with acrylic stage attached - 8.25" (210mm); acrylic stage - 3" 

(76mm) diameter. Weight: 6.5 oz. (184 grams); with carrying bag 7.5 oz. (213 grams). 

Portable, versatile and easy to use, the Macroscope and camera adapter are valuable tools for field 

use and indoor in-place observation. 

6395 Macroscope, 25X, with protective cloth carrying bag 189.25 

6397 Macromate camera adapter 44.90 

6399 Macroscope, 45x 220.35 

6400 Macroscope, 18-36 zoom Not available until 2010 


LAB

LAB 

Video Camera 


Fiberoptic Light Sources 

Fiberoptic illumination has become a widely used light source in recent 

years, offering the advantages of being versatile, adjustable, intense, 

and cool. Both of the dependable units described below are quiet, with 

low vibration. They may be used independently from any angle, or can 

be interfaced directly to microscopes or other equipment. Their professional, 

high-quality optics, coupled with their moderate cost, make them 

excellent values. Both are made in the USA, backed by manufacturer's 

one-year warranty. 

150 Watt Heavy-Duty Light Source 

Self-supporting light guides provide electronically isolated white light. Chromeplated 

gooseneck channel sheathing allows precise placement of light output. 

The cool, intense light permits close, detailed work and avoids cooking or drying 

out specimens under examination. A fan cools the unit, allowing the light source 

to be used for extended periods of time. 

A rheostat controls light intensity from 20 to 150 watts to provide the exact level 

of illumination needed. Focusing lenses at the tips of the light channels allow 

variable light spot adjustment, or may be removed for diffused illumination. Two 

models are available. 

Light source with bifurcated light guide. Dual channels permit two station 

illumination, adjustable from 20 to 150 watts, with high degree of multidimensional 

clarity. Supplied with focusable lenses. Overall length is 18". 

6101B Fiberoptic light source, with bifurcated light guide 668.45 

Light source with single light guide. Single-channel, adjustable 

from 20 to 150 watts, as described above. 

6101S Fiberoptic light source, single light guide 501.25 

Replacement halogen lamp. Replacement EKE 150-watt bulb 

for 6101B and 6101S. 

6101X Replacement 150-watt halogen bulb 24.60 

20 Watt Fiberoptic Light Source 

Economical, all-metal design is ideal for light-duty use. It allows topographical 

viewing of specimens that cannot be trans-illuminated. Trans-illumination is also 

improved with this bright, cool, easily positionable halogen light. Goosneck sheathing 

offers obedient positioning. Two models are available. 

Economy light source with bifurcated light guide. Dual channels provide two 

station illumination at 20, with high degree of multidimensional clarity. Overall 

length is 18". 

6102B Fiberoptic light source, 20 watt, with bifurcated light guide 342.55 

Economy light source with single light guide. Single-channel, 

as described above. 

6102S Fiberoptic light source, 20 watt, with single light guide 237.00 

Focusable end tip. Fits onto the end tips of 6102B and 6102S. Lens 

allows light to be focused without repositioning the light guide(s). 

6102T Light guide focusing lens 45.90 

Replacement halogen lamp. 20-watt bulb for 6102B and 6102S. 

6102X Replacement 20-watt halogen bulb 22.85 

The VideoFlex is a creative video camera mounted on a totally flexible arm for 

absolute ease of operation. It is self-contained and compact with a sharp, detailed 

color image even in low light conditions. Simply plug the unit into an electrical outlet, 

connect it to a monitor, and adjust the focus. 

This versatile tool allows the user to maneuver the camera with one hand for 

ultimate precise positioning and focusing in virtually any presentation. The camera 

head can be moved to within one inch of an object (for maximum 40x magnification), 

directed through the eyepiece of a microscope, moved back to show a page 

of a book or sheet of paper, or out to infinity for full field view. The unit weighs 5.25 

lbs., and is backed by 2-year manufacturer’s warranty. 

Specifications: 

$ Metal base, with on/off switch and indicator light; 5-1/2 x 7-1/2" 

$ Gooseneck - 22", full motion, flexible 

$ Lens - 8 mm, focus from one inch to infinity; C mount 

$ Sensitivity and Resolution - 2.0 lux and 360 TV lines 

$ Composite or Super VHS video 

6610 VideoFlex camera 882.00 

Note: The VideoFlex camera is available for 220V AC PAL compatibility at slight 

additional cost. 


Fiberoptic Light Sources 

Video Camera 

6101 Specifications: 

$ Power: 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 

$ Dimensions: 4.5" wide, 6.5" long, 7" high 

(11.5, 16.5, 17.5 cm) 

$ Lamp type: EJV 150-watt halogen bulb, 

color temp. 3350° K 

$ Lamp life: 40 - 2,000 hours. Lamp life is substantially 

extended when used at lower intensity. 

6102B 

6101B 

6102 Specifications: 

$ Power: 110/120V AC, 50/60 Hz 

$ Dimensions: 2.1" wide, 6.5" long, 2.75" high 

(5.3, 16.5, 7 cm) 

$ Lamp type: 20-watt halogen bulb, with focused tip, 

color temp. 3150° K 

$ Lamp life: 2,000 hours 

25

Magnifiers 


Magnifiers by 

High-quality optics in Bausch & Lomb magnifiers have been renowned for over 110 

years. Lenses are made from pure optical glass, free of internal flaws, and lens surfaces 

are finished to precision optics standards without wave or other surface defects 

that could distort images. 

Coddington Magnifiers 

High-quality corrected magnifiers use a single thick lens of optical 

glass with a central groove diaphragm to provide sharp, crisp 

image. Magnifiers have swing-away, nickel-plated protective case. 

Lens size Price 

1128B Coddington magnifier, 10X 

(19.8mm) Focus: 1" (25.4mm) 

.79" 24.75 

1128D Coddington magnifier, 14X 

(15.8mm) Focus: .7" (19.9mm) 

.65" 26.75 

1128C Coddington magnifier, 20X 

(12.5mm) Focus: .5" (13.2mm) 

.49" 29.75 

1128B 

Hastings Magnifiers 

1128D 

1128C 

Highly corrected Triplets provide the best image quality available in 

hand lenses. Three separate optical glass lenses, bonded together 

to form a compound lens, provide sharp, very distinct magnified 

images. Lens sides are coated black to block out all glare. 

Swing-away nickel plated case protects lens and serves as a 

handle. 

Lens size Price 

1128E Hastings magnifier, 10X 

Focus: 1.0" (25.4mm) 

.63" (15.8mm) 42.40 

1128G Hastings magnifier, 14X 

Focus: .7" (19.9mm) 

.50" (12.5mm) 48.10 

1128F Hastings magnifier, 20X 

Focus: .5" (13.2mm) 

.33" (8.3mm) 47.30 

Hand Microscope 

Powerful, go-anywhere 30x 

hand-held microscope for 

6394 

outdoor or classroom use that 

makes an ant look like an 

elephant. Includes built-in 

illumination, light condenser, 

focus wheel and vinyl carrying 

case. Illumination is bright 

enough to use separately as a 

flashlight. Body is composed of 

textured, shock-resistant plastic. 

Uses two AA batteries, not 

included. Size is 5-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 

3/4" (14 x 4 x 2 cm). 

Hand microscope 14.70 

2802M ‘AA’ alkaline batteries, set of 2 1.95 

LED Lumifier on Stand 

Perfect combination of light and hands free magnification. Optical 

grade 3X lens assists in any task requiring magnification. 

For fine detail work, use the 5X "sweet spot". Flexible base is 

weighted for stability and armored in rubber for protection and a 

soft touch. It bends to any desired position. Three superbright, 

cool white LED lights will last 100,000 hours. Powered by a set 

of four "AA" batteries (not included). Battery life is approximately 

30 hours. Dimensions: 4.2" x 18"H x 5.2"D (107 x 457 x 132mm). 

1129M LED Lumifier 38.50 

2802N ‘AA’ alkaline batteries, set of 4 3.50 

Illuminated Coddington Magnifier 

LAB & FIELD 

Eliminates the problem of insufficient light on an object when using a 

high power magnifier. Flashlight bulb is inserted into the groove of the 

optically corrected lens and light is sent through the lens. In effect, 

the optical glass lens itself illuminates the object being examined. 

Overall length is 5.75"; lens diameter is .79". Uses two ‘AA’ batteries, 

sold separately. 

1128K Illuminated magnifier, 10X 27.50 


Illuminated Stand Magnifier 

Collapsible Magnifier 

Originally developed to facilitate 

thread count in textiles, this collapsible 

magnifier is recommended when 

an easily carried, fixed focus glass 

is needed. Black anodized aluminum 

base quickly unfolds to become 

self-standing. Strong ground glass lens is 4X, with 1" 

diameter. White 1/8" division markers are provided on base. Set 

up dimensions are 1-1/2 x 2 x 2". Packed in individual box. 

1129Z Collapsible magnifier 15.55 

Triplet Magnifier 

Versatile 2X accessory for widefield 

work at the lab table. Both 

the lens and light are adjustable. 

With lens tilted, hands are free to 

examine or work on specimens. 

With lens parallel to the work surface, 

anything laid beneath it is in 

focus. 

Optical glass lens is 2" x 4" and 

lamp is 7 watt (115 volt). Stand is 

chrome plated steel rod. Lens 

mount and lamp housing are gray 

plastic. Plastic sleeves on feet 

protect working surfaces. 

1128L Illuminated stand magnifier 39.45 

Compact triplet magnifier has highly corrected and achromatic 

glass lens that folds into protective metal casing. Size: 20 x 

21mm. Complete with plastic case. 

Lens Price 

Diam. Focus 1 - 9 10+ 

1129X Triplet magnifier, 20x 3/4" 3/4" 12.95 11.90 


LAB & FIELD 

1129A 

1129 Series Magnifiers 

Alternative, less-expensive magnifiers described 

below are well suited for student and 

general use. 

Doublet Magnifiers 

Fill the need for good quality yet economical student 

use. Nickel plated brass body. 


1129A Magnifier, 10X, 12mm lens, 

with vinyl case 7.10 6.75 

1129B Magnifier, 16X, large 20mm 12.95 12.05 

diameter lens; without case 

Illuminated Magnifier 

Optical quality, unbreakable lens, 1-3/4", with bifocal inset feature. 

Useful for insect identification when night collecting around 

black light which tends to distort colors. Magnifier is turned on 

by depressing pressure switch with the thumb; cannot be left 

on inadvertently. Uses 2 ‘AA’ batteries (not included). 

1129L Illuminated magnifier, 3X, 6X each 4.95 


Large Magnifiers 

Magnifier Boxes 

1129B 

Large, general-purpose "Sherlock Holmes" magnifiers are offered 

in four sizes. Hardened acrylic lenses are lightweight 

and child-safe. A small circular lens is incorporated into the 

larger lens for greater magnification of a small area. Lens 

frames are polished chrome, and handles are black plastic. 

Lens Diameter Price 

1128P Magnifier 2" 50 mm 3.95 

1128Q Magnifier 3" 75 mm 5.95 

1128R Magnifier 4" 100 mm 8.45 

1128S Magnifier 2 x 4" 50 x 100 mm 8.95 

Small, clear polystyrene boxes 

have magnifying circles on the 

top. Convenient and safe containers 

for viewing live arthropods 

indoors or out. Square plastic 

boxes have friction fit lids, and 

are available in two sizes. 


1129J Magnifier box, 1 x 1 x 7/8" .95 .80 

4X optical lens top 

1129K Magnifier box, 1-1/2 x 1-1/2 x 1-1/2" 1.90 1.60 

3X optical lens top 


Triplet Magnifier 


1129L 

Magnifiers 

Magni-Focusers 

Single lens design with no distracting center post facilitates 3dimensional 

perception and permits both 

hands to be free for work. Comfortable, 

plastic headband is adjustable 

with easyset hook and nap . Lenses 

are scratch resistant, opthalmic 

quality plastic which is lighter and 

less distorted than glass. Lens 

plate flips up and down with a 

flick of a finger. May be worn 

over eyeglasses. 

Working 

Distance Power Price 

1129Q Magnifier 14" 1.75X 20.95 

1129R Magnifier 8" 2.25X 20.95 

1129S Magnifier 4" 2.75X 20.95 

1129AUX Auxiliary Lens 10X 3.50 

Recommended where accuracy 

of image is required. 

Ten power loupe is 

made of three lenses cemented 

together, achromatic 

to eliminate color 

fringe surrounding objects 

and to correct any curvature of field. Lens diameter is 18 mm. 

1129D Magnifier, 10X each 37.10 

1129P 

Folding Magnifiers 

1129N 

1129T 

Folding pocket magnifiers have lenses made of optically ground 

and polished glass. Lens is 1" (25mm) diameter, and folds into 

black plastic case. 


1129P Magnifier, single lens, 5X 4.50 4.05 

1129N Magnifier, two 5X lenses (5X or 10X) 6.80 6.10 

Swing-away folding pocket magnifier features a 3X unbreakable 

plastic lens 1-5/8" (42mm) in diameter. Lens folds into 

black plastic case 2" (51mm) square overall. 


1129T Plastic magnifier, 3X 2.45 2.15 

Plastic Magnifiers 

This inexpensive group of molded plastic magnifiers provides 

adequate quality for instructional or hobby purposes, and is 

safe for use by young children. All three models use one, two 

or three loupes with 5x magnification. Magnification is doubled 

or tripled by using loupes in combination. Lenses are 3/4" diameter, 

and fold into white plastic housing 1" x 1-7/8". 


1129F Magnifier, single lens, 5X 1.00 .90 

1129G Magnifier, double lens, 10X 1.25 1.10 

1129H Magnifier, triple lens, 15X 1.50 1.35 

27

Tools 

Swiss Style Vial Forceps 

Fine-point, straight-tip forceps are perfect for retrieving specimens 

in vials up to 4 dram capacity. Made of high-quality stainless 

steel. Overall length is six inches (152 mm); tip length is 

three inches (76 mm). Imported. 

Price each 

4533 Vial forceps 1 - 11 9.15 

12 or more 8.25 

Minitool Set 

Good quality microtools for those involved in dissection or microtechniques. 

Five piece set includes a scriber, chisel, knife, 

triangular scraper, and oval graver, each razor sharp. Tools 

have anodized aluminum handles, 150 mm (5.5") long, and are 

hexagonal to prevent rolling off work area. Hardened steel tips, 

1.5 mm (1/16") diameter, are easily sharpened or pointed. Packaged 

in protective plastic case. 

4840 Minitool Set 53.25 

Tinitool Kit 

The Tinitool kit is an economical set 

of three tools for student or technician 

use in miniature work. It consists 

of a straight scriber/ probe, triangular 

scraper, and bent probe with 

sharp tip. These precision hand tools 

are American made. Tips are approximately 

1/32" in diameter, and are 

oil hardened tool steel, nickel plated. 

Handles are non-rolling hexagonal aluminum, 4" long. Overall 

tool length is 5.5" (140 mm); clear plastic container is supplied. 

4830 Tinitool kit 31.00 

4800 

Mini Tools 

4808 

Minitools are precision-made instruments with gold plated tips. 

Designed to realistic proportions, they are built for use in work 

directly under the microscope. Tips are .50mm (.02"). 

4800 Handle, for use with all tips 16.80 

4801 Tip, needle point 25.90 

4807 Tip, 180° hook 39.20 

4808 Tip, 20° root knife 36.05 

4812 Tip, 45° probe 35.70 

4818 Tip, 90° hook 39.20 



Ruler 

Diamond Sharpener 

For sharpening scalpel 

blades, forceps points, and 

edged tools, nothing else 

works as well as this diamond 

surfaced sharpener. 

Tool has hard diamond surface 

permanently bonded to 

stainless steel substrate. 

Surface stays flat, and does 

not ‘dish’ after extended use 

as do other sharpeners, 

and lubricating oil is not needed. Center groove facilitates sharpening 

of tools with narrow cutting edges. Diamond stone is 1 x 

3", 600 fine grit. Comes complete with fitted leather sheath. 

4847 Diamond sharpener 8.95 

Digital Vernier Caliper 

The 1164D caliper is intended for users needing an instrument 

providing accurate, close tolerance measurements. 

It features an easy-to-read LCD display, with switchable readings, 

in millimeters to .01, and in inches to .0005. This carefully 

machined caliper with thumb wheel and lock screw is made of 

polished and hardened stainless steel. Capacity is 6.0" (150mm). 

Plastic storage case and two batteries are included. 

1164D Digital Vernier caliper 51.75 

Vernier Caliper 

For critical measurements of insects and specimen 

parts, this caliper is made of special steel, 

and equipped with both inside and outside jaws 

and depth gauge. It is graduated in millimeters and 16 th inch 

English. The friction roller permits simple yet sensitive adjustment, 

and may be locked in any position for gauging purposes. 

125 mm (5 inch) capacity. 

1163 Vernier caliper 15.50 

Student Vernier Caliper 

Recommended for student or field use, this inch/ 

metric vernier caliper measures up to 6" (150 mm). 

It has outside, inside and depth measurement capability, and is 

accurate to 1/128" (.05 mm). Caliper is injection molded gray 

styrene with black markings. 

Price each 

1170A Student caliper 1 - 11 4.95 

12 or more 4.70 

Transparent vinylite ruler, with inch and metric scales, 6" and 15 

cm in 10 mm increments. Has two slots for lettering guide. 

Price each 

4841 Ruler 1 - 11 .75 


LAB

LAB 

Dissecting Kit 

Basic stainless steel 

dissection tools for the 

technician, student or 

personal use. Plastic 

case with 6 loops and 

pocket is provided for 

carrying and storing 

tools conveniently. 

Kit contains: 

$ Safety-Lok scalpel 

$ Fine point forceps 

$ Dropper 

$ Straight needle 

$ Angular needle $ T-pins (6) $ Plastic case 

$ Fine point scissors $ 6" ruler (152 mm) 


4760 Dissecting kit 15.15 13.65 

Micro Dissection Kit 

High-quality dissecting kit with well-made stainless steel tools. 

This kit is designed for those who perform close, careful work 

with very small specimens, frequently under magnification. The 

18-piece kit contains: 

$ Forcep, SS, straight tip, fine point $ Scissors, dissecting, 

$ Forcep, SS, curved tip, fine point straight 

$ Forcep, SS, straight, Swiss style $ Scissors, dissecting, 

$ Forcep, SS, curved, Swiss style curved 

$ Forcep, SS, straight tip, 3 teeth $ Pin holder 

$ Scalpel handle No. 3 $ Minuten holder, very fine 

$ Scalpel blades, 2 each $ Ruler, transparent, 6" 

Nos. 10, 11, 12 $ Case, flexible plastic 

4761 Dissecting kit each 40.40 

Pin Vise 

This small vise is important to researchers performing dissections 

under a microscope. When commercially available micro 

tools are too large, especially for genitalia dissection, the user 

can make suitable tools using insect pins. Vise holds insect pins 

securely while tools are being shaped. It holds pin diameters for 

0 - 0.40 which includes all sizes of insect pins, 000 - 7. Made of 

hardened steel, 4" (102mm) overall length. 

4845 Pin vise 6.25 

Teasing Needles 


Dissecting Scissors 


Dissecting scissors, straight, sharp points, stainless steel, 

4-1/2" (115mm). 


4713 Scissors 4.65 4.20 

4713 

4714 

Dissecting scissors, curved, sharp points, stainless steel, 

4-1/2" (115mm). 


4714 Scissors 4.65 4.20 

Iris Scissors 

Iris dissecting scissors, high-quality stainless steel. With spring 

return handles, and straight, sharp, smooth cutting points. 

4" (102mm) overall; 10mm cutting edge. 

4715 Scissors each 19.50 

Dissecting Scalpel 

Dissecting Tools 

Made from finest hot forged surgical stainless steel; fluted handle, 

1-1/2" blade. 5-7/8" (15cm) long. 


4721 Scalpel 4.95 4.45 

Dissecting Scalpels 

Stainless steel surgical 

scalpel handle 

No. 3, for dissecting 

very small parts; 

4-7/8" (12.4cm). Uses blades No. 10 4723A, No. 11 4723B, or 

No. 12 4723C (order separately). 


4723 Scalpel handle, No. 3 3.00 2.70 

4723A Scalpel blade, size 10 .50 .45 

4723B Scalpel blade, size 11 .50 .45 

4723C Scalpel blade, size 12 .50 .45 

Stainless steel 

surgical scalpel 

handle No. 4, for 

arthropod and 

general zoology 

dissecting; 5-3/8" 

(14cm). Uses blades No. 21 4720A, No. 23 4720B, or No. 25 

4720C (order blades separately). 


4724 Scalpel handle, No. 4 3.00 2.70 

4720A Scalpel blade, size 21 .50 .45 

4720B Scalpel blade, size 23 .50 .45 

4720C Scalpel blade, size 25 .50 .45 


4751 Teasing needle Straight tip, plastic handle .65 .55 

4752 Teasing needle Angular tip, plastic handle .70 .60 

4753 Needle holder Plated brass, with chuck & straight 3.25 2.95 

teasing needle, 2-1/4" (55mm) 

4754 Needle point Half spear, stainless steel, 2.05 1.85 

2-1/4" (55mm) 

4755 Needle point Full spear, stainless steel, 2.05 1.85 

2-1/4" (55mm) 

29

Forceps 

4731 

4732 

4734 

4735 

4739 

Rubis Forceps 

Forceps 

4523 

4525 

4527 


4522 

4524 

4526 

4528 

Swiss-made Rubis brand forceps are precision manufactured 

on automated systems that produce tools of uniform hardness 

and highest quality. They are stainless hardened steel, acid 

resistant, with finely honed points. 


4522 Forceps, #2a, flat and rounded tips, 17.50 

4-3/4" (120 mm) long 

15.75 

4523 Forceps, #4a, very fine yet extra 

strong tips (33 mm), 

4-3/8" (110 mm) long 

19.45 17.50 

4524 Forceps, #5, superfine tips 

(33 mm), specially sharpened 

points, 4-3/8" (110 mm) long 

19.50 17.55 

4525 Forceps, #5a, offset blades 

(33 mm), superfine points, 

4-1/2" (115 mm) long 

19.25 17.35 

4526 Forceps, #5L, same as 4524 

above, with locking feature 

37.40 33.65 

4527 Forceps, #7, curved tips (13 mm), 21.50 19.35 

4528 

very fine points, 4-1/2" (115 mm) long 

Forceps, #0r, fine points, reversible 24.50 

action 4-3/4" (120 mm) long 

22.05 

Spade Tip Butterfly Forceps 

Butterfly, spade tips, stainless steel, 4-1/4" (108mm) long. 

Price each 

4747 Butterfly forceps 1 - 11 2.95 

12 or more 2.65 

Pinning Forceps 

Forceps, insect pinning, rounded and serrated tips with goose 

neck shanks, with guide pin; forged steel, heavily plated, 4-1/2" 

(115 mm) long. 

Price each 

4742 Pinning forceps 1 - 11 3.95 

12 or more 3.55 

4729 

Swiss Style Forceps 

4531 Forceps #4 Swiss pattern, straight, fine honed, matching 

points, high-quality stainless steel, 4-3/8" (112mm); imported. 

Price each 

4531 Forceps 1-11 6.60 

12 or more 5.95 

4532 Forceps #7 Swiss pattern, curved, fine honed, matching 

points, high-quality stainless steel, 4-3/8" (112mm); imported. 

Price each 

4532 Forceps 1-11 6.65 

12 or more 6.00 

Featherweight Forceps 

Featherweight forceps are widely used by entomologists in a 

variety of applications. Made of flexible stainless steel, they can 

be bent into almost any desired shape. They do not crush most 

larvae or eggs, and are convenient for retrieving arthropods stored 

in vials as well as general specimen handling or sorting. Small 

hole allows forceps to be hung on a cord to prevent loss. 

Manufactured by BioQuip, they are available in two styles. 

4748 Forceps Narrow, squared point .05" (1mm); blade length 

2-1/8" (54mm); overall length 4-1/2" (115mm). 

Price each 

4748 Forceps 1 - 11 5.35 

12 or more 4.80 

4750 Forceps Wider, rounder tip 1/8" (3mm); blade length 

1-1/4" (32mm); overall length 4-1/4" (108mm). 

Price each 

4750 Forceps 1 - 11 5.10 

12 or more 4.60 

Plier Type Pinning Forceps 

Forceps, insect pinning, Cresson, plier type, stainless, 5-1/2" 

(140mm). 

4744 Pinning forceps 23.30 


4748 

4730 

4531 


4729 Forceps, specimen, high grade forged steel, stainless steel, 12" 10.55 9.50 

4730 Forceps, specimen, high grade forged steel, stainless steel, 10" 9.90 8.90 

4731 Forceps, fine point, straight tip, stainless steel, 4-1/2" (115 mm) 2.95 2.65 

4732 Forceps, fine point, curved tip, stainless steel, 4-1/2" (115 mm) 3.15 2.85 

4734 Forceps, medium point, straight tip, stainless steel, 4-1/2" (115 mm) 3.00 2.70 

4735 Forceps, medium point, curved tip, stainless steel, 4-1/2" (115 mm) 3.05 2.75 

4739 Forceps, BB watchmaker, sharp points, stainless steel, 4-1/2" (115 mm)7.90 7.30 

4532 

LAB 

4750

LAB 

1023 Series Adjustable Spreading Boards 

Used to pin wings of Lepidoptera into a fixed position until set, these 

spreading boards are unique in offering two separate methods of pin 

adjustment. Pinning strip is solid balsa, and accepts mounting pins at 

any depth along the pin shaft. This pinning strip may be adjusted 

vertically to suit user preference, and may be tacked or glued permanently 

in the desired position. 

Both boards feature adjustable horizontal pinning grooves, from 0 to 

7/8" (0-22mm). Basswood mounting surfaces are angled at 165°. 

Balsa pinning strip is 3/8" (16mm) thick, and 1" (20mm) wide. Boards 

are 12" (305mm) long. 

The 1023E board is used to mount varied sizes of specimens. Pinning 

surfaces are 2" wide (each side); board width is 4-7/8" (124mm). 

The 1023F board is intended for mounting large Lepidoptera. Pinning 

surfaces are 3" wide (each side); board width is 6-7/8" (175mm). 

1023E Spreading board, adjustable 21.75 

1023F Spreading board, adjustable 25.35 

Spreading Board Kit 

Ideal for Lepidopterists or entomology classes. Kit provides 

components for 12 spreading boards as described for the 1023E 

board listed above. User can assemble boards at considerably 

lower cost than if purchased in completed form. 

Center groove in the boards may be set at whatever width is 

required; or with the purchase of optional hardware kit, groove 

may be made adjustable from 0 to 7/8". Boards are 12" long, 

and basswood pinning surfaces are 2" wide. Balsa pinning strip 

may be set at height preferred by the user. 

A hammer is the only tool required for assembling boards with 

fixed pinning surfaces. A 3/16" drill is needed to complete adjustable 

boards. Instructions are included in each kit. 

1023K Spreading board kit of 12 87.95 

1023L Adjustable hardware for kit 26.20 

Versaboard 


1023F 1023E 1022B 1022D 1022E 

Large pinning board provides 

a versatile yet inexpensive 

butterfly and moth 

spreading system. It has 

five grooves measuring from 

1/8" to 5/8" accommodating most specimen sizes on a single 

board. Deep groves cut into a 1-3/4"-thick styrofoam block 

allow for perfect positioning of specimens using any pin length. 

This easy-to-use pinning board is well suited for students or 

anyone on a tight budget. It is especially useful for field pinning 

because it can hold many specimens yet weighs under 4 ounces. 

Size: 11" long x 17" wide (28 x 43 cm). 


1031 Versaboard 4.50 4.05 

1022 Series Spreading Boards 

Adjustable 

Spreading Board 

Economy Spreading Boards 


1024E 1024C 

Spreading Boards 

1022W 

A longer length is available in 1022 pinning boards. The 3/8" rigid plastazote 

pinning strip holds a pin securely. Sufficient clearance permits mounting 

the insect at the top third of pin. Basswood mounting surfaces are 

angled at 165°. A 1/8" hardboard floor is provided to prevent accidental 

disturbance of pinned insects from the bottom. For large specimens, 

an adjustable board with flat pinning surfaces and two stabilizing adjustment 

screws on each end has been added to this series. 

Groove Width Price 

Fixed Boards, 18" (457mm) long 

1022A Spr. board 1/16" 2 mm 3-3/8" 87 mm 24.35 

1022B Spr. board 1/8" 3 mm 3-1/2" 90 mm 21.00 

1022C Spr. board 1/4" 7 mm 3-5/8" 93 mm 20.90 

1022D Spr. board 3/8" 10 mm 5-1/8" 131 mm 25.85 

Adjustable Board, 14" (356mm), 3/4" thick Plastazote pinning strip 

1022E Spr. board 0-13/16" 21 mm 5-1/2" 140 mm 27.20 

Adjustable Board, 18" (457mm), 3/8" thick Plastazote pinning strip 

1022W Spr. board 0-13/16" 21 mm 10" 254 mm 48.95 

Unique adjustable spreading board 

is unmatched in ease of use and 

versatility. Angled pinning surfaces 

are select balsa, 2-1/2" wide x 1/4" 

thick, fastened internally to a 

sturdy, vacuum-formed plastic 

base. The base is cemented to a rigid hardboard floor to avoid 

warping, provide rigidity and resistance to pressure. 

A plastazote foam strip, 3/8" thick, is inserted in the center 

pinning groove, which is adjustable from 0" to 3/4". Width is 

changed by pushing the balsa strips across the smooth surfaces 

to the desired width. Adjusting screws increase or decrease 

resistance as needed, or lock width into permanent 

position. 

Balsa pinning strips are resurfaced by wiping with wet, soapy 

sponge to close pin holes, then sanding with fine paper when dry. 

Overall length is 14-1/2" (36.8 cm); overall width is 5" (17.2 cm). 

1021 Adjustable spreading board 21.35 

Two moderately priced mounting boards for students and beginners. 

Basswood pinning surfaces are 2" wide (each side), 

angled at 165°. Pinning surfaces are attached to 1/2" composition 

board which also functions as pinning groove bottom. Groove 

on fixed board is 1/4" (7mm); groove on adjustable board is 

variable from 0 to 5/8" (0-16mm). Boards are 12" (305mm) long. 


1024C Spreading board 13.30 12.65 

1024E Spreading board, adjustable 18.80 17.85 

31

Insect Pins, Holder, Blocks 

Insect pin sizes 

illustrated at 

approximately 72% 

of actual size. 

1208B Series Insect Pins 

High quality insect pins with BioQuip's own label 

are manufactured in the Czech Republic.These 

superior pins are fabricated from spring steel 

with black enamel finish for anti-rust protection. 

Heads are nylon. Length is approximately 39 

mm (1-1/2"). Packaged in lots of 100. 

Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Please 

specify pin size(s) when ordering. Note: #7 

pins do not fit in Cal. Academy drawers unless 

points are shortened. 

1208B Insect pins, black, pack of 100 


1 - 9 4.45 

10 or more of the same size 4.00 


1208S Series Insect Pins 

BioQuip's own brand is available in stainless 

steel as well as black enameled insect pins. 

Stainless steel pins are recommended for use 

in humid climates. Heads are nylon. These superior 

insect pins are offered in all 10 standard 

sizes. Made in the Czech Republic. Length is 

approximately 39 mm (1-1/2"). Packaged in lots 

of 100. 

Sizes: 000, 00, 0, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7. Please 

specify pin size(s) when ordering. Note: #7 

pins do not fit in Cal. Academy drawers unless 

points are shortened. 

1208S Insect pins, stainless, pack of 100 


1 - 9 5.85 



1209S Student Insect Pins 

1207S Series Insect Pins 

Student grade insect pins are manufactured 

in China. They are fabricated 

from stainless spring steel for antirust 

protection. Pins have tightly wound copper 

filament heads with brass tint. Mnor 

imperfections may be present, including 

striations on pin shafts and hooked 

or chiseled points. Length is approximately 

39 mm (1-1/2”). 

Sizes: 00, 0, 1, 2, 3. Please specify 

pin size(s) when ordering. 

1209S Insect pins, stainless, 100/pack 


1 - 9 5.85 



'Monarch' brand insect pins have stainless steel shafts and 

nylon heads. Made in the Czech Republic. One size only. 

Monarch brand is no longer available. Please order #1208S 

series stainless insect pins for sizes no longer available. 

1207S5 Insect pins, stainless, size #5, pack of 100 5.85 


1201B Insect Pins 

This utility grade insect pin is manufactured 

in England. It provides an inexpensive alternative 

to the traditional continental variety. 

‘Asta’ pins are made of high carbon tempered 

spring steel wire with black japanned finish. 

They have upset heads (integral part of the 

shaft), and fine ground points. Length is ~38mm. For student 

or beginner use only. Packed in clear plastic boxes containing 

approximately 100 pins. 

Available in one sizeonly: #4 (.58mm diameter) 


1201B4 Insect pins, black, size 4 

1 - 9 boxes 2.25 

10 or more boxes of the same size 2.00 

100 or more boxes of the same size 1.80 

Four-Hole Pin Holder 

Useful for holding four sizes of 

insect pins, this wood pin holder 

measures 2 x 2 x 1-1/4" high 

(51 x 51 x 32 mm). Sides and 

corners are beveled, and pin 

sizes can be written on sides 

of block for easy reference. Convenient when only a few pin 

sizes are required. Especially suitable for student use. 

1146S Pin holder 5.25 

1143 Pinning Block 

Unique pinning block provides correct 

label and specimen height on insect 

pins. Three holes are drilled through 

the side of the block at 7, 12, and 23 

mm. A pin is inserted through the specimen 

and placed in the first hole on top 

of the block for placement on the pin. 

One or two labels can then be inserted on the pin and placed in 

the second and third holes for proper height setting. 

This attractive pinning aid is carefully crafted from solid walnut, 

with rounded ends, and a plastic veneer on top to prevent 

damage from pin points. Dimensions: 1 x 1 x 3" long. 

1143 Pinning block 6.35 


Traditional, three-step style pinning block 

is made of hardwood, with pin holes set 

at 23 mm, 12 mm and 7 mm. Block is 1 x 

3" (25 x 76 mm) high. 

Price each 

1144 Pinning block 1 - 11 1.95 

12 or more 1.75 


Hardwood pinning block is crafted accurately to insure uniformity 

of pinned specimens. Height setter is incorporated into end 

of the block. Height for points or double mounts is set at 23 mm. 

Locality and determination label heights are set at 12 mm and 7 

mm respectively. Insect height is set for 1/2" (13 mm) from top 

of pin. Price each 

1145 Pinning block 1 - 11 6.45 

12 or more 6.15 

Height on pin for: 

A - insect 

B - locality label 

C - determination label 

D - double mount 

E - point mount 


LAB

LAB 

1208 Series Minutens 

Minutens are short pins, approximately 12mm long, 

without heads, used for double mounting very small 

insects. Available in .15 or .20mm diameter. Manufactured 

in the Czech Republic. Packaged in lots of 

500. 

Minutens, stainless steel: Price per pack 1 pack 2+ 

'Monarch' brand 

1207SA Minutens, .15mm, 500 per pack Discontinued 

1207SB Minutens, .20mm, 500 per pack Discontinued 

'BioQuip' brand 

1208SA Minutens, .15mm, 500 per pack 13.10 12.45 

1208SB Minutens, .20mm, 500 per pack 11.65 10.95 

Note: Stainless steel minuten pins are the only type available. 

Glue Boards 

A European technique for mounting 

small insect specimens uses ‘Aufklebeplattchen’, small 

boards on which insects may be glued. Glue boards are die 

stamped from high quality, .020 thick card stock with smooth 

white surface. They take ink quite well with a minimum of ink 

creep. Made in Germany. Packed in bags of 500. 

Price per pack 1 pack 2+ 

1158A Glue boards, 4mm x 12mm, 9.00 8.55 

with point 

1158B Glue boards, 4mm x 11mm 9.00 8.55 

1158C Glue Boards, 5mm x 14mm 9.00 8.55 

1158D Glue boards, 7mm x 17mm 9.00 8.55 

1158E Glue boards, 10mm x 20mm 9.00 8.55 

Shellac Gel 

Adhesive preparation specifically intended for gluing 

small insects to tips of points or glue boards. Packaged 

in 4-dram screw cap vial, with applicator. 

1160 Shellac gel 5.95 

1146 Pin Holder 

Convenient item for keeping several 

sizes of insect pins labeled and easily 

accessible. Circular hardwood block 

has diameter of 3-1/4" (83 mm), with 

eight holes for pins and a center hole 

for forceps or other small tool. Small 

self-adhesive labels (not included) can 

be placed on top to indicate pin sizes. 

1146 Pin holder 7.10 

Insect Repair Adhesive 

Cellulose based liquid adhesive especially formulated to 

facilitate repair of insect wings, tarsi, antennae and other 

body parts. Packaged in 4 dram glass vial with applicator 

top. 

1157 Insect repair adhesive 3.95 


Point Punches 

1147 Pin Holder 


Minutens/Pinning Accessories 

1161B 

BioQuip’s durable point punches are invaluable aids in mounting 

very small insects. Points as illustrated above are 1/4" (6mm) 

long, punched from card stock or clear acetate. Specimens are 

then glued to the points. Made in the U.S.A. 

1161A Point punch, round base, 1/4" (6mm) points 64.35 

1161B Point punch, square base, 1/4" (6mm) points 64.35 

Special value: imported stainless steel point punches, including 

2 larger point size models, well made, used as described above. 

1150A Point punch, round base, 1/4" (6mm) points 41.20 

1150B Point punch, square base, 1/4" (6mm) points 41.20 

1150C Point punch, round base, 1/2" (13mm) points 46.30 

1150D Point punch, square base, 1/2" (13mm) points 46.30 

Double Mount Pinning Strips 

Used in preparing double mounts, these pinning strips 

enable small specimens to be curated and mounted in 

insect storage drawers or boxes. The specimen is pinned 

to one end of a piece of strip with a minuten. An insect pin 

is inserted through the other end of the strip and pinned 

into the bottom of a drawer or box. 

The white strips are made of inert silicon rubber, and are 

not affected by fumigants or other chemicals. They are a 

uniform size, approximately 3mm square. When cut to 

lengths of ±1/2" for use, they are rigid enough to support specimen 

and pin without sagging. They are non-porous and hold a 

.15mm minuten securely. 

Twenty double mount pinning strips are packed in a plastic bag 

containing 80" (203cm) of material. Strips are 4" (10cm) long; 

bag weighs approximately 1 oz. 

1159S Double mount pinning strips, 80" 13.60 

Foam Double Mount Strips 

Plastazote polyethylene foam is well suited for use in preparing 

double mounts. This white, fine-celled material grasps 

minuten pins firmly and permanently. It is dense yet lightweight, 

and is not affected by common fumigants. 

Foam is carefully die-cut into 4" (10cm) strips, .125 x .156". 

Minutens can be inserted through either side. Strips are packaged 

in a zip-lock bag. Yield is 200 or more double mount 

blocks from a bag containing 100" (254cm) of strips. 

1159P Foam double mount strips bag of 100" 2.40 

1159R Foam double mount strips bag of 1,000" 21.50 

Solid oak pin holder is 

attractive, finely crafted item. It has 12 smooth holes for pins 

or small objects, with polyethylene foam padding on the bottom 

to prevent pins from being bent or blunted. Pins inserted into 

foam pads will not spill out if holder is dropped accidentally. 

Size: 6-3/4 x 2-1/4 x 1-1/4" high (17.3 x 5.8 x 3.3 cm). 

1147 Pin holder 9.45 

33

Labeling 

Alcohol-Proof Labeling Pens 

Pigma labeling pens supply a waterproof, alcohol proof, quickdrying 

ink. This line of pens has fast become an accepted, valuable 

tool for the working biologist. Ink does not feather or bleed, 

and is smear-proof when dried. It is fade-proof against sunlight or 

UV light. Pens do not clog or dry out, unlike most technical pens, 

and are excellent for labels being duplicated by copy machines. 

Pigma pens are available in numerous fine point sizes and permanent 

colors, either in sets of 6 pens, or singly in black and red. 

Price each 

Color Point size 1 - 11 12+ 

1154A Pigma pen black jelly roll 2.00 

1154E Pigma pen black .20 mm, #005 2.65 2.40 

1154F Pigma pen black .25mm, #01 2.65 2.40 

1154G Pigma pen red .20 mm, #005 2.65 2.40 

1154H Pigma pen red .25 mm, #01 2.65 2.40 

1154J Pigma set of 6 pens, black, 

point sizes .20, .25, .30, .35, .45, .50 mm set 15.45 

1154K Pigma color set of 6 pens, .25 mm (#01), 

black, brown, purple, green, red, blue set 15.45 

Rapidograph Pens 

Koh-I-Noor Rapidograph7 technical pens set the standard for 

design and craftsmanship. Cap features quick release and 

replacement, with double seal to prevent drying out and to permit 

instant startup. Holder has 3mm stainless steel nib sleeve 

for points. Points are hard chrome stainless steel, color coded 

and identified with line width and metric equivalent. 

Excellent pen for printing the very small letters required on data 

labels. It is non-clogging, and scribes clear, consistently even 

lines. 

1151 Rapidograph pen with 3x0 point, 

scribes line .25 mm wide 

41.35 

1152A Replacement point, 3x0 (#000) 22.60 

1152B Replacement point, 4x0 (#0000), 

scribes line .18 mm wide 

27.65 

1155 Rapidograph pen set; contains pen with 

3x0 point, 3/4 fl. oz. bottle of black India 

Ink, nib key, and plastic case with clear 

lid. When cap is on pen, case provides 

space for extra point 

42.95 

1152B 

India Ink 

Black India Ink is a recommended 

medium for entering data on insect 

or specimen labels. This 

Pelikan ink is waterproof and alcohol 

proof, and is used with 

Rapidograph7 pens described 

above. Bottle has dropper stopper; 

contains 1 fl. oz. (30 ml). 

Label Pins 

1155 

1153 

1151 

Short steel pins, with heads, for attaching labels to 

the bottom of box or drawer. Czech import, 3/8" 

(9.5mm) in length, packaged in lots of 100. 

1205 Label pins per 100 2.25 

per 500 10.25 


Printed Labels 

BioQuip offers excellent 1, 2, 3 or 4 line printed labels at reasonable 

cost. The basic unit, as shown above, is a ‘set up’ of 1,000 

labels, consisting of 10 entries of 100 each, ready to cut apart 

with scissors. The ten entries may all be alike, or may vary to 

make up lots in multiples of 100 labels. 

Museum-quality paper and alcohol-proof ink are used in 1223 

labels to ensure permanent, legible data. Specifications are 

included in description of printed label paper (see below). It has 

a hard, smooth finish and takes India ink beautifully. Paper is 

suitable for dry labeling only. 

Order individual entries in multiples of 100, making set-ups of 

1,000. Label data must be typewritten or printed legibly, as copy 

will be set up exactly as submitted. Maximum number of characters 

and spaces is 23 per line. Blank lines and spaces should 

be clearly indicated. Two type styles are available - serif and 

sans serif. If no preference is indicated, labels are printed in 

serif type. Italics and foreign characters (é, î, ñ and others) are 

available. An average four-line label results in a finished size of 

3/8" x 5/8" (10 x 16mm). 

1223 Printed labels per 1,000 9.95 

Printed Label Paper 

With increasingly widespread use of 

Xerography and PC printers, it is possible 

to prepare, reduce and print 

small quantities of printed labels in a 

short time. The same high quality 

paper used for BioQuip printed labels 

to assure legibility and permanence 

is available in blank sheets. 

Label paper is 36-pound white linen 

ledger, 100% rag. It is archival quality, 

acid free with a 7.5 pH. The paper 

has a smooth, hard finish, and a labeling 

pen will not pluck the fibers. It 

is suitable for dry labeling only. 

Sheets are 8-1/2 x 11" (22 x 28cm). 

1223PA Printed label paper 25 sheets 6.25 

1223PB Printed label paper 100 sheets 22.50 

Label Paper With Resistall 

BioQuip recommends using label paper containing Resistall 

for data labels maintained in alcohol or formaldehyde. The 

Resistall feature enables paper kept in a wet environment to 

maintain its dimensional stability over a long period of time 

without disintegration or loss of data. 

Label paper with Resistall is not acid-free. It has a 5.31 pH. 

Other specifications are the same as for 1223PA/PB paper 

described above. 

1223RA Label paper with Resistall 25 sheets 7.95 

1223RB Label paper with Resistall 100 sheets 28.60 

“FRAGILE” Shipping Labels 

Printed with red ink on gummed stock, these special labels 

help assure safer handling and delivery of specimens shipped 

by UPS, FedEx, or the postal service. Dimensions are 4-1/2" 

x 2-1/2" (114 x 64 mm). 

1226 "Fragile" labels pad of 100 4.25 


LAB 

BioQuip Products Office BioQuip Products Office BioQuip Products Office BioQuip Products Office BioQuip Products Office 

USA, CA: LA Co. Gardena 

elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 

C.J. Fall, Coll. 


elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 


BioQuip Products Office 










elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 


elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 


elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 


elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 


elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 




elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 



elev 200 ft - - 22-XI-1996 

C.J. Fall, Coll. C.J. Fall, Coll. C.J. Fall, Coll. C.J. Fall, Coll. C.J. Fall, Coll.

LAB 

Printed Order Card 

Card contains names of 31 orders of insects, listed in Borror, 

Triplehorn & Johnson, Intro. to the Study of Insects, 6th ed., 

1989. Printed on sturdy white card stock, 8-1/2 x 11" sheet is 

lined for cutting into individual cards. These are inserted into 

standard card holders used in insect drawers. Typeface is bold 

enough to catch the eye easily, and order names are printed 

near the top of the card to allow further notations. 

Price each 

1224 Printed ‘Order’ card 1 - 11 .50 


1153A 1153B 1153C 

Camel Hair Brushes 

Curator’s Blocks 

EPHEMEROPTERA 

Used to pick up and handle small insects when collecting or 

working at lab bench. Brushes have wood handles with metal 

ferrules and pointed shape tips. 


1153A Camel hair brush, size 2 1.80 1.70 

1153B Camel hair brush, size 4 2.10 2.00 

1153C Camel hair brush, size 6 2.30 2.20 

Curator’s blocks are elegant accessories to organize the 

entomologist’s work area. Skillfully conceived and produced 

from solid oak by an entomologist/craftsman, they are the best 

available on the market. 

Blocks are designed to hold and organize insect pins, labels, 

points, and frequently used small tools. Holes for assorted 

sizes of pins have foam cushion on the bottom to prevent 

blunting, and pins inserted into the foam will not spill out. Back 

section has four holes, 1-3/4" deep, for forceps, probe, scissors 

or label pens. Blocks are 6-3/4 x 3 x 2-1/4" high. 

The 1156A block has 12 holes for pins on the front section. 

The 1156B has 6 holes for pins, and two shallow depressions 

for holding points, minutens or labels. 

1156A Curator’s block 16.95 

1156B Curator’s block 16.95 


Blank Labels 

Glass Headed Pins 

Pro Tem Block 


Labeling/Pinning Accessories 

Using high-quality index card stock, BioQuip blank labels have 

fine black borders printed with permanent black latex ink. Easily 

cut apart with scissors, they accept any ink for entering data, 

although we recommend pens using permanent ink or India ink. 

Price per 1,000 

1210 Blank labels 7/8 x 1/2" (23 x 13mm) 1.85 

1211 Blank labels 1-1/16 x 1/2" (28 x 13mm) 1.85 



1214 Blank labels 1-3/4 x 5/8" (46 x 16mm) 2.25 

Price per dozen cards 

1220 ‘Order’ blank labels, 24 per card, 

2-1/4 x 1/2" (58 x 13mm) 1.95 

1221 ‘Genus’ or ‘Species’ blank labels, 36 per card, 

1-3/4 x 1/2" (46 x 13mm) 1.85 

1222 ‘Sex sign’ labels, 50 of each sign per card, 

size illustrated above 1.30 

General-purpose glass headed 

pins are a convenient alternative 

for positioning insects on 

mounting boards, and adjusting 

wings and legs of leps and 

beetles. They are also good for pinning your favorite cartoon 

or message to the bulletin board. 

These utility pins are 1-3/8" (36mm) long, .3mm in diameter, 

They have white spherical heads 3mm in diameter. Made in 

the Czech Republic. Packaged in glassine envelopes. 

Price per 100 

1206 Glass headed pins 100 - 900 4.65 

1,000 or more 4.40 

Useful tool for working 

with insects at the lab 

table. Pro tem block is 

the same size as the 

1025A Cornell unit pinning 

tray. Therefore it can also be used as a modular unit in a 

Cornell drawer system. The block consists of a 3/8" (9mm) 

dense, white plastazote foam pinning surface glued to a hardboard 

sheet 4-3/8 x 7-5/16" (93 x 112mm). 

Price each 

1030 Pro tem block 1 - 11 1.80 

12 or more 1.60 

35

Medical Entomology 

Whirl-Pak Bags & Sorting Trays 

Forensic 

Entomology Kit 

Forensic entomology 

plays an increasinglyimportant 

role in determining 

the time 

and place of human 

death, based 

on a study of insects 

and other arthropods 

found on a body at time 

of discovery. BioQuip’s 

forensic kit is designed for use by law enforcement agencies, 

coroners, forensic experts and consulting entomologists. It 

contains all basic equipment, supplies and instructions necessary 

to collect, preserve and document insects needed by investigators 

or in the courtroom. 

The kit provides items for gathering evidence as outlined in 

Entomology and Death, A Procedural Guide, by Paul Catts and 

Neal Haskell, described in the ‘Medical & Veterinary Entomology’ 

category of the book section. It contains: 

$ 12" dia. folding net with 12" handle extension & grip 

$ Trowel for soil sampling 

$ 12 Whirlpack specimen bags, 6 x 9" 

$ 25 glass vials with black caps, 4 dram 

$ 50 self-adhesive labels, 1 x 1-1/2" 

$ 50 plain labels, 1 x 1-1/2" 

$ Fine point forceps, curved tip 

$ Fine point forceps, straight tip 

$ Pliable, featherweight larvae forceps 

$ 4 oz. collecting bottle 

$ Ethyl acetate killing fluid, 2 oz. dropper bottle 

$ 4 pair latex surgical gloves, large 

$ Dual scale thermometer, 6" 

$ 4 plastic larvae emerging containers with lids 

$ 4 pieces aluminum foil, 9 x 11" 

$ Packet of vermiculite 

$ 2 plastic bottles for 70% ethyl alcohol, 4 oz. 

Note: ethyl alcohol not included in kit 

$ Packet of cotton balls 

$ 28-page instruction booklet 

Equipment is packed in a gray, high-impact plastic tool box, 

16-5/8 x 3-1/4 x 7-1/8", with latch, handle and locking hasp (lock 

not included). 

4227 Forensic entomology kit 119.10 

Refill pack to replace supplies in the kit contains the following: 

$ 12 Whirlpack specimen bags, 6 x 9" 

$ 25 glass vials with black caps, 4 dram 

$ 50 self-adhesive labels, 1 x 1-1/2" 

$ 50 plain labels, 1 x 1-1/2" 

$ Ethyl acetate killing fluid, 2 oz. dropper bottle 

$ 4 pair latex surgical gloves, large 

$ 4 plastic larvae emerging containers with lids 

$ Packet of vermiculite 

$ Packet of cotton balls 

4228 Refill pack for forensic kit 33.50 

Note: Kits contain ethyl acetate, designated a hazardous 

material by U.S. Dept. of Transportation. They can 

be shipped only by ground UPS or Parcel Post, and 

only to U.S. destinations. 

Latex Gloves 

Ambidextrous latex gloves offer protection from chemical, soil 

and infectious exposure. These disposable gloves are lightly 

powdered with corn starch for easy donning. Supplied in ziplock 

bag of 10 gloves, or dispenser box of 100. 

Price Bag of 10 Box of 100 

4789A Latex gloves, small 2.00 12.00 

4789B Latex gloves, medium 2.00 12.00 

4789C Latex gloves, large 2.00 12.00 


Whirl-Pak Bags 

Plastic Disposable Petri Dishes 

LAB & FIELD 

For leakproof storage of liquid or solid samples and specimens, 

these sterile Whirl-Pak bags really work! They are made of 

heavy, transparent polyethylene ranging in thickness from 2.5 

to 4 mils depending on size of the bag. They include patented 

‘puncture proof tabs’ and are easily sealed and secured from 

dehydration, oxidation or leakage. 

Supplied in three sizes, Whirl-Pak bags offer the advantages of 

convenient storage using only 10% as much space as other 

containers; easy identification on white, write-on strip; leakproof 

closure system; and competitive pricing. These versatile containers 

are ideal for storage in the lab, and sampling or collecting 

in the field. 

Pack of Box of 

100 500 

1114A Whirl-Pak bag, 1 oz., 2-1/2 x 5" L 10.05 45.25 

1114B Whirl-Pak bag, 4 oz., 3 x 7-1/4" L 10.60 47.70 

1114C Whirl-Pak bag, 18 oz., 4-1/2 x 9" L 14.95 67.30 

Disposable Petri dishes are 

useful for a variety of laboratory 

procedures. They are made 

of high-quality polystyrene and 

feature excellent optical clarity 

and strength. Sterile: sealed in 

plastic bags of 20. Size: 100 

mm diameter x 15 mm high. 

4787 Plastic Petri dishes, bag of 20 1 - 4 bags 5.25 

5 or more bags 5.00 


8530C 

Sorting Trays 

8530A 

8530B 

Excellent for separating specimens of the same population for 

individual examination under a microscope, or for treatment 

under the same environmental conditions. Originally designed 

as cluster dishes for bacteria cultures, they are adaptable to a 

variety of additional uses in field or lab work area. 

Trays are made of injected molded polystyrene for exceptional 

optical clarity. Cells have condensation rings, and are numbered 

by row and column. Extra thick base rim facilitates handling 

and pickup. Non-reversible lids are designed to insure 

constant air flow. Trays are 3-3/8 x 5" (86 x 128mm). 

No. of Cell Cell Price each 

Cells Dia. Depth 1 - 11 12+ 

8530A Sorting tray 96 6.5 x 10 mm 5.45 4.90 

8530B Sorting tray 24 16 x 18 mm 4.20 3.80 

8530D Sorting tray 12 23 x 16 mm 3.90 3.50 

8530C Sorting tray 6 35 x 18 mm 3.50 3.15

8530B 

LAB & FIELD 

Dipper 

A ruggedly constructed, white plastic mosquito larvae dipper is 

a popular item in BioQuip’s extensive line of products for professional 

mosquito research, education and control. It is 5" (13cm) 

in diameter, with pour spouts to avoid spills, and has graduated 

measurements in English and metric systems. The white background 

aids accurate counting of larvae. A three-foot, 5/8-inch 

(91.5, 1.6cm) wooden handle is provided. 

1132 Dipper 1 - 9 10.95 

10 or more 9.85 

Extendable Handle 

A telescoping, clutch-locking, lightweight aluminum handle is 

available for use with the 1132 dipper. This convenient item is 

35" (89cm) long when collapsed, and 69" (175cm)when fully 

extended. Diameter is 3/4" (1.9cm). 

1132H Extendable handle 1 - 9 13.15 

10 or more 12.50 

Mosquito Breeder 

The mosquito breeder is a BioQuipdesigned 

product providing a simple 

method for rearing sample collections of 

mosquito larvae taken in the field. The unit 

is 8-3/8" high x 4-7/8" diameter (21 x 12 

cm), and consists of two clear, quart-sized 

styrene containers. 

A water sample containing larvae is placed 

in the bottom portion. A plastic lid between 

the two sections contains a vinyl funnel 

through which emerging adults fly into the 

upper portion. Aluminum screening on the 

top allows ventilation. Refrigerating the 

entire apparatus stuns the adults long 

enough for them to be removed safely. This 

economical item is also suitable for rearing 

many other kinds of insects. 

Price each 

1425 Mosquito breeder 1 - 11 13.15 

12 or more 11.85 

1430B 

Cryolizer & Growth Chamber 

1430A 

The Cryolizer and growth chamber provide a portable, convenient, 

and less-expensive alternative to a chill table. Originally 

designed for study of fruit fly cultures, items work equally well 

for mosquitoes or other insects studied live under magnification 

while immobilized by cold temperatures. 

The system uses a pair of polypropylene Cryolizers, 3-1/2" (9 

cm) in diameter, with cold retention medium. Clear, styrene chambers 

are 3-1/4" (8.4cm) in diameter, 13/16" (2.1cm) high. They 

have close-fitting ventilated lids, and are sterilized to prevent 

contamination. 

To use the system: Place two Cryolizers in a freezer until they 

reach a temperature of about -18°C or 0°F. Then place a chamber 

containing specimens on the white surface of one chilled 

cryolizer for examination. By inverting the chamber, perforations 

will allow cold to enter the chamber more rapidly. After one 

hour, substitute the second Cryolizer from the freezer and return 

the first unit for re-cooling. For first use, leave Cryolizers in 

freezer overnight. Re-cooling takes one to two hours. 

1430A Cryolizers set of 2 92.85 

1430B Growth chambers pack of 10 17.95 


Portable Chill Table 


Lab & Mosquito Equipment 

This BioQuip designed and manufactured product facilitates the 

study, sorting, and counting of live insects while they remain 

immobilized by its low-temperature surface. It can be used in the 

field with 12V DC power, or in the lab with 120V AC current. 

The 1429 chill table contains a Peltier thermoelectric cooling device 

and heat exchanger, eliminating the need for access to 

water or having cooling lines fouled with tap water minerals. A 

convenient toggle switch defroster melts any accumulated frost 

in 1 - 2 minutes. 

The 4" square (10cm) chill surface is anodized, hard-faced aluminum, 

designed for 100mm Petri dishes. Surface temperature 

is monitored by a built-in digital, centigrade thermometer. Foam 

insulating cap minimizes frost buildup, speeds chilling, and protects 

chill surface. 

The chill table has a 12V DC connector compatible with standard 

automotive systems or battery power packs, and comes with a 

lightweight converter for use with 120V AC currents. Power consumption 

is ~4 amps per hour. The vented aluminum box is powder-coated, 

with a 4" (10cm) metal screen on the bottom to 

protect the fan intake area. 

A sturdy, folding auxiliary stand 10 x 15 x 4.5" (25.3 x 38 x 

11.4cm) providing hand support or space for additional Petri 

dishes is optional. It surrounds the chill table on three sides. 

1429 Portable Chill Table 624.00 

1429A Auxiliary Stand 86.95 

Larval Trays 

Bright white plastic trays are used for counting and sorting mosquito 

larvae or other insects with aquatic larval stages. Made 

from high impact polyethylene, they resist denting, acids and 

staining. The surface is absolutely smooth and easy to clean. 

These lightweight trays do not chip, making them more durable 

than porcelain trays. Available in three sizes. 

Price each 

Size Depth 1 - 11 12+ 

1426A Larval tray 9-3/4 x 7-3/4" 1-1/2" 9.30 8.80 

24.8 x 19.7cm 3.8cm 

1426B Larval tray 13-1/2 x 10" 1-1/2" 11.10 10.55 

34.3 x 25.4cm 3.8cm 

1426C Larval tray 18 x 12-1/2" 2-1/4" 17.85 16.95 

45.7 x 31.8cm 5.7cm 

37

Mosquito Traps 

Aquatic 

Heavy Duty EVS CO 2 Mosquito Trap 

The EVS (Encephalitis Vector Survey) trap, using carbon dioxide 

as the primary attractant, was introduced in 1979. It has 

been subject to evolutionary improvements in the intervening 

years, and the current model incorporates those changes. 

The top section is a one-gallon plastic, non-rusting, dry ice container. 

The wall and lid are insulated with high-density Plastazote 

foam to prevent overly rapid sublimation of dry ice during operation, 

and holes in the bottom allow gas to escape. A carrying 

handle is provided, along with metal chain to facilitate hanging 

from a tree branch or other object. When not in use, the container 

holds all trap components for convenient storage or transport. 

Also available is an insulated dry ice container; see description 

on page G of the catalog. 

The middle section contains the trap's mechanical and electrical 

components. Mosquitoes attracted to the CO 2 enter through an 

opening at the top of this section. They are drawn in and downward 

by airflow created by a plastic propeller attached to the 

trap’s DC motor. A “grain of wheat” lamp visible from the top 

opening of this section acts as a secondary attractant. Three Dcell 

batteries (sold separately) mounted on top of this section 

furnish power for the propeller and the lamp. “Off/on” switches 

are provided for operating the propeller and lamp. A plastic rain 

shield is provided to protect batteries and switches. 

This trap features an improved motor with a longer service life 

Gravid Mosquito Trap 

An effective device for trapping gravid mosquitoes was originally 

conceived by P. Reiter (Mosquito News, 43:496-498), with design 

improvements made by R. Cummings for BioQuip Products. 

The trap is designed to attract and capture gravid female mosquitoes 

of a target species in unharmed condition. The attractant is a 

baited water solution, either collected locally or formulated to simulate 

water found in the natural habitat. As gravid females approach 

the water to deposit eggs, they are pulled upward into a collecting 

container housed in the upper compartment. This container is removable 

for inspection or processing of specimens. 

The trap consists of two basic parts. The upper part contains the 

exhaust duct with motor and fan, batteries, the collecting duct, and 

the specimen container. The lower part serves as the attractant 

container as well as support for the upper part. 

Gee Minnow Trap 

Standard minnow trap is used to collect and transfer Gambusia 

and other small fish. Made of 1/4" mesh galvanized wire and 

steel, halves of the trap unclamp and nest together for carrying. 

Size: 17-1/2" long, 9" diameter. 

2824 Gee minnow trap 19.20 


and lower power requirement than previous models. Extended 

motor and battery life allow greater flexibility in scheduling personnel 

hours, and provide additional economy of operation. In 

BioQuip testing, three batteries provided up to 464 hours of 

service (58 nights at 8 hours per night) before replacements 

were required. 

The bottom section consists of a catch bag made of netting, and 

a plastic spreader to keep the bag open during use. It has an 

elastic band, with 2" extension for tying the bag at the top, and 

bulldog clip at the bottom. 

The trap is easily maintained by using standard replacement 

parts listed below. Size packed is 6-3/4" diameter x 8" (17.1 x 20 

cm) high; length when extended for use (without hanger chain) 

is 32" (81.3 cm). Weight with batteries is 2-3/4 lbs. 


2801A CO 2 mosquito trap, complete 96.95 92.10 

(except batteries) 

2801D Insulated dry ice bucket 31.05 29.50 

2801E Replacement catch bag 3.25 2.95 

2802G Replacement lamp 1.75 1.60 

2802H D-cell battery 1.50 1.35 

2802K Replacement propeller 2.25 2.10 

The upper chamber is a heavy duty rain-tight plastic case with 

carry handle, latch and hinges. It is 16-1/2 x 8-1/4 x 6-1/2" high (42 

x 21 x 16.5 cm). A permanently mounted horizontal exhaust duct 

supplies negative air pressure inside the case. The duct contains a 

6-volt motor and fan, activated automatically by an electrical 

photoswitch at dusk. Manual turnoff is required at dawn to prevent 

loss of trapped mosquitoes. Power is supplied by four ‘D’ cell batteries 

(available separately), or by a 6-volt lantern battery. 

The upper chamber also houses a reversible vertical duct which 

functions as the mosquito pickup after being extended to about one 

inch above the water surface. A collecting chamber with screened 

top and stockinette closure rests on the upper end of the vertical 

intake duct. A binder clip acts as closure. By purchasing additional 

chambers, specimens collected the prior night can be taken to the 

lab and held for processing without the need for transfering to another 

container. 

The lower part of the trap, a heavy duty black plastic tray, 20-1/2 x 

15 x 5" high (20 x 38 x 12.7 cm), serves as container for the 

attractant solution and as mounting for the upper trap section. 

This gravid mosquito trap is an easily portable, compact unit with 

nesting parts. It weighs 4.7 lbs. 

The 2800S gravid trap is now available. It features an enclosed 6 volt, 

10 amp hour sealed gel cell battery. Additional 2860 batteries can be 

purchased so that the trap can be used continuously. Weighs 8.8 lbs. 

2800 Gravid mosquito trap 175.60 

2800A Extra collecting chamber 25.30 

2802H ‘D’ cell battery (4 required) each 1.50 

2800TUBReplacement/extra tub, 20 qt. capacity 9.75 

2800S Gravid mosquito trap with 6 volt gel cell battery 191.70 

Portable Air Pump 

A convenient aid for transporting small fish in 

bucket quantities to inaccessible areas. The ‘D’ 

cell battery operated pump is hung from the side 

of the bucket. An airstone and 2-1/2 feet of 

airline is provided. Dimensions: 4-3/4 x 2-3/4 x 

1-3/4" (12 x 7 x 4.4cm). 

2825 Portable air pump 14.20 

For additional larval & adult mosquito equipment, see 

"Octanol" Attractant, Heavily Insulated Dry Ice Bucket - page G Aquatic Light Trap - page 41 • Gambusia Net - page 44 

Chill Tables - pages E & 37 • Rearing Cages - pages D, 40, 75 Insect Vac & Aspirators - pages D, 57, 58 

For Books, see: Medical/Veterinary Entomology pages 106 - 110 • Diptera pages 128 - 130 

FIELD 


FIELD 

CDC Light Traps 

Originally developed by U.S. Centers for Disease Control, the 

reliable, portable trap described below incorporates nearly 30 

years of design and manufacturing improvements. It is in use 

worldwide for arbovirus surveys and taxonomic studies, and is 

the standard, battery-operated tool for mosquito and sand fly 

control sampling. This trap provides an efficient and productive 

means of collecting mosquitoes, both in numbers of individuals 

and in diversity of species captured. 

2801B collecting bag and cup 

used in 2836BQ trap 

2836BQ trap 

CDC Mini Light Trap with Incandescent Light 

BioQuip has developed and now manufactures a superior version 

of the CDC miniature light trap. 

The heavy duty ABS black trap cover is 13" (33 cm) in diameter. 

A 3-foot polypropylene cord is provided for hanging. The trap 

body is fabricated from 3-1/2" (9 cm) acrylic tubing, and features 

stainless steel supports and screen. It has a 4-watt CM- 

47 incandescent light bulb with an average life of 2,000 hours. 

An 8-foot (2.4 m) power cord with standard spade tip connectors 

is supplied. The motor and light draw 320 mAmps. The unit 

requires a 6V DC power supply or battery (#2860 available 

separately, see below). 

BioQuip's unique design features include a self-closing, clear 

film air gate. The air gate prevents escape of collected specimens 

in the event of power loss. It also allows for use of a timing 

device in collecting samples without being on site to start or stop 

trap operation. There is a minimal increase on motor current 

draw with this design. The air gate is an extra charge option 

from other CDC trap manufacturers. 

The No-See-Um fine mesh collecting bag with ripstop nylon 

skirt is supported by a large rubber O-ring, fitted into a groove at 

the bottom of the acrylic tube. A draw string allows specimens to 

be contained in the bag safely. (BioQuip #2809C or #2809D 

aspirators can be inserted into the bag to remove specimens. 

The bag can then be reattached to the trap.) The collection cup 

is a 16-ounce polypropylene jar with 32-mesh screen vented 

bottom and modified lid. An extra plain lid is provided to seal the 

jar. The trap weighs only 1.5 lbs (.6 kg). 

Price each 1-11 12+ 

2836BQ CDC mini light trap with air gate 95.75 90.95 

2801B Replacement bag & collecting cup 14.05 13.35 

2836L Replacement 4 watt light bulb 1.25 

2860 6V sealed gel cell battery 19.25 18.30 

Miniature Light Trap with UV Light 

Ultraviolet light is known to attract a greater number and diversity 

of Culicoides and Phlebotamine mosquito species than incandescent 

light. The trap described above is also offered with 

a 4-watt blacklight lamp as the light attractant, in the range of 

320 - 420 n.m. Tube is 5/8" diameter x 6" long; lamp life averages 

4,000 hours. The trap requires a 6-volt DC battery and 

consumes about 500mAmps per hour. 

BioQuip's mini light traps are supplied with air gates that keep 

specimens inside the trap in the event of power loss or if the trap 

is deliberately shut off to conserve power consumption. An inline 

photo switch permits traps to be set to turn on in the evening 

and shut off at dawn. By changing the position of the photo 

switch, it is possible to adjust the time traps turn on and off. 


2848BQ Mini UV light trap with air gate 174.65 165.90 

2796 Photo control switch, 6 VDC 55.25 

BioQuip7 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ www.bioquip.com 

Mosquito Traps 

Collection Bottle 

Rotator 

2850 shown with 2836 trap 

Since insect species fly at 

different times of night, influenced 

by time of year, 

temperature, and other 

factors, there is a need for 

a method of separating 

specimens to identify patterns 

of flight and behavior. 

This device allows segregating 

the catch of mechanical 

or pheromone 

traps or a collecting device 

of your own design into 

eight bottles over periods 

of time determined by a 

programmable timer. 

The design permits complete flexibility in the collection schedule, 

which may range in length from a few hours (or even minutes) 

to weeks. Timer accuracy is four minutes per year. An 

internal backup battery maintains current date/time and switching 

program for several days without external power. 

The collection bottle rotator requires a 12-volt DC battery and 

supplies timer-switched 12-volt DC power to the trap. Its inlet 

accommodates traps with outside diameters of up to 4" (10 

cm). The bottle-holding platen is precision machined from a 

.25" (.64 cm) aluminum plate. 

A 2836BQ or 2848BQ trap (see left) or other downdraft collecting 

device is placed on the rotator with the collecting bag 

placed on the platen's inlet. A timer circuit energizes a 

gearmotor, which in turn rotates a new bottle under the trap at 

pre-programmed intervals. 

A 12-volt DC battery is required (not included); the rotator 

requires only a few milliamps to operate. A pair of wires connects 

the unit to a battery. The trap's wires connect to the 

rotator's terminal block. 

For those using a 2836BQ trap which requires a 6-volt battery, 

an in-line voltage converter that transforms 12-volt DC to 6-volt 

DC is required. The converter is 18" (46 cm) long, and has 

terminals for connecting to a CDC trap and to the bottle rotator 

connection posts. Wires are color coded for easy connection. 

The rotator is 14" (35.6 cm) in diameter, and weighs 5 lbs. (2.3 

kg). Installation and operation instructions are included. 

2850 Collection bottle rotator 956.95 

2850A Voltage converter, 12 to 6-volt DC 13.25 

Standard New Jersey 

Light Trap 

One of the original mosquito survey 

traps developed in response to disease 

outbreaks in the 1930's, the New 

Jersey light trap remains among the 

most productive and efficient traps 

available. It indicates the species and 

releative abundance of mosquito 

populations, and helps formulate 

hatch predictions. 

Careful, sturdy trap construction ensures 

many years of service. The 

body and top are fabricated of stainless 

steel. All trap components, including 

120V AC electrical system, 

fan, and 25-watt lamp, are manufactured 

in the U.S. A chain for hanging, 

30 x 30 mesh stainless steel interior funnel, and 1/4" mesh 

excluding screen are provided. The trapping container is a onepint 

polypropylene jar. 

The trap may be equipped with an optional photocell, or programmable 

7-day, 24-hour timer, greatly reducing labor hours 

required to service the trap. 

Overall height is 25", top is 15"; trap cylinder is 9.5" (64, 38, 24 

cm). UPS oversize (30 lb.) rate applies. 

2856 New Jersey light trap, basic model 299.00 

2857 New Jersey light trap, with photocell 324.95 

2858 New Jersey light trap, with 7-day timer 440.00 

2859J Replacement 1-pint jar 9.90 

39

Cages 

Collapsible Cages 

Standard equipment in major laboratories 

throughout the world, these cages originally 

were designed for breeding mosquitoes in vector 

control research programs. They are also 

suitable for rearing and housing Lepidoptera, 

Coleoptera and many other orders of insects. 

Lightweight aluminum frame and 20 X 20 mesh 

aluminum screening reduce the possibility of 

mold and contamination. The escape-proof 

nylon feeding hammock enables exposure of 

animal for blood feeding without risk of mosquitoes 

escaping. Easy access inside the cage 

is provided by a surgical stockinette sleeve. 

Sucrose solutions on cotton balls can be fed 

to mosquitoes through the hammock with sugar 

not coming in contact with metal parts. 

Cages are hinged for easy collapsing and storage, 

and are disassembled quickly for cleaning. 

Efficient in operation, these excellent 

cages are available in four convenient sizes. 

32 x 32 mesh 

Lumite Screen Collapsible Cages 

Cages with mesh size smaller than standard 

aluminum screen mesh frequently are needed for 

laboratory breeding or research programs. BioQuip provides cages 

with 32 x 32 mesh amber Lumite screen panels in place of aluminum 

screen. Design & construction are the same as for 1450 cages, but the 

feeding hammock, used in mosquito research applications, is omitted. 


1450BS Cage, with 32 mesh Lumite 

screen, 12 x 12 x 12" (30.5 cm) 

127.15 120.80 

1450CS Cage, with 32 mesh Lumite 

screen, 18 x 18 x 18" (46 cm) 

200.45 190.45 

1450DS Cage, with 32 mesh Lumite 

screen, 24 x 24 x 24" (61 cm) 

257.50 244.65 

Dacron Chiffon Collapsible Cages 

Cages produced with Dacron chiffon netting, mesh size of 70/inch, in 

place of other screening are ideal for applications involving very 

small insects such as parasitic Hymenoptera, aphids or thrips. Design 

& construction are the same as for 1450 cages, except that 

feeding hammock is omitted. 


1450BC Cage, with 70 mesh chiffon 

netting, 12 x 12 x 12" (15.3 cm) 

113.95 108.25 

1450CC Cage, with 70 mesh chiffon 

netting, 18 x 18 x 18" (46 cm) 

181.40 172.35 

1450DC Cage, with 70 mesh chiffon 

netting, 24 x 24 x 24" (61 cm) 

225.90 214.60 

Economy Aluminum Cage 

BioQuip’s aluminum cage is designed 

for simplicity and economy. 

Its all-aluminum construction 

makes it suitable not only for housing 

and rearing insects, but also for 

other animals such as reptiles or 

small vertebrates. 

This versatile, fully collapsible cage 

is 11 x 11 x 20" high (28 x 28 x 51 

cm), tall enough to hold a potted 

plant for raising insect larvae. Aluminum 

screening is 20 x 20 mesh. 

Two pairs of hinged side panels are unfolded and set into the 

bottom panel. After the top panel has been set into place, the 

cage is secured with four screws. 


1450R Economy aluminum cage 128.05 121.65 


NOTE: 20 x 20 mesh is standard in all 

BioQuip cages with aluminum screening. 

LAB & FIELD 

Need Custom Cages? 

BioQuip can make custom collapsible cages meeting your specific 

needs, with different configuration, dimensions, or screen/ 

mesh size. Six-cage minimum required for special orders. Call or 

write for quote. 

Aluminum Rearing Cage 

This aluminum rearing cage is constructed 

similarly to 1450 cages described 

above, but does not have feeding 

hammock or stockinette sleeve access. 

It is intended primarily for breeding 

Lepidoptera larvae, although other 

insect orders are also raised successfully 

in it. The cage may be used in the 

lab with a potted host plant, or may be 

placed over a growing plant in the field 

by folding the bottom section upward. 

Top and bottom sections are hinged 

for simple access. Size: 12 x 12 x 24" 

(30.5 x 61 cm). Shipped flat. 


1450L Rearing cage 138.50 131.60 


1450B 

1450D 

1450A 

1450C 


1450A Collapsible cage, 8 x 8 x 8" (20.3 cm) 106.10 100.80 

1450B Collapsible cage, 12 x 12 x 12" (30.5 cm) 129.15 122.70 

1450C Collapsible cage, 18 x 18 x 18" (46 cm) 203.30 193.15 

1450D Collapsible cage, 24 x 24 x 24" (61 cm) 253.25 240.70 

1450S Replacement stockinette sleeve, 8" wide x 25 yards long per roll 57.00 

Collapsible Cages with Clear Panel 

Because visibility into cages with Lumite screen or chiffon netting is 

reduced due to smaller mesh size, BioQuip offers these cages with 

the option of a clear vinyl panel for observation or photography. For 

12 x 12 x 12" cages, one side is fabricated with a clear panel. For 18 

x 18 x 18" cages, the side with stockinette access is made with clear 

panels in the left half and top portion of the right half above the 

stockinette access. 


1450BSV Cage, with 32 mesh screen 126.95 120.60 

& clear panel, 12 x 12 x 12" 

1450BCV Cage, with 70 mesh netting 135.85 129.05 

& clear panel, 12 x 12 x 12" 

1450CSV Cage, with 32 mesh screen 202.50 192.40 

& clear panels, 18 x 18 x 18" 

1450CCV Cage, with 70 mesh netting 203.90 193.70 


1450DSV Cage, with 32 mesh screen 264.55 251.30 


1450DCV Cage, with 70 mesh netting 242.20 230.10 

& clear panels, 24 x 24 x 24"

LAB & FIELD 

Lightsticks 

No biologist should be out in the 

field at night without Lightsticks 

for general or emergency lighting. 

Weighing only one ounce, 

Light-sticks are a safe, convenient 

source of 360 N cold light 

and provide better area light 

than a flashlight. No outside 

combustion or heat is required 

to activate. Completely waterproof, 

they may be used underwater 

and in rainy conditions. 

The AmeriGlo Lightstick consists 

of an outer and inner capsule, 

each containing a chemical 

solution. By flexing the plastic wand, an ampule containing 

one solution is broken, and the two solutions are mixed, producing 

light emission. Lightsticks are 6" long x 3/4" dia. (15.2 x 

1.9 cm), available in five colors: green, yellow, red, blue, and 

white. They emit light for approximately 12 hours after activation, 

except for blue and white which last 8 hours. Shelf life is 

up to four years if the outer, foil wrapper has not been damaged. 

The effectiveness of Lightsticks in attracting aquatic insects is 

still being debated. Several vector control agencies have tested 

them for their ability to attract underwater organisms, including 

mosquito larvae. They are the recommended light source for 

BioQuip's Aquatic Light Trap (see right). 


2822A Green Lightstick, 12 hours 2.25 2.05 

2822B Yellow Lightstick 12 hours 2.25 2.05 

2822C Red Lightstick, 12 hours 2.25 2.05 

2822D Blue Lightstick, 8 hours 2.25 2.05 

2822E White Lightstick, 8 hours 2.25 2.05 

Stream Flowtanks 

Flowtanks are unique devices 

providing a miniature stream environment. 

Originally designed 

for rearing aquatic larvae, they have 

a variety of other uses including: 

$ Creating stream microcosm for testing ecological theory or 

making behavioral observations 

$ Demonstration or display tanks for classroom or museum 

$ Student science projects 

Easily installed, Flowtanks convert a standard aquarium into a 

stream tank without complicated, noisy water pumps or paddle 

wheels because power is provided by the air supply. They are 

constructed of Plexiglass and vinyl plastic and are secured in 

place with gravel. 

An air pump, not provided, powers the Flowtank lifting water 

vertically and accelerating it horizontally. Larger air pumps create 

faster currents. Large vibrator pumps (Whisper 700) create 

currents of 4 in/sec., (30.5 cm/sec.). Units are designed for 

channels 5" wide, with counterclockwise flow. They are easily 

maintained because there are no moving parts or screens to 

clog. Instructions for assembly and installation are included. 

Laboratory Model Flowtanks 

The original Flowtank, designed for durability and flexibility in 

research applications. Excellent for microcosms, rearing, and 

bioassay. Dimensions: 12" long, 5-3/8" wide, 8" deep (30.5 x 14 

x 20 cm). 

4440A Laboratory Flowtank, for vibrator air pump, 58.55 

18" (46 cm) minimum tank length 

4440B Laboratory Flowtank, for compressor air 58.55 

pump, 18" (46 cm) minimum tank length 

Display Model Flowtank 

An easy way for museums, zoos and schools to stimulate interest 

in aquatic systems by creating a dynamic display or demonstration 

stream. Flowtank is 23" long, 5-3/8" wide, 11" deep (58 

x 14 28 cm); fits aquarium 29" long, 12" wide, 11" deep. 

4440E Display Flowtank, for vibrator air pump 85.90 


Aquatic 

Light Trap 

BioQuip’s Aquatic Light Trap was 

designed to improve collecting of 

mosquito larvae. It facilitates 

advance determinations of 

emergence time and species. It also 

attracts a variety of other organisms 

such as Dytiscidae water beetles, 

and is not limited to aquatic 

environments. 

The trap is submerged on the 

bottom of a canal, pond, or flooded 

rice field. Using an AmeriGlo 

Lightstick (see left) hooked inside 

the trap, mosquito larvae are attracted to the light, entering 

through openings on four sides. Studies indicate an improved 

cost effective factor when compared to hand dipping for larvae, 

especially in vegetation choked waterways. 

Because the trap approaches the specific gravity of fresh 

water, about 8 oz. of ballast (such as stones) is required to 

keep it resting securely on a canal or pond bottom. The trap 

also can be used in a floating position to attract surface dwelling 

aquatic insects and other organisms by reducing the ballast 

and forming an airlock under the lid. 

Trap body is heavy duty, molded ABS plastic, 8-1/4" (21 cm) high 

and 10-1/4" (26 cm) across, with interior painted white to increase 

attracting capability. Removable, clear plastic funnels are 

attached to the four 4" side ports with polyethylene rings. Trap 

lid is secured with a crossover bungee cord. Weight is 2 lbs., 6 oz. 

2821 Aquatic light trap 55.95 

2821F/C Replacement funnels & caps, set of 4 8.35 

Aquatic Insect 

Emergence Trap 

Phone Orders: (310) 667-8800 $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ www.bioquip.com 

Freshwater Environments 

The two-meter emergence trap is a BioQuip exclusive. Carefully 

fabricated of Lumite screening, it is hung above a stream or 

other body of water to capture a wide variety of imago insects 

as they emerge from the water to take flight. 

The large trap is two meters square and 2.4 meters high. Front 

and back are cut .4 meter shorter than sides to allow water to 

flow through without obstruction. A 1.2-meter opening with Velcro 

closure is provided on the front (upstream) side allowing the 

user to enter the trap and refasten the opening from inside. 

Sufficient headroom allows the user to collect newly emerged 

insects with a small net or other device such as BioQuip's 2820B 

Insect Vac (see page 57). 

The peak is supported by a 2" steel ring, and heavy fabric loops 

are provided at each corner to keep the trap spread open in the 

desired position. The trap may be supported from trees with 

stretched lines, by a 2"x 2" wood "A" frame, or 3/4" EMT electrical 

conduit tubular frame. 

The trap is available in two mesh sizes of Lumite screening: 

$ 2828 20 x 20 mesh Lumite screen, 956 micron openings 

$ 2829 32 x 32 mesh Lumite screen, 530 micron openings 

Please allow four weeks for delivery after placing your order. 

2828 Aquatic insect trap, 20 x 20 mesh 316.15 

2829 Aquatic insect trap, 32 x 32 mesh 432.80 

41

Sampling & Collecting Equipment 

Surber 

Bottom 

Sampler 

The Surber 

Design Bottom 

Sampler 

collects 

aquatic insects 

and 

other macroorganisms 

found on the 

bottom of moving streams at depths from 12 - 18" (30 - 45 cm). 

It is used to determine larval insect population levels which are 

indicators of pollution in streams and watersheds. It is also used 

to monitor availability of food for fish, and to chart variation in 

aquatic life from different locations in the same stream. 

The durable netting filter is made of amber Lumite screening, 

available in two mesh sizes: 

$ 20 x 20 mesh Lumite screen, size of openings 965 microns 

(approximately 1 mm) 

$ 52 x 52 mesh Lumite screen, size of openings 280 microns 

Closely woven white polyester is used for the top and side 

panels. Both fabrics are resistant to ultra violet light. Overall 

length of the sampling bag is 27" (68 cm). 

The rugged 12" (30 cm) square frame is constructed of 1/8 x 

1/2" solid hard brass. It is placed on a stream bottom so that 

water flows into the 12" square vertical portion of the frame and 

through the collecting bag, trapping organisms dislodged from 

the substrate. The upright portion of the frame unlocks for flat 

storage and portability. The sampler folds to approximately 12.5 

x 12.5 x 2", and weighs 4 lbs. 

To prevent the sampler from sinking into a soft or uneven stream 

bottom with resulting loss of definition to the 12-square inch 

area, two metal bottom extension frames are available. Extension 

frames to support the sampler are 3" and 6" in depth, 

fabricated of 22 gauge steel with heavy cadmium plating. The 

more appropriate extension is selected to support the sampler 

depending on composition of the substrate. 

4216AA Surber bottom sampler, 20 x 20 mesh 199.85 

4216AB Surber bottom sampler, 52 x 52 mesh 207.25 

4216B Stream bottom extension frames, set of 2 117.00 

4216CA Replacement sampling bag, 20 x 20 mesh 65.00 

4216CB Replacement sampling bag, 52 x 52 mesh 75.00 

Secchi Disk 

Used to determine 

turbidity or degree of 

visibility in freshwater 

environments.The 

weighted black and 

white quadrant plastic 

disk has a diameter of 

20 cm. It is lowered into 

the water on a braided, stretch-resistant line that is marked 

every half meter and at every meter up to 20 meters. Weight: 

two pounds. 

4217A Secchi disk & calibrated line 75.25 

4217B Secchi disk only 39.45 

Armored Thermometer 

Precision, non-mercury thermometer, furnished in a protective 

plastic jacket with window opening, provides accurate temperature 

readings for water samples. Engraved graduations on the 

white tubing center increase readability over the full range of -5° 

to 45°C in .5° increments. Length: 6-1/2" (16.5 cm). 

4221 Armored thermometer 25.35 


Water Sampler 

FRESHWATER ENVIRONMENTS 

Sturdy, clear acrylic 

chamber collects representative 

water 

samples, including dissolved 

oxygen water 

samples, at depths 

from one to 20 meters. 

Water is collected in a removable inner glass tube which is 

overflowed up to 10 times to insure an accurate, representative 

sample. Two extra test tube inner chambers, 6-3/4" long, with 

cork stoppers are supplied. 

The water sampler outfit includes a cork stopper and rod for 

simple removal of inner glass tubes, a clip for thermometer 

attachment when temperature readings are to be obtained, and 

a two pound lead weight which is attached to the bottom of the 

sampler for rapid descent and minimal amount of drift due to 

currents. A short harness and swiveled hook for attaching line 

at the top is also provided. 

Overall dimensions are 9 x 3-1/4" (23 x 8 cm); shipping weight is 

4 lbs. Procedures for collecting water samples are supplied. 

4218 Water sampling bottle 213.20 

Bottom 

Sampling 

Dredge 

Stainless steel dredge is used to collect benthic organisms or 

sediment on soft bottoms (sand or silt). A simple trigger holds 

the sampler open while lowering to cover a uniform area of 

approximately 7-1/2 x 5-1/2" (19 x 14 cm). Scissor design closes 

the sampler, retrieving a volume of sediment to the surface for 

analysis. When closed, the sample remains undisturbed as it is 

raised to the surface. Careful release into a pan distributes 

sediment approximately as it was on the bottom. 

A sturdy harness line is provided with the dredge, which weighs 

6 lbs. 

4215A Bottom sampling dredge 237.80 

Plankton Net 

Cone-shaped net is made of 10 mesh, 153 micron 

nylon cloth, which permits water to pass 

through but is fine enough to filter out organisms. 

Minute plankton are collected and can be observed 

in the removable, clear conical tube (50 

ml.) at the end of the net. Two 50 ml. graduated 

tubes are provided. A sturdy stainless steel ring 

and harness keep the mouth of the net open 

while it is being pulled through the water. It has a 

5" diameter mouth, and is 15" long. See also 

4220B braided line described below. 

4290 Plankton net 103.85 

Calibrated Line & 

Sounding Lead 

Marked from 0 to 20 meters, this stretch-resistant line is made 

of braided #5 polyester cord. It has a brass spring clip for easy 

attachment to the water sampler, Secchi disk or plankton nets 

described above. Line wraps conveniently around an ethafoam 

block which floats to prevent accidental loss. Includes a twopound 

lead weight. 

4220A Calibrated line, foam block & weight 47.05 

4220B Calibrated line & foam block only 43.65 


FIELD 

Two-Piece Heavy Duty Aquatic Nets 

Dendy Design Larval Sampler 


Collapsible Pocket Seine 

Phone Orders: (310) 667-8800 $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ $ www.bioquip.com 

7412D 

In response to requests for an aquatic net that can be packed, 

carried or shipped conveniently while maintaining heavy-duty performance 

characteristics, "D"-shape nets now have the optional 

feature of a two-piece handle. 

Nets are 70" (178 cm) overall, with smooth, lacquered hardwood 

handles 1-1/8 x 60" (3 x 152cm). When dismantled, overall length is 

38" (96.5 cm). 

A heavy copper tube at the center of the handle is fitted with internal 

brass and steel fasteners. The two handle sections are screwed 

together inside the rugged copper tubing. The net ring is permanently 

fastened with epoxy adhesive to a non-rusting heavy copper 

ferrule. The ring and bags are as described in the box above right. 

These nets weigh 3.5 pounds. They can be shipped through the 

postal system or other carriers to destinations outside the U.S. 

An effective method for collecting larval 

insects and other macroinverte-brates 

found in freshwater environments. The 

Dendy design larval plate bottom sampler 

is submerged in a stream, river or 

lake bottom. Organisms moving through 

the water reach the surface of plates 

where they tend to cling and develop. Optimum 

period for leaving the sampler in 

place is two weeks. 

The multiple plate sampler consists of 

nine 3" square pieces of 1/8" tempered 

hardboard, separated by plastic spacers to keep plates in position. 

Plates are connected through the center by a stainless 

steel eyebolt. The sampler is easily dismantled by removing the 

wing nut at the end of the bolt. By exposing both sides of the 

small plates, about one square foot of surface is made available. 

This simple yet highly efficient sampler is inexpensive and compact, 

recommended when sampling from many locations in a 

stream or lake is desirable. 

Price each 1 - 9 10 - 99 100+ 

4223A Dendy type larval sampler 10.95 10.40 9.90 

Heavy Duty Aquatic Nets 

Aquatic 

Heavy duty, long lasting nets in this series are designed for use by 

benthologists and entomologists needing a strong net for fresh 

water collecting, scraping stream bottoms, collecting bottom dwelling 

organisms, or sweeping in thick vegetation. 

Smooth, lacquered, hardwood, handles are 5 feet long, 1-1/8" diameter, 

permanently attached with epoxy adhesive to a 5/16" cadmium 

plated steel net ring. Nets are 70" (178cm) overall. Net bags 

are made of heavy cotton and polyester canvas, stitched with nonrotting 

thread. They feature a white, 500-micron Nytex 7 screen 

bottom 8" below the net rim. They also include a 4" skirt to protect 

the mesh from snags and wear, have internal Nylon piping, and are 

secured to the net ring by heavily plated hog rings. For collecting 

very small aquatic insects or other organisms, a bag with 7291B 

Nytex 7 Nylon screen, 150 microns, see page 49, is available for 

use with the 7412D net. 

Diameter for the 7410R round net bag, and length of the side of the 

7410T triangular net bag is 10" (25cm). Flat side of the 7412D net 

bag measures 12" (30.5cm). Opening of the ‘D’ shaped net permits 

simple insertion of collecting pan or other container. Replacement 

net bags with plated hog ring fasteners are available. 

Nets weigh 3 lbs. Due to their length, they must be shipped by 

U.P.S., FedEx, or Parcel Post (cannot ship via Postal Service to 

destinations outside the U.S.); oversize cubic inch dimensional 

weight surcharge applies to these aquatic nets. 

7410R Aquatic net, round, 10" dia. 54.20 

7210RR Replacement net bag, with hog rings 12.40 

7410T Aquatic net, triangular, 10" dia. 54.20 

7210TT Replacement net bag, with hog rings 12.40 

7412D Aquatic net, ‘D’ shape, 12" dia. 58.20 

7212DD Replacement net bag, 500 micron, with hog rings 13.75 

7412DN Aquatic net, ‘D’ shape, 12" dia., bag with 68.20 

121 Nytex mesh screen (150 micron) 

7212DN Replacement net bag, 150 micron Nytex, hog rings 23.60 

7512D 

7512D 2-piece aquatic net, D shape, 12" dia., 500 microns 84.90 

7212DD Replacement net bag, 12" dia., with hog rings 13.75 

7512DN 2-piece aquatic net, D shape, 12" dia., 150 microns 93.10 

7212DN Replacement net bag, Nytex screen, with hog rings23.60 

Modeled on the traditional kick net, this small 

yet effective seine is simple and quick to 

assemble. It is used by dislodging substrate 

upcurrent from the net, by walking forward 

in still water to trap aquatic insects and crustaceans, 

or held stationary in heavy water 

allowing specimens to drift into the net. 

The netting portion is 24" wide x 20" high, 

made of 14 x 18 mesh black polyester, reinforced 

at the sides and bottom with Dacron 

tape. Grommets supply stability at the bottom; 

Velcro tabs attach at the top. 

Collapsible side shafts have four swaged 

sections of 3/8" anodized, hard aluminum, 

connected with bungee cord. They are surprisingly 

rigid when assembled, and can be 

used in fast moving water. Extended length 

of shafts is 31". 

When disassembled, the seine is 9-1/2" long. It weighs only six 

oz., a very convenient item to keep in a jacket pocket or vehicle 

glove compartment. Instructions for easy set-up and suggested 

seining techniques are included. 

4224 Collapsible pocket seine 35.50 

43

Aquatic/Field Nets 

7332AR 

44 

Aquatic Collecting Nets 

7352AT 

Strong yet lightweight anodized aluminum handles for 

aquatic nets are available in 3-foot or 5-foot lengths. 

The longer length consists of two segments that screw 

together. Spring steel net rings are zinc plated and available 

in 8" and 12" diameter. Net bags are sturdy unbleached 

muslin with skirts extending below Nitex® 

screen (500 µ mesh opening) bottoms to prevent snagging. 

Both round and triangular shaped bags are listed. 

Specifications for 7300 Series net components and replacement 

parts are found on page 45. 

Ring Price 

Handle Length Dia. Net Bag each 

7338AR Aquatic net 3 ft. 8" round 25.20 


7208AR Extra net bag 8" round 6.55 

7338AT Aquatic net 3 ft. 8" triangular 27.60 


7208AT Extra net bag 8" triangular 6.55 



7212AR Extra net bag 12" round 7.90 



7212AT Extra net bag 12" triangular 7.90 

Screen Barrier Net 

Aquatic barrier screen, or ‘kick’ net, 

is useful for collecting hellgrammites, 

stonefly nymphs, crane fly 

larvae, and other insects which 

cling to stones in swiftly running 

water. When stones are kicked or 

disturbed, dislodged insects are 

trapped downstream in the screen. 

The net consists of two 48" hardwood 

maple dowels, spiked at the bottom, and 

a 20 x 20 mesh amber Lumite screen, 

36" square. Mesh openings are approximately 1 mm. Screen is 

reinforced by a banding of Dacron sail tape, with sides forming 

a tube which slides over the dowels. 

7436 Screen barrier net 50.70 

Looking for a 

Complete 

Student Kit? 

See 1138 Student Insect Collecting & 

Mounting Kit, described on page 11. It 

includes the 7112NA Student Net, pinning 

and mounting supplies, a storage box, and 

9038 32-page booklet, How to Make an 

Insect Collection. 


Standard Series Insect Nets 

Gambusia Net 

7612NA 

The Gambusia net is 

a BioQuip product designed 

at the request 

of entomologists involved 

in mosquito 

control. It is intended 

specifically for the 

capture of Gambusia 

affinis (mosquito fish) 

for transfer to other 

ponds or areas where 

mosquito control is 

needed. However, the 

net has a wider application 

as a general collecting device for those concerned with 

fresh water biology. 

The bag is 12" in diameter, and is made of 1/8" knotted nylon ace 

mesh, banded with Dacron sail tape. Replacement bags are 

available. The hoop is flat spring steel which screws onto a fivefoot 

aluminum handle composed of two segments (see Professional 

Nets on page 45 for more complete description). 

The top handle section only may be used in transferring fish 

from breeding or holding tanks while use of both sections is 

convenient for scooping fish from canals and ponds. 

7322AG Gambusia net 41.35 

7212AG Replacement net bag 11.00 

FIELD 

The 7600 Standard Series provides economical and reliable 

nets for general purpose and student use. Nets 

have a 3-foot smooth hardwood handle, 3/4" in diameter. 

Net rings are stiff 8 gauge, galvanized steel, 12" or 

15" in diameter. Aluminum alloy ferrule ‘J’ mount construction 

is used to attach the hoop to the handle, and 

two pins keep the ferrule from sliding off the handle. 

Standard, long wearing BioQuip net bags are used. Bags 

may be replaced as needed or different types of bags 

used with the same handle and hoop. See page 48 for 

complete net bag descriptions. 

Price each 

Diameter Net Bag 1 - 11 12+ 

7612NA Net 12"(30.5cm) aerial, white 12.95 11.65 

7612CM Net 12"(30.5cm) heavy duty aerial 14.75 13.30 

7612MS Net 12"(30.5cm) medium sweep 14.25 12.85 

7612HS Net 12"(30.5cm) heavy duty sweep 18.20 16.40 

7615NA Net 15"(38cm) aerial, white 14.35 12.95 

7615CM Net 15"(38cm) heavy duty aerial 16.75 15.10 

7615MS Net 15"(38cm) medium sweep 16.25 14.65 


FIELD 

Professional Series Insect Nets 


Net handles in the 7300 Professional Series are fabricated 

from hard alloy aluminum tubing to provide a strong yet lightweight 

insect collecting net. Most nets in this series weigh 

less than one pound, complete with bag and net ring. 

Materials and construction are designed to give years of dependable 

service. All components are plated so that parts do 

not rust or corrode. Nets are assembled quickly and easily 

with "T" knob fastener. Five net ring sizes and a wide variety of 

net bag styles are interchangeable for use with one handle. 

Replacement parts also are available. 

Handle: 

$ Anodized thinwall aluminum tube; 3/4" O.D. 

$ 3 foot or 5 foot length (5 ft. in two segments that screw together) 

$ 4-1/2" red plastic grip 

Net Ring: 

$ Zinc plated spring steel, 1/4" x .062" 

$ Fastened to handle with red "T" knob screw 

Net Bag: 

$ Polyester netting for aerial use, muslin or sailcloth for sweeping use 

$ In 12", 15" or 18" diameter 

See page 48 for descriptions and catalog numbers for extra bags. 

Handle Price 

Length Net Bag each 

12" Diameter Net Ring (30.5cm) 

7312NA Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) aerial, white 24.10 

7312GR Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) aerial, dark green 25.10 

7312WA Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) soft aerial, white 26.20 

7312SA Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) soft aerial, sand 26.20 

7312FA Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) fine aerial, beige 27.10 

7312CM Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) heavy duty aerial 25.90 

7312MS Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) medium sweep 25.40 

7312HS Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) heavy duty sweep 29.90 

15" Diameter Net Ring (38cm) 





7315FA Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) fine aerial, beige 28.55 

7315CM Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) heavy duty aerial 27.90 

7315MS Net 3 ft. (91.5cm) medium sweep 27.30 

7325NA Net 5 ft. (152cm) aerial, white 36.95 

18" Diameter Net Ring (46cm) 





7328NA Net 5 ft. (152cm) aerial, white 39.15 

Student Insect Net 

A practical and inexpensive aerial net for students and 

young collectors. The 18" smooth maple handle is 3/4" 

in diameter. Net ring is sturdy galvanized steel, and is 

attached to the handle with an aluminum ferrule. Net 

bag is 12" diameter, made of polyester netting with muslin 

reinforcing band around the top. 


7112NA Student net 12.05 11.45 

7112NAA Replacement net bag 5.60 5.35 

7312NA 

Heavy Duty 

Sweep Net 


Insect Nets 

Close-up of "T" knob neck design 

Professional Series Net Replacement Parts 

Optional and replacement components for use with all 

7300 Series insect and aquatic nets. Note: Net components 

listed below are not compatible with 7600 Series 

nets. 

7350A 8" net ring, flat, round 4.50 

7350B 8" net ring, flat, triangular 5.55 

7351A 12" net ring, flat, round 4.85 

7351B 12" net ring, flat, triangular 5.55 

7352 15" net ring, flat, round 5.40 



7324E Connector screw, for multi-segment handles .60 

7360 Red “T” knob 1.00 

7357 Red plastic grip, 4-1/2" .85 

BioQuip's standard heavy 

duty sweep net is used for 

sweeping fields or in 

heavy brush. Net is constructed 

of sturdy, durable 

materials. The smooth 

hardwood handle is two 

feet long and one inch in 

diameter. The rigid, galvanized 

steel net hoop is 

15" diameter, fabricated 

from 6 gauge material, and 

held in place with aluminum 

ferrule. The net bag 

is made of rugged sailcloth 

and banded at the 

top with Dacron sail tape. 


7625HS Heavy duty sweep net 24.20 22.95 

7215HS Replacement net bag 13.20 12.50 

45

Insect Nets 

46 

Tropics Net 

The Tropics Net is an original BioQuip design meeting space 

limitations of air travelers. It consists of six 2-foot aluminum 

segments that screw together to form a lightweight handle up to 

12 feet in length. Net ring is spring steel with 18" diameter, and 

net bag is white aerial. Net bag options include bags in dark 

green or extra soft white or sand netting. 

When disassembled, the net is about 25" x 3", and fits compactly 

in a suitcase. It is intended for use in a vertical position to 

trap high flying insects. Use in a horizontal position at the 12-foot 

length is not recommended. 

This net offers the user great collecting versatility. The handle’s 

length can be varied by omitting or adding segments. When 

smaller ring sizes are desired, 7351A or 7352 rings may be 

used along with any 12" or 15" diameter net bag. Collectors not 

requiring a 12-foot handle may order components needed to 

make up a shorter net. 

Handle: 

$ Six 24" (61cm) segments, 3/4" (2cm) diameter 

$ Anodized aluminum tubing and red plastic grip 

Net Ring: 

$ Zinc plated spring steel, 18" (46cm) diameter 

$ Fastened to handle with red “T” knob screw 

See Net Replacement Parts, page 45, for other net ring sizes and 

“T” knob fasteners. 

Net Bag: 

$ 18" (46cm) diameter, 38" (97cm) deep 

$ Aerial, white netting, reinforced at top with sailcloth band 

See page 48 for alternate net bag styles and sizes. 

7324 Tropics net, complete 91.35 

7218NA Extra net bag 8.35 

7218GR Aerial net bag, dark green 9.35 

7218WA Extra soft aerial bag, white 10.70 

7218SA Extra soft aerial bag, sand 10.70 

7324A Top segment only, 2 ft., with lock screw 15.35 

7324B Middle segment only, 2 ft. 14.05 

7324C Bottom segment only, 2 ft., with grip 12.45 

7324E Replacement connector screw .60 

7353 Replacement net ring, 18" dia. 6.10 

Tropics Net Tote Bag 

Storage and travel companion for the 7324 Tropics 

Net, heavy cotton twill bag keeps all components in 

one convenient, organized place. Bag has six pockets 

for handle segments, a long pocket for ring and bag, 

and a pocket for replacement bags and spare parts. 

Bent portion of the net ring should be inserted into the 

rounded bottom end of the bag so that the ring may 

be removed safely. Top end of the bag has a Velcro 

fastener and carrying loop. Bag is 30" long, 9" wide. 

The Tote Bag also works well for securing and 

transporting folding nets and net handle extensions 

described on page 47. 

7324D Tote Bag 24.45 


Monarch Net, fully extended. 

Danaus plexippus 

Monarch Net 

BioQuip’s Monarch Net provides a compact, convenient 

and safe means for capturing insects generally 

inaccessible by conventional collecting methods. This 

unusual, sturdy telescoping collecting net is a giant step 

up in vertical reach from the popular 7324 Tropics Net. 

The handle is 76" long when fully collapsed, but can be 

extended from 7 feet to over 18-1/2 feet. The net bag 

and angle adapter on the handle provide another 2 feet. 

With the additional height of the user, a total reach of 24 

- 26 feet is possible. The net may be used in a vertical or 

horizontal position, and the angle adapter may be tipped 

to 135° in 22° increments. 

The largest of the three tempered aluminum telescoping 

tubes comprising the handle is 1-1/4" diameter, ribbed for 

structural strength. Two extension tubes are secured into 

desired position by twist lock devices requiring no tools. 

The adjustable angle adapter is fabricated of rugged 

plastic, and any of 13 angles is set by interlocking 

notches, easily tightened with a wing-nut. The spring 

steel net ring is 18" diameter, and aerial bag is white. 

The complete net weighs 4 lbs. 

FIELD 

CAUTION: Do not use the Monarch Net in the vicinity of 

overhead electrical wires. 

A rugged PVC shipping tube has been designed to hold 

the Monarch Net. It is 2-1/2" diameter x 90" long with a 

threaded end cap for access at one end. The unit may be 

checked as airline baggage, and is an ideal collecting 

tool taken anywhere worldwide. It can be shipped by 

U.P.S. or FedEx ‘Oversize’ (70 lb.) rate and $6.50 excessive 

length surcharge. Weight with PVC case is 9-3/4 lbs. 

7518NA Monarch net with travel tube 131.85 

7218NA Extra net bag 8.35 


FIELD 

Pocket Net 

BioQuip’s unique net 

fits into a coat pocket or 

briefcase and is ideal for inconspicuous 

use. Spring steel net ring 

folds to a 4" (10.2cm) diameter, and flicks out quickly to a 12" 

(30.5cm) diameter polyester aerial net. 

This collapsible net is refolded simply by twisting the top of the 

net ring and the handle each 180° in opposite directions so that 

sections of the ring fold into each other. It may be locked in 

closed position by slipping one of the three loops of the net ring 

over the "T" knob with the thumb. The 5-inch (12.7cm) anodized 

aluminum handle may be extended by adding 7312 aluminum 

extensions described below, or by inserting a 5/8" (1.6cm) wood 

dowel of desired length. 


7112CP Pocket net, 5-inch handle, 12" ring dia. 13.95 13.25 

7112CPA Replacement net bag 5.60 5.35 

7118CP folding 

net, in use with 

seven 7312AB 

24-inch extension 

segments, in 

tropical rain forest 

along the Amazon 

River northeast 

of Iquitos, Peru. 

Photo courtesy of 

T. C. Emmel. 



Folding Insect Nets 

Illustrated left to right: 

7115CP, 7357, 7312AA, 7312AB, and 7115CP assembled with 

extensions and grip 

Collapsible Nets 

Versatile folding nets are larger versions of the famous 

pocket net which BioQuip introduced in 1956. Collapsible 

field nets in 15" or 18" diameter fold down to about 

1/3 size of the ring diameter. They are stowed conveniently 

in collecting bags, daypacks, luggage or (large) pockets. 

Nets have an anodized aluminum handle, 5 inch (12.7cm) 

long x 3/4" diameter, and spring steel net ring. Aerial 

bags in white or dark green are standard. The 7215WA, 

7215SA, 7218WA and 7218SA extra soft aerial bags 

(see page 48) are also suitable extra bags for these nets. 

Folding nets are collapsed in the same manner as the 

7112CP pocket net shown on this page. The larger model 

requires somewhat stronger hands and wrists for refolding. 

Handle can be extended to any desired length with 

12" and/or 24" extension segments described below. 

7115CP Collapsible net, 5 inch handle, 15" ring dia., 15.90 

with standard white aerial bag 

7215NA Replacement net bag 7.15 

7115GR Collapsible net, 5 inch handle, 15" ring dia., 16.95 

with dark green aerial bag 

7215GR Replacement net bag 8.15 

7118CP Collapsible net, 5 inch handle, 18" ring dia., 17.55 

with standard white aerial bag 

7218NA Replacement net bag 8.35 

7118GR Collapsible net, 5 inch handle, 18" ring dia., 18.55 

with dark green aerial bag 

7218GR Replacement net bag 9.35 

Collapsible Net Handle Extensions 

7312AB 

7312AA 

7357 

Lightweight handle extensions short enough to be packed in 

airline luggage were first described in BioQuip’s 1982-83 catalog. 

They are sections of anodized aluminum tubing, 3/4" diameter, 

which have been swaged (shrunk) at one end. Extensions 

are inserted into the end of any BioQuip collapsible or pocket net 

handle until desired handle length is reached. 

Extension segments are available in 12" or 24" lengths. They 

have spring loaded buttons which snap into the bottom of the net 

handle or preceding segment to secure sections firmly in place 

during use. A 4-1/2" red vinyl handle grip placed on the bottom 

extension helps spot the net in the field, protects hands, and 

keeps dirt and rocks out of the handle. 

Extensions can be used with the following nets: 7112CP, 7115CP, 

7115GR, 7118CP, 7118GR. 

7312AA Net handle extension, 12" (30.5cm) 5.95 

7312AB Net handle extension, 24" (61cm) 8.95 

7357 Red plastic grip, 4-1/2" (11.4cm) .85 

47

Insect Net Bags 

48 

Insect Net Bags 

BioQuip net bags are available in eight types and four sizes to 

meet a complete range of collecting conditions and user preferences. 

They are made professionally with flat seams, leaving 

no raw edges, and are identical inside and out. Overall 

lengths listed below are accurate to +_ 1/2". These bags are 

sold as replacements or alternatives for nets described on the 

preceding three pages. 

Standard White Aerial Bags 

Made of white Polyester netting. Mesh size is approximately 24 x 20 

per inch. Tricot interlocking netting is manufactured in manner that 

helps prevent snags and tears. Top is banded with sailcloth. 

Price each 

Diameter Length 1 - 11 12+ 

7212NA Aerial bag 12"(30.5 cm) 28"(71 cm) 6.50 6.20 

7215NA Aerial bag 15"(38 cm) 33"(84 cm) 7.15 6.80 



Netting for standard white & 

dark green aerial net bags, 

shown at actual size. 

Dark Green Aerial Bags 

Net bags made of dark green Polyester netting are preferred by 

many collectors who believe that white netting is more conspicuous 

and startling to insects feeding or in flight. Mesh size is approximately 

24 x 20 per inch. Banding is natural (undyed) sailcloth. 

Price each 


7212GR Aerial bag 12" (30.5 cm) 28" (71 cm) 7.05 6.70 

7215GR Aerial bag 15" (38 cm) 33" (84 cm) 8.15 7.75 



Extra Soft Aerial Bags 

Netting for white & sand 

extra soft aerial net bags, 


Made of extra soft, non-slippery 

Nylon netting, these bags are ideal 

for collecting large or delicate butterflies. 

Special netting does not 

tear so it is suitable for a variety of collecting conditions. Banding 

around the top is sailcloth to provide extra long bag life. Available in 

white or sand. 

Price each 


7212WA Aerial bag, white 12" 28" 8.25 7.85 

7212SA Aerial bag, sand 12" 28" 8.25 7.85 





Close Weave Aerial Bags 

Netting for close weave 

aerial net bags, 


Closely woven off-white Dacron chiffon, 70 x 70 mesh per inch, for 

collecting tiny insects or fragile Lepidoptera. Although netting is fine, 

bags are remarkably durable. Reinforced at the top with sailcloth. 

Price each 


7212FA Aerial bag 12" (30.5 cm) 28" (71 cm) 9.00 8.55 

7215FA Aerial bag 15" (38 cm) 33" (84 cm) 10.30 9.80 

7218FA Aerial bag 18" (46 cm) 38" (97 cm) 11.55 10.95 


7212NA 

7212CM 

Heavy Duty Aerial Bags 

7212MS 

7212HS 

FIELD 

Intended for combination aerial and light sweeping use. Upper part is 

lightweight muslin; tip is polyester netting which helps overcome air 

resistance and allows visibility. Top is reinforced with sailcloth band. 

Price each 

Dia. Length 1 - 11 12+ 

7212CM Heavy duty aerial bag 12" 29" 7.85 7.45 

7215CM Heavy duty aerial bag 15" 33" 9.05 8.60 

Medium Sweep Bags 

Made of sturdy close weave muslin, for general sweeping or beating 

use. Bag top is bound with durable sailcloth. 

Price each 


7212MS Sweep net bag 12" (30.5 cm) 26" 7.35 7.00 

7215MS Sweep net bag 15" (38 cm) 28" 8.40 8.00 

Heavy Duty Sweep Bags 

Constructed to take heavy field sweeping or beating, these tough 

bags are made of long lasting sailcloth with Dacron sail tape banding 

around the top for added strength. 

Price each 

Dia. Length 1 - 11 12+ 

7212HS Heavy sweep net bag 12" 26" 11.25 10.70 

7215HS Heavy sweep net bag 15" 28" 13.20 12.55 

Coleopterist's Net Bag 

A welcome addition to BioQuip's 

extensive line of net bags, the 

coleopterist's bag has been 

designed to prevent beetles and 

other insects from crawling out 

after they have been collected. 

The bag has an interior lining that 

stops the progress of the beetles 

as they crawl upwards. It is 

especially useful when making 

multiple catches with a longhandled 

net. 

Inside the 18" (46 cm) diameter 

aerial net bag is a tapered lining of 

the same netting, which extends 

halfway down the length of the 

bag. Insects collected in the lower 

end of the bag crawl upward between the bag and the lining and 

cannot escape. 

The coleopterist's net bag is available with white or green netting, 

with a rugged sailcloth band around the top. Length is 38" (97 cm). 

It must be ordered separately as an accessory for any BioQuip 

insect net with an 18" diameter net ring. 

Price each 

7218CW Coleopterist's net bag, white 19.60 

7218CG Coleopterist's net bag, green 21.70 


FIELD 

Net and Cage Fabrics 

For customers who prefer to design and build their own netting 

devices and cages, BioQuip offers a variety of materials. They 

are supplied in a continuous roll or piece up to 33 yards and may 

contain splices. Swatches are available on request by sending 

a self-addressed, stamped #10 envelope. 

White Polyester Netting 

Material used in BioQuip’s aerial net bags. Soft tricot interlocking 

knit Polyester netting has greater breaking strength than Nylon, 

and better resistance to ultraviolet degrading which affects nondyed 

Nylon. Mesh is approximately 24 x 20/inch; width is 42" 

(107 cm). Minimum purchase, 5 yards. 

7250A White Polyester netting per yard 3.10 

Green Polyester Netting 

Dark green polyester netting. Excellent for insect nets and 

small cages. Specifications are the same as for white netting 

(7250A) described above. Material is 42" ( 107 cm) wide; minimum 

purchase, 5 yards. 

7250B Green Polyester netting per yard 3.45 

Unbleached Muslin 

Sturdy, close weave muslin for sweeping bags, banding, beating 

sheets, or other collecting devices. Width is approximately 

48" (122 cm). Minimum purchase, 5 yards. 

7250E Unbleached muslin per yard 3.70 

Dacron Chiffon 

Closely woven, soft netting, for nets and cages used in collecting 

or rearing very small or fragile insects. Surprisingly strong 

for such finely threaded netting. Mesh is approximately 70/inch, 

width is 44 - 45" (~113 cm). Minimum purchase, 3 yards. 

7250C Off-white Dacron chiffon per yard 7.05 

7250CB Black Dacron chiffon 

Amber Lumite77777 Screen 

per yard 7.15 

For agricultural and horticultural applications. Used in BioQuip 

outdoor cages because of its excellent resistance to ultraviolet 

rays over extended periods of time, and because mesh 

weave is quite exact. A 1% allowance should be made for 

shrinkage after outdoor exposure for several weeks, after 

which time dimensions stabilize permanently. Width is 72" 

(183 cm). Minimum purchase, 2 yards. 

Mesh Size of Price 

per inch opening per yard 

7250P Lumite7 screen 20 x 20 965 µ 15.70 

7250Q Lumite7 screen 32 x 32 530 µ 26.85 

7250S Lumite7 screen 52 x 52 280 µ 33.80 

7250P 

20 x 20 

Plankton Netting 

7250S 

52 x 52 


7250Q 

32 x 32 

Nitex7 screen is a Swiss precision-woven Nylon monofilament used for collecting plankton and 

other small aquatic organisms, measuring particulate matter, and filtering procedures.This 

white netting is lightweight and flexible, with good memory characteristics. May be autoclaved. 

The four mesh sizes listed below meet requirements for many field and lab applications, including 

nets, plankton samplers, traps and sieves. Nylon screening fabric is 40" (102 cm) wide, 

sold by the yard. 

Mesh Opening Open Mesh Count Thread Dia. Fabric Thick- Price 

Microns Inch area % per Inch Microns ness, Microns per Yard 

7290B 80 .0031 42 206 43 75 47.50* 

7291B 150 .0060 51 121 60 110 26.45* 

7292B 210 .0083 36 73 140 255 23.15* 

7293B 300 .0118 50 60 123 200 24.70* 

7294B 500 .0197 47 35 230 425 22.45 * 

* Minimum purchase 2 yards. 

Antivirus/No-Thrips Insect Screens 

White antivirus insect screens prevent small insects and virus 

vectors from entering greenhouses. They are designed to 

maximize performance for two major objectives: 

1. Maximum air circulation to enable optimal yields. 

2. 100% blockage of Bemisia tabaci Whitefly, minimizing or 

eliminating use of chemicals. 

Years of lab and field testing have resulted in a unique screen 

construction to meet these objectives. 

Screens are made of high tensile-strength monofilaments. They 

are UV resistant and stabilized, lightweight, and easy to install. 

Special equipment maintains accuracy of hole size in a patented 

construction process, and screen keeps its strength 

and stability even if mechanically punctured. Screens are 

easily cleaned with power sprayers by interior side flushing. 

Two types of screens are available. Antivirus insect screens 

exclude Whitefly, Aphids, Leafminers and up to 80% of Western 

Flower Thrips. No-thrips insect screens exclude Thrips, and 

are designed for applications where exclusion has a priority 

over ventilation. Please allow three weeks for delivery. 

Antivirus Insect Screen - Mesh size: 50 x 24 

Hole opening size: .0105 x .0322"; thread size: .24 mm; light 

transmission: 80%; weight: .33 lbs./sq. yard; maximum length: 

656 feet; minimum purchase: 3 yards 

7260A Antivirus insect screen, 39" wide per yard 12.30 

7260B Antivirus insect screen, 78" wide per yard 23.45 

No-thrips Insect Screen - Mesh size: 81 x 81 

Hole opening size: .0059 x .0059"; thread size: .15 mm; light 

transmission: 66%; weight: .216 lbs./sq. yard; maximum length: 

328 feet; minimum purchase: 3 yards 

7261A No-thrips insect screen, 39" wide per yard 12.60 

7261B No-thrips insect screen, 78" wide per yard 24.95 


Net & Cage Fabrics, Screens 

Square weave pattern of plankton netting 

provides straight-through flow path with relatively 

high percentage of open surface area. 

It is ideal for sifting and filtration applications 

requiring a highly permeable media. 

Simplicity of the pattern minimizes blinding 

and facilitates cleaning. 

49

Field Equipment & Supplies 

50 

1121 Series Collecting Jars 

1121P 

1121A 

Glass jars with white metal caps have a layer of porous plaster 

poured on the jar bottom. They are shipped without being charged 

to allow shipment through the mail. Jars in this series are listed 

in four sizes, and are the preferred type for beginning or young 

collectors. 

Ethyl acetate, commonly used killing agent (listed below) is sold 

separately. To prepare for use, pour about 1 oz. of ethyl acetate 

into jars, screw on lid and wait 20 minutes until plaster is fully 

saturated, then drain off any remaining liquid. Recharge as 

needed. 


1121P Pocket collecting jar, 4 oz. 1.80 1.60 

1121A Collecting jar, 9 oz. 2.35 2.10 

1121B Collecting jar, 16 oz. 3.15 2.85 

1121C Collecting jar, 32 oz. 3.55 3.25 

Ammonium Carbonate 

1121B 

1121C 

Ethyl Acetate Insect Killing Fluid, 99% 

Note: Ethyl acetate is flammable and cannot be shipped 

by UPS Next Day, 2-Day, or 3-Day service, or by Priority 

Mail. It must be shipped by ground UPS or Parcel Post to 

U.S. destinations only. 

1185A Ethyl acetate, 2 oz., plastic squeeze bottle 2.65 

1185B Ethyl acetate, pint, oblong metal can 6.45 

1185C Ethyl acetate, quart, oblong metal can† 10.25 

1185D Ethyl acetate, gallon, polypropylene jug, 26.85 

corrugated outer carton†† 

† Maximum shipment is three quarts per day. Multiple shipments can be 

made on successive days. 

†† Gallons available only for will call, or motor freight shipment (where 

minimum charges may apply). 

Gaining acceptance by collectors as a dispatching agent, ammonium 

carbonate is a dry, practical and safer alternative to 

liquid killing agents. The powder is not poisonous or flammable, 

but can be irritating to the lungs and corrosive to muscous 

membranes. 

Ammonia gas is liberated when a small amount of powder is 

exposed to oxygen. The release of fumes is enhanced by wetting 

the powder with water. The powder can also be used in other 

collecting traps as a killing agent. 

Ammonium carbonate is light sensitive and must be stored in an 

airtight container. Packed in a polypropylene jar, there are no 

shipping restrictions for this product. 

For use with 1112 collecting vial described below; not for use 

with 1120 and 1121 Series jars. 

1183 Ammonium carbonate, 100 grams 5.10 

Disposable Collecting Vial 

Convenient collecting vial is intended 

for use with ammonium carbonate only. 

The 2-ounce pocket-sized vial is 

1-1/4" in diameter, 3" high, and made of 

clear styrene with white plastic screwon 

lid. It is supplied with a 5/16"-thick 

polyethylene foam plug to contain the 

dry killing agent in one end. Supplied 

without being charged; see ammonium 

carbonate described above. 

Price each 

1112 Disposable collecting vial 1 - 11 1.65 

12 or more 1.50 


1120 Series Collecting Jars 

1120A 

FIELD 


1120B 

Collecting Jar Caddy 

1120C 

1120P 

Using a cartridge to contain the killing agent was an original 

BioQuip concept in 1959. A porous hard plaster cartridge securely 

encloses the killing agent yet permits fumes to seep 

through into the jar. The cartridge screws into an inner metal lid 

riveted to the widemouth jar lid, and does not crumble or break 

with normal use or in humid conditions. 

Clear glass jars with metal lids have red skull and crossbones 

labels for safety. They are shipped without being charged to 

allow shipment through the mails. Cyanide crystals (not sold by 

BioQuip) or cotton saturated with 1185 ethyl acetate may be 

used as killing agents. Ammonium carbonate is not a suitable 

killing agent for these jars as it deteriorates the plaster cartridge. 


1120A Collecting jar, 9 oz. 3.60 3.25 

1120B Collecting jar, 16 oz. 4.05 3.65 

1120C Collecting jar, 32 oz. 5.00 4.50 

1120Y Extra cartridge 1.15 1.05 

Pocket Collecting Jar 

The 1120P pocket collecting jar is large enough to accept most 

specimens. It is 3-3/8" long and 2" in diameter with a mouth 

opening of 1-1/2". A small rechargeable plaster cartridge screws 

into an inner jar lid, and may be filled with cotton saturated with 

ethyl acetate or with cyanide. 

This jar requires little space. Several may be carried conveniently 

in a backpack or 1126 field collecting bag (page 68). 


1120P Collecting jar, 4 oz. 3.10 2.80 

1120PY Extra cartridge .90 .80 

Plaster/Plastic Collecting 

Jar Cartridge 

BioQuip’s innovation for those 

using cyanide in killing jars is 

a combination plastic & plaster 

cartridge. Field tested item 

was designed as alternative 

to plaster cartridges which may degrade with a buildup of liquid 

when cyanide is used. 

Cartridge body is cast in rigid urethane, providing a stronger, 

safer product to handle when recharging. Cartridge bottom is 

hard porous plaster through which cyanide gas passes into jar. 

This type of cartridge lasts indefinitely and is well suited for 

collecting in humid climates. (Not compatible with ethyl acetate.) 


1120X Plastic/plaster cartridge, 6.10 5.80 

Designed for frequent occasions when the 

collector needs an extra hand, this caddy 

keeps your 32 oz. collecting jar close at 

hand in the field by inserting the jar in a 

pouch strapped to the waist where it is immediately 

available. The convenient caddy 

is carefully sewn from 1/4" nylon ace netting, 

allowing the user to see inside the jar without removing it 

from its holder. An adjustable 1" cotton web belt is provided, with 

black plastic snap catch and a spring loaded draw closure, 

drawing tight just under the lid. Collecting jar not included. 

1120W Collecting jar caddy 10.45

FIELD 

Glassine Triangles 

Side-Opening 

Glassine Envelopes 

Side-opening glassine envelopes 

are preferred by 

many collectors. They 

have seams folded outside 

to protect contents, and are 

made of 30 lb. glassine for 

maximum protection and 

humidity resistance. 

Smooth-edge flaps are folded down and are ungummed. The 

1131D envelope accepts a 3 x 5" file card for entering collecting 

data, or for support in a file card system. 

Price per 100 1 - 9 10+ 

1131A Glassine envelopes 1-3/4 x 2-7/8" 3.00 2.85 

(4.4 x 7.3 cm) 

1131B Glassine envelopes 2-5/16 x 3-5/8" 3.50 3.35 

(5.9 x 9.2 cm) 

1131C Glassine envelopes 3-1/2 x 3-1/2" 4.55 4.30 

(8.9 x 8.9 cm) 

1131D Glassine envelopes 3-1/8 x 5-1/16" 4.90 4.65 

Specimen Containers 

Round plastic specimen containers 

are made of translucent polyethylene 

with plain label on the top 

surface. Lids are permanently attached 

so that container tops and 

bottoms cannot become lost or 

mixed up. These lightweight, unbreakable 

containers are air tight 

and moisture-proof. Available in 

four sizes. 


1122A Specimen containers 2.90 2.60 

1-1/2" dia., 1/2" high 

1122B Specimen containers 3.30 2.95 

1-1/2" dia., 3/4" high 

1122C Specimen containers 4.50 4.05 

2" dia., 1" high 

1122D Specimen containers 5.25 4.75 

2" dia., 1-1/2" high 


Phone Orders: (310) 667-8800 $ $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ www.bioquip.com 

Field Equipment & Supplies 

Triangles folded from glassine sheets are ideal for storage of Lepidoptera and Odonata 

specimens with large wings and small bodies. Rectangular sheets are opaque, 25 pound 

weight, bleached glassine. Padded in lots of 100 sheets (not pre-folded). Available in four 

sizes to accommodate virtually all sizes of collected specimens, or in 8 x 12" sheets for user 

to cut to preferred sizes. 

NOTE: Narrow strips placed over wings when mounting specimens on spreading 

boards are easily cut to desired sizes from pads of glassine sheets listed below. 

Folded Size Sheet Size Price per 100 

Base Sides 1 - 9 10+ 

1130T Glassine sheets 2-7/8" (7.3 cm) 2" (5.1 cm) 4 x 2" (10.2 x 5.1 cm) 1.95 1.80 

1130V Glassine sheets 4-1/4" (10.8 cm) 3" (7.6 cm) 5 x 3" (12.7 x 7.6 cm) 2.30 2.10 

1130W Glassine sheets 5-1/2" (14 cm) 4" (10.2 cm) 6 x 4" (15.2 x 10.2 cm) 2.85 2.60 

1130X Glassine sheets 7" (17 cm) 5" (12.7 cm) 7 x 5" (17.8 x 12.7 cm) 3.15 2.85 

1130Y Glassine sheets 8 x 12" (20 cm x 30.5 cm) 4.25 3.90 

Nesting Specimen Containers 

End-Opening 

Glassine Envelopes 

(7.9 x 12.9 cm) Chlorocresol 

Opaque, end-opening 

glassine envelopes are 

used for temporary storage 

of insect specimens 

as they are collected in the 

field. Listed in four convenient 

sizes. 

Price per 100 1 - 9 10+ 

1130A Glassine envelopes, 2 x 3-3/4" 

(5.1 x 9.5 cm) 

2.40 2.30 

1130B Glassine envelopes, 2-3/4" x 4-1/4" 

(7 x 10.8 cm) 

1.95 1.85 

1130C Glassine envelopes, 3-3/4" x 5" 

(9.2 x 12.7 cm) 

2.40 2.30 

1130E Glassine envelopes,4-3/4 x 6-3/4" 

(12 x 17.1 cm) 

4.95 4.70 

Proper use of Chlorocresol eliminates need for time consuming 

field mounting and/or relaxing. Freshly collected specimens 

packed with Chlorocresol are preserved in relaxed 

condition, allowing for pinning at a more convenient 

time or place. Field mounted specimens that would fill 

two Schmitt-sized insect boxes can be packed in one 

small container (1182AA described below). With insects 

in a relaxed state, potential damage from rough 

handling is minimized. 

Packaged in double seal metal can with friction lid. 

Complete instructions included with each shipment. 

Not recommended for use in areas where specimens will be 

subjected to extremely high temperatures. 

1182B Chlorocresol, 100 grams 18.95 

Chlorocresol can be shipped only by ground UPS or Parcel 

Post, and only to U.S. destinations. 

Styrene Box 

Lightweight, clear styrene 

box used for storing specimens, 

including those preserved 

by the Chlorocresol 

method. Size: 4-3/8 x 4-3/8 x 1-1/2" (111 x 111 x 39 cm). 

Price each 

1182AA Styrene box 1 - 11 1.55 

12 or more 1.50 

Group of seven compact, nested containers requires minimum space for packing, storing, or 

carrying into the field. Seamless, one-piece metal cans are gold lacquer color. Press-on lids have 

white labels for easy identification of contents. Containers range in capacity from 1/4 oz. to 6 oz.; 

sizes range from 5/16" high x 1-5/16" diameter to 1-1/8" high x 3-1/2" dia. Weight: 6 oz. per set. 

Price per set 

1118 Nesting containers, set of 7 1 - 11 7.55 

12 or more 7.15 

51

Butterfly Bait Traps 

Mercury Vapor Lights 

NOTE: Glass in mercury vapor lamp bulbs becomes hot during 

use. Hot lamp bulbs cannot tolerate temperature shock from 

rain or mist, and break when they come in contact with moisture. 

BioQuip highly recommends using rain shields with 2818, 2816 

and 2819 mercury vapor lights. No warranty is made for mercury 

vapor lights if customer has not also purchased a 2818B 

or 2819B rain shield and used it during operation of the light. 

There is no warranty for mercury vapor lamp bulbs. 


Baited traps are used in tropical environments to collect, study or photograph 

specific kinds of butterflies. The design takes advantage of a 

butterfly’s natural tendency to fly upward after feeding or when startled. 

Specimens are removed from a gray fiberglass screen cylinder with 22" 

zippered side opening. The cylinder has non-rusting 15" rings at top and 

bottom, sturdy cloth top, and nylon rope hanger. The 16" square plywood 

base supports bait container and provides a landing platform for incoming 

butterflies. It is attached to the cylinder with ‘S’ hooks, leaving an entry 

opening over 1". 

Two models of these fully collapsible bait traps are available. Both extend 

to 36" high, and are 15" in diameter. The 1420C cone trap features a 12" 

inverted cone with 4" opening, and three rope tethers with Velcro tabs to 

hold cone in position. The 1420L lip trap has a 3.5" screen lip at the 

bottom attached to an inner metal ring providing an 8" opening. 

Often referred to as Agrias traps due to their success in capturing that 

genus, these bait traps are also used to collect other types of butterflies. 

They are compact (16" square x 2.25" high when collapsed) and lightweight 

(2.25 lbs.), easily packed in a suitcase or shoulder pack for travel. 

Mercury Vapor Collecting Light, 175 Watt 

This complete mercury vapor 

light offers an alternative 

night collecting light 

source. A wider color band 

than (but including) the 

black light spectrum provides 

the collector access 

to specimens not attracted 

solely to black light. It includes 

an unfrosted 175 

watt lamp from the blue 

end of the MV spectrum, 

screwed into a porcelain 

mogul socket, separated 

from the vented aluminum 

ballast box by 10 feet of 

electrical cord. A connector 

for easy disconnect of 

the lamp from the ballast is 

also included for simpler packing or connection to the 2818B 

rain shield (see right). The light and socket may be mounted on 

a camera tripod. 

The ballast in this light is made specifically for a 175 watt bulb; do 

not use a bulb of any other wattage. The unit can be operated 

only on North American 120 volt AC electrical current. 

2818 Mercury vapor light, complete 230.80 

2818A Replacement MV lamp, 175 watt 18.95 

Shoulder Bag for Mercury 

Vapor Light 

For those traveling with or storing 

2818 mercury vapor lights, this attractive 

shoulder carry bag is just 

about perfect. The 175-watt light, 

ballast, cord, and 2818B rain shield 

fit snugly into the 10 x 11 x 6.5" 

space. 

The well-constructed black bag is 

made of 600 D. heavy-duty polyester, 

with self-repairable nylon zippers 

and a 1.5-inch-wide, rubberpadded, 

adjustable shoulder strap. There is a 9.5 x 7.5 x 1" 

zippered pocket on the front, and a full-width compartment on 

the back with Velcro closure. A four-inch PVC insulated tube is 

provided to help protect the lamp from shock or accidental breakage 

when traveling. 

1127MV MV light shoulder bag Discontinued by mfr. 

Butterfly Bait Traps 

FIELD 


1420C 

1420L 

1420C Butterfly bait trap, cone type 63.40 

1420L Butterfly bait trap, lip type 63.40 

Mercury Vapor Lamp, 160 Watt 

This mercury vapor lamp is especially wellsuited 

for insect collecting when compared 

to other MV lights requiring bulky and more 

expensive apparatus for ballasting or current 

conversion. Long favored in Europe for night collecting, 

mercury vapor lights are increasingly preferred by North American 

collectors who wish to attract a more varied selection of 

insects than those attracted by the black light band of the color 

spectrum. 

The clear, 160-watt, 120-volt AC 2819 MV lamp is self-ballasted. 

With electronic components within the glass, the user can twist 

the lamp into any conventional medium base electrical socket. 

2819 Mercury vapor lamp, 160 watt 47.50 

Rain Shields for 

Mercury Vapor Lights 

2818B (collapsed) above; at right, 2819B 

Rain shields are designed expressly 

for use with 2818, 2816 and 2819 mercury 

vapor lights. They protect lights 

against breakage caused by temperature shock from rain or 

mist in all but high wind conditions resulting in horizontal rain 

patterns. 

Shields consist of a transparent 2-mil polyethylene skirt, 10" 

long, clamped to double wooden rings at top and bottom. The 

design permits outward flow of heat at the top under a 10" 

diameter aluminum cap mounted above the shield. They include 

a porcelain socket, and metal wire guard to protect the electrical 

cord when hung from a branch or collecting sheet. Shields are 

fully collapsible for transport. Two extra polyethylene skirts, which 

may be replaced without the need for tools, are included. 

The 2818B is used to protect 2818 and 2816 mercury vapor 

lamps from moisture. It has a porcelain mogul base socket, a 

connector to the ballast box, and metal hanger with cord protector. 

Shield collapses to 3.5" high; weighs 1.25 pounds. 

The 2819B is used with the 2819 self-ballasted mercury vapor 

lamp. It contains a porcelain medium base lamp socket, off/on 

switch, 6 feet of electrical cord with plug, and metal hanger and 

cord protector. Shield collapses to 2" high; weighs 1 pound. 

2818B Rain shield for 2818 and 2816 lamps 63.10 

2819B Rain shield for 2819 lamp 51.95 

2818S Replacement polyethylene skirts for 2818B 

and 2819B rain shields, pack of six 5.75

FIELD 

AC and DC Night Collecting Lights 

2805 2804 2806 

Black light (ultra violet) collecting lights attract many orders of night 

flying insects, providing maximum insect response from the UV spectrum. 

The three models described at right are the result of BioQuip 

research and development. They are well-suited to their specialized 

applications, and are adaptable for use with a variety of insect traps 

or in sheet collecting. 

15 Watt BL Tube Protector 

Designed to protect 15-watt BL and BLB tubes from shock and 

accidental breakage, this rigid PVC tube is 1-5/16" O.D. in diameter 

x 18-1/2" long. An end cap fits snugly over one end for use 

with a collecting light. The item is also useful for protecting 

replacement tubes when traveling. A plastazote foam plug is 

provided so that a spare tube can be secured at both ends. 

2808 15 watt tube protector each 9.85 

Black Light Carrying Case 

Designed to protect black lights and extra tubes in transport or 

storage, this attractive hardwood case holds one or two 2805, 

2806, 2813B or 2813C collecting lights, or one 2804 black light. 

The box is carefully constructed of basswood sides and birch 

plywood top and bottom. The exterior is protected with spray 

finish coats of sealer and clear acrylic gloss. Interior top and 

bottom are lined with thick, soft urethane foam to provide complete 

cushioning for light(s). Removable lid has two brass plated 

hinges with slip pins, and fastens securely with a brass plated 

snap latch. A comfortable leather handle is installed on one side 

for convenient carrying. 

Dimensions: 21-1/4 x 8 x 2-3/4" high; weight: 3-1/4 lb. 

2812 Black light carrying case 106.80 


DC Pigtail Adapter 

DC BLB Night Collecting Light 

BLB collecting lights detect phosphorescence in arthropods 

such as scorpions, and other organisms. By moving the light 

across the ground at night, many species are spotted easily. 

This light uses a short wave, BLB (black light black), dark 

ultraviolet, 15-watt fluorescent tube. The tube is enclosed in a 

plastic tube with a screen along one side to provide shielding 

from the eyes. Since this type of light can cause temporary 

“burn” to the retina, and sometimes to unprotected skin, it must 

be used with caution, and the eyes should be averted from 

direct view of the light, with the exposed side of the light directed 

away from the eyes. 

Designed for DC use only, the light has a remote ballast, 6-foot 

power cord, and 12-volt connector for hookup to battery or 

other external power source. It is 18" long, and weighs 15 oz. 

2813C BLB collecting light, DC, 15 watt 93.80 

2807E Replacement BLB tube, 15 watt 19.45 

Anti-UV Safety Glasses 

Recommended for use when operating 2813C BLB collecting 

light. Glasses are made of 100% clear polycarbonate. Optically 

correct lens gives unobstructed, panoramic vision with no distortion, 

coated to provide 99.9% UV resistance in addition to 

scratch, fog and static resistance. Lightweight, comfortable 

glasses fit over most prescription glasses. 

2814 Anti-UV glasses 10.25 


Collecting Lights 

Lights have a 15-watt black light tube, protected by blue polyethylene 

mesh which helps avoid accidental breakage yet allows incoming 

insects to be exposed to the full range of UV light. They have full 360° 

exposure, and are weather resistant. A 10-foot low-voltage cord 

leads from the remote ballast or transistor housing, and a wire hanger 

is provided. Lights are 18" long, excluding ballast. Being light in 

weight, 2 lbs. or less, they are conveniently packed for travel. 

DC Light The 2805 is operated from 12-volt DC systems used in 

most vehicles and many portable power sources. It is equipped with 

a DC cigarette light connector. 

AC/DC Light The 2804 combination AC/DC light incorporates electrical 

functions of both the 2805 and 2806 lights. It operates on either 

power source by selecting the proper AC or DC power cord/connector 

and switch position. 

AC Light The 2806 uses 120 volt, 60 Hz alternating current, and 

plugs into standard U.S. electrical outlets. A self-polarized AC connector 

is supplied. 

2805 DC collecting light, 15 watt 60.70 

2804 AC/DC collecting light, 15 watt 99.95 

2806 AC collecting light, 15 watt 65.35 

2807A Replacement 15 watt BL tube 10.95 

2807M Replacement mesh sleeve .85 

Every collecting light is tested and in good working condition at time of 

shipment. Collecting lights carry a 6-month warranty from date of 

purchase. No warranty is made for lights used in countries other 

than the U.S. and Canada, or for lights that have been altered in any 

way. A $5.00 handling charge (plus cost of repair) applies to collecting 

lights returned after warranty has expired. 

Used to connect the direct current plug 

on 2805 and 2804 collecting lights or 

2851U and 2851M light traps to terminals 

of a 12-volt automotive battery. One 

end of the 3-foot cord is attached to the 

DC socket, and the other end has two 

battery clamps with color coded insulation 

for correct polarity. 

2815A DC pigtail adapter 12.10 

53

Power Sources & Accessories 

Battery Pack 

A proven, portable energy source, the 2861 power pack 

weighs only 10.5 pounds. It operates BioQuip 12-volt DC 

night collecting lights and traps. Based on field testing, up to 

8-10 hours continuous operation of a 15-watt black light can 

be expected on a fully charged battery. 

The 12-volt DC, 14 amp hour lead-acid battery with fully 

jelled electrolite to prevent leakage is sealed in a non-breakable 

high-impact polystyrene case. It functions within a temperatures 

range of -60° to +140°F. Repeated recharging is 

possible with the pack’s included 120-volt, 60-Hz charger. 

The power pack is contained in a DuPont Cordura nylon carrying 

case with shoulder strap, providing hands-free portability. 

Size: 8.5 x 2.75 x 5.5". Weight with charger: 12 lbs. 

2861 DC battery pack 149.60 

2861A DC replacement battery each 77.20 

6 or more 73.35 

NOTE: both the 2861 and 2861A meet federal and international 

requirements for inclusion in checked airline luggage. 

The IATA clearance download can be found on BioQuip's web 

site under Search, 2861, MSDS (info on last page). 

6 or 12 Volt Battery Charger 

Excellent Schumacher battery charger recharges the 2863 12volt 

battery, as well as other 12-volt or 6-volt lead-acid batteries. 

This medium-output unit has built-in protection against overcharging 

and a visual DC ammeter to indicate progress or 

completion of charge. It features: 

$ Output selector switch for 6-amp recharge in 6 to 8 hours, 

or 2-amp trickle charge for slow charging 

$ Easy-to-read, impact-resistant meter for constant charging 

status 

$ Engineering and manufacturing to exacting specifications 

- Solid-state circuitry 

- Automatic resetting circuit breaker 

- Reverse polarity protection 

- Energy-efficient heavy-duty transformer 

$ Output tapers to 50% as battery reaches full charge 

$ Heavy-duty clamps for top and side mount battery posts 

$ Heavy gauge steel case with baked enamel finish 

$ Convenient carrying handle 

The charger is supplied with 120 V electrical cord and operating/ 

safety instructions. Size: 8-1/2" wide, 7" deep, 4" high (21.6 x 

17.8 x 10.2 cm); weight: 6.25 lbs. 

2865 Battery charger 55.90 


DC Jump Cord 

Heavy Duty 12 Volt 

Battery 

For Maximum Life of Battery Packs: 

$ Do not discharge battery below 10.5 V before recharging. 

$ Recharge battery as soon as possible after using. Full 

recharge can be obtained in 12 to 18 hours with the built-in 

charger. 

$ Do not start vehicle engine while battery pack is plugged into 

cigarette lighter for recharging. 

$ Do not leave the equipment connected when the battery is 

discharged. 

$ Unit should be stored in a fully charged state and kept in a 

cool place. Recharge every 90 days when not in use. 

FIELD 

Sealed construction of this 12volt, 

26 amp-hour lead-acid 

battery allows trouble-free, 

safe operation in any position. 

No special precautions or shipping 

containers are required 

due to its leak-proof construction. 

Under normal operating 

conditions, between 200 and 

1000 charge/discharge cycles 

can be expected depending 

upon depth of discharge. 

High-impact resistant battery 

case is made of non-conductive ABS plastic. Produced from 

highest grade materials with a carefully controlled plate-making 

process, this compact battery provides excellent output per cell 

resulting in superior power/volume and power-weight ratios. 

For a fully charged battery, the following guidelines apply to 

hours of continuous operations: 

$ 22 - 24 hours for a 12-watt black light (2851U, page 54) 

$ 18 - 20 hours for a 15-watt black light (2804, 2805, 2813C, 

page 52) 

$ 13 - 14 hours for a 22-watt black light (2851M, page 54) 

The battery can be used over a temperature range of -76 N to 

+140 N F (-60 N to +60 N C). Weight is 18.7 lbs. 

2863 Heavy-duty 12-volt, 26 AH battery 99.95 

For recharging 2861 or 2863 12-volt direct current battery packs 

from a vehicle. Three-foot jump cord with two male ends plugs 

into a receptacle in the power pack and into any negative ground 

automotive cigarette lighter. Battery packs are mostly recharged 

after 4 to 5 hours of engine running time. 

2862A DC jump cord 10.55 

DC Tandem Adapter 

Permits operation of two DC collecting lights from a single power 

source. Adapter consists of two DC sockets, two feet of cord, 

and a DC plug that can be connected to 12-volt vehicle battery 

or portable 12-volt DC power supply. 

2817 DC tandem adapter 21.35 


FIELD 

12 Volt DC Timer 


Designed to extend versatility for night light collecting, the BioQuip DC timer was inspired by a 1964 

article by D. K. Edwards, Canada Department of Forestry. The concept has been expanded to provide 

multiple signals for operating a 12-volt DC light or trap to attract night flying insects. 

The simple, yet highly practical design lends itself to wide variation in trap operation. The timer can be 

used with any BioQuip 12-volt DC light. It turns a light ‘on’ and ‘off’ for one or more predetermined periods 

from 12 minutes up to 24 hours. Setting the timer is easily accomplished by cutting “windows” in a clock 

face/program card. Mylar program cards are held securely in place where needed by four button 

magnets. 

This timer is limited only by the user’s requirements or power supply capability, since collecting lights 

can be operated while the user is absent. The 24-hour military clock dial prevents the timer from being 

set for daylight hours unless specifically intended. 

The timer motor features a quartz clock motor. The housing is a secure aluminum box 4 x 4 x 2" with 

clear acrylic window and 12-volt DC connectors on 18" leads. The top and bottom are secured with 

knurled screw fasteners. An AA battery, six program cards, and instructions are included. 

2835 DC Timer with 6 program cards each 114.20 

2835B Timer program cards, Mylar dozen 4.35 


Solar Panel, Timers 

Universal Programmable Timing Switch This versatile electronic programming device facilitates scheduling a wide variety of 

applications for the operation of electrical equipment. A series of up to 42 independent 

commands may be programmed for day of the week, hour and minute. The switch can 

handle loads of up to 16 amps and is wired for 12-volt DC operation. 

The clock is a solid-state quartz-based timer accurate to four minutes per year. An 

internal backup ni-cad battery maintains the current date/time and switching program 

for several days without external power. Minimum on or off time is one minute; maximum 

is one week. Up to 42 pairs of on/off events can be programmed and it is possible 

to have the same program of up to eight on/off events scheduled for each day of the 

week. 

The switch is contained in an unbreakable, water-resistant polypropylene cylinder, 3" 

diameter x 2.5", with 6 feet of input cord and 4 feet of output cord. It is protected from 

overloads with an internal fuse. Operating and programming instructions are included. 

Weight is 14 oz. 

Solar Panel 

The Solarex photovoltaic cell provides a welcome 

alternative to conventional power generation, making 

night collecting possible in areas where electricity is 

unreliable or non-existent. It converts light energy 

from the sun into DC electricity to charge a battery, 

using a technology that is silent, non-polluting and 

portable, with no moving parts to wear out. 

The lightweight panel is made from EVA laminates 

with anodized aluminum backing. Dimensions are 

17.6 x 19.6 x .4" (44.7 x 49.8 x 1 cm), small enough 

for easy storage. 

The durable solar panel has a peak output of 1.11 

amps and 16.8 volts, 18.6 watts (typical) and 27 watts 

(minimum). A 10-foot output cord is attached. It 

recharges a 12 amp-hour battery or power pack in 

six to eight hours of ‘normal’ sunshine, depending on 

battery charge depletion. The panel converts sunlight 

into electricity even on cloudy days. It is weather 

resistant, and can be secured to a vehicle’s roof while 

traveling to the next collecting location. 

Pitfall Trap 

2847B Programmable timing switch, for 12-volt DC operation 195.95 

The panel can be used with the 2861 battery pack or 

a 12-volt automotive battery to provide current for 

BioQuip DC lights and DC light traps. Do not charge 

and discharge the panel simultaneously without using 

the sequencing charger listed below. Instructions 

are included, and a one year manufacturer’s limited 

warranty is provided. Shipping weight: 6-1/2 lbs. 

The automatic sequencing charger is a compact, efficient 

solid state battery charge regulator for use 

with the solar panel. It optimizes charging performance 

while providing overcharge protection of storage 

batteries. It includes a blocking diode to prevent 

minor loss of of battery discharge through the panel 

at night, a light to indicate when charging is occurring, 

and a low voltage disconnect to protect the battery 

from deep discharge. 

2864A Solar panel, with two battery clips, 310.65 

for use with 12-volt automotive battery 

2864B Solar panel, with DC plug, for use with power packs 310.65 

2864D Automatic sequencing charger and low-voltage disconnect 93.85 

This economical trap provides a simple method for passive trapping of ground insects and other 

arthropods. When used with ethylene glycol (radiator antifreeze), it keeps specimens in good condition 

for extended periods between trap servicing. 

The trap includes two white plastic pint containers, 4-1/2 x 3", placed in the ground so that the rim is 

flush with the soil surface. The upper container is lifted out to remove specimens, and the bottom 

container stays in the ground. A white plastic top, 10-1/4" diameter, deflects rainfall and provides 

shade. 

The trap top is secured with three 16-penny construction nails pushed through pre-punched holes in 

the top and into the ground. Clearance of about 1/2" above the containers is provided by three 

aluminum spacers and washers placed on nails under the top. (Ethylene glycol not included.) 

Price per set 

2838A Pitfall trap, set of 3 1 - 3 sets 11.10 

4 or more sets 10.55 

55

Universal Black Light Traps 

Photoelectric Switches 

Universal Black Light Traps 

These versatile traps are engineered to facilitate a wide variety 

of adaptations and conditions required for night collecting 

of insects. Two styles of fluorescent black lights, and choice of 

AC or DC power make this a truly universal trap. Photoelectric 

switches (2833A and 2833B) and the 2835 12-volt DC 

timer, which permit trap operation when the user is not present, 

are effective enhancements to the traps. Only those components 

best suited for the user’s specialized application need 

to be purchased. 

The basic component is the 2851A, consisting of the following 

five parts: 

$ 3-1/2 gallon polypropylene bucket, 10-1/2" (26.7 cm) high 

$ 12" (30 cm) diameter; smooth surfaced, lightweight funnel 

custom spun of .035 aluminum to fit lip of the bucket 

$ Aluminum lid with loop carrying handle 

$ 4-way bungee cord assembly 

$ Rain drain, mounted in hole on side of the bucket, near the 

bottom; plug supplied to close opening when rain drain is not 

needed 

The funnel can be waxed, polished or teflon-plated for additional 

smoothness. Collected specimens falling through bottom 

of the funnel may be collected in a jar containing alcohol, 

in a 2851J mesh collecting bag; or a 1196 DDVP pest strip 

used as a killing agent may be placed in the lower portion of 

the bucket. 

Photoelectric Switches 

The effective operation of portable night light collecting systems can 

be enhanced considerably by using a photoelectric switch. These 

light sensitive devices automatically turn black lights "on" at dusk, 

and "off" at dawn, and are available for AC or DC applications. They 

make unattended night collecting possible when the user is not on 

hand to turn the lights on or off, and eliminate power consumption 

during daylight hours. 

Switches are housed in aluminum boxes 1-5/8 x 2-1/8 x 2-3/4" with 

small windows that expose photo cells to light changes. Two 18" 

electrical leads with appropriate AC or DC connectors are provided. 

The 2833A photoelectric switch is designed for lights and traps using 

120-volt 60 Hz (North American) electrical current. It has a 300-watt 

capacity, and is compatible with BioQuip 2804, 2806, 2818 and 2819 

collecting lights as well as 2851T and 2851L Universal black light 

traps. 

2833A AC photoelectric switch 47.55 


The 2833B switch is used with lights and traps wired for 12-volt DC 

current (commonly used in motor vehicles and battery packs). It has 

a 50-watt capacity, and can be used with one or two 2804 or 2805 

collecting lights, or with two 2851U or 2851M traps. This photoswitch 

is effective in reducing drain on batteries because unattended lights 

are ‘on’ only during dark hours. 

2833B DC photoelectric switch 57.90 

FIELD 

Fluorescent black light tubes used to attract a wide spectrum 

of insects are placed in the trap to permit 360° visibility. Two 

types are available: 

$ The 12-watt ‘U’-shaped tube is entirely visible when the trap is 

in operation. This black light is both space and power 

efficient. 

$ The 22-watt Circline black light tube is mounted on top of 

vanes under the trap’s lid. It provides greater attracting 

ability than the 10-watt model but uses more electrical power 

in operation. 

Traps are powered either by 120-volt AC 60 Hz (North American) 

electrical current, or 12-volt DC current used in most 

vehicle or power pack batteries. Appropriate AC or DC electrical 

connectors are provided. Ballasts are hung on the outside 

of the bucket, and may be protected from moisture by a 

plastic bag. 

Lights are mounted on hinged, four-part clear acrylic vanes 

that also support the lid and provide baffling for incoming 

insects. 

Because all components can be packed inside Universal Light 

Traps, these compact units are conveniently stored or transported 

to and from collecting locations. Average weight of a 

complete trap is five pounds. 

2851A Bucket, lid, funnel, rain drain, assembly cord 71.45 

2851T 

Used with one of the following four items: 

12-watt ‘U’-shaped BL tube, ballast & cord, 

for AC 120v. use, set of vanes 

90.55 

2851U 12-watt ‘U’-shaped BL tube, ballast & cord, 

for DC 12v. use, set of vanes 

88.10 

2851L 22-watt Circline BL tube, ballast & cord, 

for AC 120v. use, set of vanes 

112.05 

2851M 22-watt Circline BL tube, ballast & cord, 

for DC 12v. use, set of vanes 

108.25 

2851J Mesh collecting bag 3.75 

To avoid the inconvenience of dismantling the trap to retrieve insects 

collected at the bottom, a bucket insert (top half of white bucket used 

in the 2851A ) is available. Components (funnel, vanes, light and lid) 

are assembled on the bucket insert and secured with assembly cord. 

This unit is simply removed intact from the trap's bucket for easy 

access to the catch. 

2851D Bucket insert 11.75 

Replacement parts: 

2851B Replacement aluminum funnel 27.00 

2851C Replacement aluminum lid 21.00 

2851F Replacement rain drain 3.90 

2851VU Replacement set of vanes for 12-watt traps, 

(2851T and 2851U) 

29.50 

2851VM Replacement set of vanes for 22-watt traps, 

(2851L and 2851M) 

29.50 

2807W Replacement 12-watt ‘U’-shaped BL tube 9.95 

2807C Replacement 22-watt Circline BL tube 21.75 


2833A 

2833B

FIELD 

Insect Vacs 

Highly portable, hand-held Insect Vacs are ideal for collecting 

mosquitoes from dark, inaccessible spots where they congregate. 

They are also convenient for sampling or examination 

of potential disease vectors and agricultural pests such as 

ants, flies, & small moths, or for collecting mosquitoes and 

other small insects from cages . 

Each Insect Vac is powered by a modified Black & Decker 

Dust-Buster TM . It has a filter to limit intake of foreign materials, 

and a nose section with clear acrylic tube holding a removable 

collecting chamber 5" (12.7 cm) long x 2" (5.1 cm) in 

diameter. This versatile chamber has aluminum screen across 

one end for air flow, and a flap valve at the other. Supplemental 

end cap prevents escape of specimens when chamber is 

removed. By using multiple chambers, live specimens can be 

gathered from several locations and taken to the laboratory 

for identification or study. 

Vacs are 19-1/2" (49.5 cm) long, and weigh only two pounds. 

See page B for nozzle/extension set. 

1135C Aspirator 

A superior device for collecting soft-bodied insects 

which must be kept in, or collected into alcohol. 

Designed by T.M. Allen, aspirator is a double chambered 

unit with a 2-dram inner vial filled with alcohol 

or other fluid into which live specimens are 

dropped. 

The suction tube has a flexible connection 

fitted directly to the clear plastic outer vial 

(30 x 100 mm) through a two-hole stopper. 

The pickup tube for the collection 

of insects is also clear plastic. It is 

connected by a 24" latex tube leading 

directly through the stopper 

and into the inner vial of alcohol. 

Air movement through the aspirator 

is screened twice with 

220 mesh nylon. The inner 

vial may be removed and 

capped as needed, and a 

new vial installed. Extra 2-dram screw cap vials are available. 

1135C Aspirator each 28.75 

8802P Screw cap vials, 2 dram dozen 5.05 

Blowing Aspirator 

Inhaling small particles, such as infected soils 

or dust, insect parts or feces, when collecting 

with a standard aspirator can pose a health hazard 

for medical and agricultural entomologists. 

This new blowing aspirator eliminates the possibility 

of inhaling foreign matter into the lungs, 

trachea or sinus cavities. 

BioQuip has developed the unique blowing aspirator 

from designs submitted by entomologist 

Clyde Barnhart. Although a blowing-type aspirator 

is intrinsically not as efficient as a suckingtype 

model and requires more lung power, this 

is the most effective product we have seen or 

tested. 


2820A 2820B 

AC Insect Vac 

1135A Aspirator 

1115 Blowing aspirator with extra collecting vial 40.75 

1115A Set of 12 collecting vials, 6 with screw-on ring & 

6 with screw on cap 26.10 


Insect Vacs, 

Aspirators 

Cordless, for use with U.S. domestic electrical current, 120 volts, 60 

Hz, 5 watts. A battery charger/storage base, to be wall mounted 

near an electrical outlet, allows the unit to be recharged continuously 

when not in use. Five to eight minutes of running time is available 

from a single charge. After two hours of recharging, the Insect Vac 

regains 20% of full charge, and is fully recharged in 16 hours. 

2820A Insect Vac, AC 120.60 

DC Insect Vac 

Built for 12-volt DC use. Channel is supplied for winding and storing 

16-foot cord that plugs into cigarette lighter of a vehicle or into portable 

power source such as BioQuip’s 2861 battery packs. 

2820B Insect Vac, DC 109.95 

Extra and replacement parts, for use with both models: 


2820D Collecting chamber, with end cap 7.65 7.25 

2820E Solid plastic end cap .30 .25 

2820F Neoprene flap valve .60 .55 

This widely used aspirator fits 

easily into a pocket, and facilitates 

capture of insects too 

small to be picked up with forceps. 

Intake and exhaust tubes 

are aluminum, and the mouthpiece 

is 1/4" natural latex tubing. 

The exhaust tube is protected 

with fine 220 mesh nylon to limit 

inhalation of foreign matter. 

Two 9-dram clear styrene tubes with snap-on caps, 1" x 2-3/4", are 

supplied as containers. Additional or replacement containers are 

available. 

Price each 

1135A Aspirator 1 - 11 7.45 

12 or more 7.10 

Price per dozen 

8909 Plastic tube, 9 dram 1 - 11 2.15 

12 or more 1.95 

A venturi system is contained in the collecting 

head, which is cast of urethane plastic. Vinyl 

tubing is used for the 9" intake duct. Natural 

latex tubing is used for the 24" blowing tube. 

The collector is a 2-oz. clear styrene vial, which 

can be removed, capped and replaced with another 

vial. The vial has a mounting ring with a 

fine woven, nylon screen to prevent loss of specimens 

during vial replacement. The screen top 

can be removed when the vial is capped, or left 

on the vial for oxygen circulation without using 

the cap. 

The blowing aspirator is 4" long (9.5" overall 

with intake tube) x 1.75" diameter (10 x 4.4 cm), 

and weighs 4 oz. One extra vial with solid cap is 

supplied. 

57

Mite Brushing Machine 

Stiky Traps, Backpack Aspirator 

Mite Brushing Machine 

The Mite Brushing Machine makes it possible to quickly and efficiently 

remove all mites from leaf samplings of nearly any variety of 

plant life. It is easy to operate and does not require special training. 

With this machine, one person can brush thousands of leaves per 

day with more complete removal of insects than is possible by hand. 

Each leaf is run through a pair of rotating goat hair brushes, mounted 

in adjustable bearings to allow variable brushing force. The leaf is 

pulled back out and discarded. Mites will have been deposited on a 

round microscope glass placed on a rotating table below the bottom 

Stiky Strip Traps 

Stiky Strip disposable traps provide a safe and inexpensive 

method for trapping insects. They are 

yellow plastic sheets coated on both sides with a 

specially formulated non-toxic, non-drying compound, 

and covered with protective release paper. 

They can reduce or eliminate use of harmful chemicals, 

and survive repeated wet/dry cycles and exposure 

to sunlight. 

Strips are used for mass trapping or sampling of 

aphids, leafminers, thrips and other pests in greenhouse 

or outdoor locations, and to detect or monitor 

presence of pests in museums or other collection 

environments. 

The bright yellow color acts as an attractant. Strips 

are hung from overhead, or inserted into the coil 

end of reusable galvanized wire stakes placed in 

the ground or plant containers. Available in two 

sizes. 


2872 Stiky Strips, 3 x 5" 

(7.6 x 12.7cm), 

25 per pack 1 - 9 packs 9.95 

10 or more packs 9.45 

2873 Stiky Strips, 6 x 12" 

(15.2 x 30.5cm), 

10 per pack 1 - 4 packs 25.35 


2874 Stiky Strip wire holders, 

pack of 10 1 - 9 packs 3.50 



opening of the tubing. Rotating table insures even distribution of 

insects for fast, accurate counting and identification. The glass is 

placed in a microscope stage glass holder with a stage pattern designed 

to provide an efficient counting process. Stage plate holder is 

notched in one position to indicate one complete revolution and eliminate 

possible errors. 

The following additional items of supporting equipment are supplied 

with the mite brushing machine: 

$ Carrying case 

$ Polished aluminum glass drying rack 

$ 10 round microscope glasses 

$ Microscope stage glass holder 

$ 4 replacement drive belts 

$ 4 replacement brush bearings 

$ 3 self-adhesive stage patterns 

$ 2 replacement brushes 

The machine operates on 110V AC standard U.S. current. A 220 V 

AC version is also available upon request. Dimensions: 8-1/2 x 11 x 

12" high; weight: 22 lbs. 

Manufacturer provides a 30-day unconditional guarantee. 

2836M Mite brushing machine, complete pack 1,445.75 

Mite Brushing Machine Spare Parts Pack 

Spare parts pack includes: 

$ 5 round microscope glasses $ 4 brush bearings 

$ 4 replacement drive belts $ 3 self-adhesive stage patterns 

$ 2 replacement brushes $ 2 springs 

2836SP Mite brushing machine spare parts pack 159.00 

Backpack Aspirator 

FIELD 

Originally developed by the U.S. 

Public Health Service to collect 

adult resting mosquitoes, this 

vacuum collector is also useful in 

other indoor/ourdoor environments 

for collecting fly-size resting 

insects in buildings, on row 

crops, or in nurseries and orchards. 

Several improvements have been 

made to the basic design, and the 

backpack aspirator now features: 

$ Ultra-light frame with easily 

adjusted harness 

$ Incorporation of sealed, 

deep-cycle gel-cell battery 

$ Inclusion of dual-rate 

charger with charge 

indicator 

$ On/off switch conveniently 

located in suction wand 

for one-hand operation 

$ Collection cups made of 

high-density 

polypropylene 

The unit is confortable to wear and 

simple to operate by inserting a 

collection cup onto the wand and turning on the switch. It has a 5.1-amp 

suction motor, and pulls 150 cu. feet of air per minute. The 12 VDC , 17 amphour, 

sealed battery provides about three hours of continuous use when fully 

charged. A fully depleted battery requires less than 10 hours to recharge. 

Five 8-ounce collection cups with 18 x 14 mesh screen (.009" wire diameter) 

are furnished. Collection cups with 30 x 30 fine mesh screen (.008" wire 

diameter) are also available, sold separately. Operating and battery maintenance 

instructions are included. 

Dimensions and weight: 

$ Size: 39" long, 19" wide, 15" deep (99.1 x 48 x 38cm); shipping carton: 

26.5 x 19.5 x 18.5" 

$ Flexible suction hose length: 42" (106.7 cm) 

$ Wand length: 30" (76.2 cm) 

$ Weight: 25 lbs.; shipping weight: 45 lbs. with cups and charger) 

Price each 

2846 Backpack aspirator 758.25 

2846A Replacement battery, 12 VDC, 17 amp 69.65 

2846C Extra collecting cups, regular mesh, 18 x 14, set of 10 76.90 

2846D Extra collecting cups, fine mesh, 30 x 30, set of 10 78.40 


FIELD 

Tangle-Trap Adhesive 

Natural insect trapping adhesive is used to detect the presence of 

insects, estimate population trends, establish time and place for chemical 

controls, assess efficacy of control measures, and collect data in 

support of ecological and control studies. When applied to a surface 

on which insects light, it remains tacky until eventually covered with 

insects or foreign matter. 

Tangle-trap offers easy application, long-lasting effectiveness, and is 

a non-poisonous alternative to toxic insecticides. This odorless, 

Heat Pack 

Berlese Funnel 

BioQuip’s standard 

Berlese funnel is an effective 

device used for 

extracting small insects 

and spiders, or 

larvae of boring insects 

from forest litter, 

dry wood, or infested 

branches. 

The portable unit is fabricated 

around a 3-1/2 

gallon sturdy polypropylene 

bucket. A lightweight, 

spun aluminum 

funnel rests on the 

bucket’s rim. The 

funnel’s smooth surface 

may be waxed and 

polished if desired. A 

1/4" wire mesh screen inside the funnel supports the litter from 

which specimens are collected. An AC electrical socket for use 

with a 25-watt light bulb is mounted on the underside of the spun 

aluminum lid. A six-foot self-polarizing electrical cord contains a 

rotary on/off switch. Heat generated by the lamp dries out the 

material, and specimens drop down through the screen into a 

collecting jar or container of alcohol. (Light bulb and jar not 

included.) The Berlese funnel has a 12" (30.5 cm) diameter, is 

14" (35.6 cm) high, and weighs 3 pounds, 4 oz. 

2831 Berlese funnel, complete 84.95 

2851B Replacement aluminum funnel 27.00 

When placed in a Berlese funnel or other collecting 

device, heat packs release heat, avoiding 

the need for a light bulb and allowing Berlese 

funnels to be used where electricity is inconvenient 

or not available. 

Biodegradable heat packs generate their own 

heat, reaching and maintaining a temperature 

between 100° and 158°F. Based on an ancient Chinese formula, 

packets contain a mix of iron powder, salt, activated carbon, 

water, and wood fibers. Sealed packets are air-activated by 

punching a hole in the outer package. They are lightweight, 

environmentally safe, practical, and disposable. 

Heat packs are 4 x 5" and provide 5 - 10 hours of heat in a 

Berlese funnel. They have a shelf life of four years before they 

are opened. 

Price each 

2830 Heat pack 1 - 11 1.10 

12 or more 1.05 


Collapsible Berlese Funnel 

Small Berlese Funnel 


Tangle-Trap 

Berlese Funnels 

colorless substance is resistant to changes in humidity and temperature. 

It comes ready to use for coating boards, plastic sheets, or 

containers. Directions printed on container. 

Original paste formula applied with spatula: 

2870A Tangle-Trap, 5-1/2 oz. tube (156 grams) 4.90 

2870B Tangle-Trap, 15 oz. plastic tub (454 grams) 7.05 

2870C Tangle-Trap, 7 lb. can (3,175 grams) 45.75 

2870D Tangle-Trap, 15 lb. pail 86.95 

Medium density formula for easy brush-on application: 

2870M Tangle-Trap, 8 oz. can with brush 6.40 

2870E Tangle-Trap, 1 qt. can 17.45 

Spray formula: 

2870S Tangle-Trap, 10 oz. aerosol spray can 

Aerosol cans can be shipped only by ground 

UPS or Parcel Post, and only to U.S. destinations. 

10.60 

Manufacturer's suggestions: 

$ To clean tools and hands, use baby oil or a petroleumbased 

solvent. 

$ To clean specimens, use a citrus oil solvent. 

Unique, collapsible Berlese funnel was developed 

from a design by entomologist LaDonna 

Ivie. When extended for use, the funnel is 

36" high (91 cm), but when collapsed it is 

only 4.5" high x 12.25" in diameter (11.4 

x 31 cm). 

Upper portion of the funnel section is 

unbleached muslin to allow evaporation 

of moisture. The funnel is smooth, white 

nylon ripstop, with two 12" steel rings 

sewn in place and a plastic funnel at the 

bottom. A .25" mesh galvanized metal 

screen is secured to the lower ring. The 

user can place a smaller mesh screen on 

top of this screen if desired. Ground litter 

from which insects are to be collected is 

placed on the screen. 

A lamp base with socket, on/off knob, hangar 

loop, and 6-foot cord are secured by a drawstring 

at the top of the funnel section. The unit 

operates on 120V AC electrical current, and a 

low-wattage light bulb (not included) is used to 

heat and dry out the material placed on the 

screen. 

The collector is a Whirl-Pak bag (4 oz, 200 ml 

capacity) attached to the plastic funnel. This leakproof 

bag can be filled with alcohol or other specimen collecting 

fluid, and is easily removed and sealed after specimens have 

been collected. 

2832 Collapsible Berlese funnel + 12 Whirl-Pak bags 63.35 

1114B Whirl-Pak bags, pack of 100 10.75 

(see page 36 for full description) 

This versatile new funnel was designed for 

use as a small insect collector or classroom 

demonstration unit. It has two 32-oz. 

clear styrene jars that can be unscrewed 

for access to the collector portion. 

Ground litter or infested plant/tree material 

is placed in the upper, vented area and 

heated from sunlight coming through a window 

or lamp placed over the unit. To avoid 

heat and dryness, insects crawl downward 

and drop through the 1/4" screen mesh and 

styrene funnel in the lower half. Live insects 

are trapped in the lower portion for 

observation, or the catch may be collected 

by partially filling the 2-oz. styrene jar with 

alcohol and placing it under the funnel. 

Dimensions are 4-1/2" diameter, 7-7/8" high (11.4 x 20 cm). 

2845 Small Berlese funnel 14.70 

59

Malaise Traps 

60 

Malaise Traps 

Malaise Trap 

Carrying Case 

2875AG 

BioQuip Malaise traps are effective 24-hour collectors of any insect 

species that flies. They enable entomologists to conduct random 

survey sampling for migration, population and ecological studies. 

Optimum location for set up is in natural flyway such as streambed, 

wooded area opening, wash or gully. Insects encounter netting sides 

of the trap during normal flight and are directed to crawl upward into 

the collecting chamber. The sloping top prevents escape from the 

upper area. 

Traps may be erected and left unattended for long periods of time 

with periodic servicing of the collecting chamber. Because of their 

designs, Malaise traps collect insects flying from all directions as air 

movement changes. They are especially effective for collection of 

Diptera and Hymenoptera. 

2875A and 2875AG traps are square in configuration with four central 

vanes to stop insect flight. Model 2875D is ‘H’ shaped, based on 

the Townes pattern (Ent. News 83:239-247, 1972) with the collecting 

head located at the top. 

The tent portion is made of white or green tricot polyester netting, 

carefully sewn and reinforced at the seams with nylon carpet tape. 

White netting has been used in BioQuip Malaise trap tents for many 

years. Dark green netting is also listed for those who feel that white 

tents reflect too much sunlight and influence quantity of specimens or 

number of species captured. It blends well with most backgrounds 

and may assure a more representative sampling than white netting. 

The dry-type collecting head is an 8" x 4" diameter clear acrylic tube 

with inverted truncated funnel at the bottom to direct insects into the 

chamber and prevent escape. Permanently mounted bungee cords 

are used to attach the cap to the collecting head, and to secure the 

collecting head to the trap socket. The collecting chamber is easily 

removed for access to specimens or for recharging by unhooking 

Durable bag is designed 

for transporting and storing 

Malaise traps, with 

ample space for all components 

of any trap described 

above. A canvas 

inner bag is provided for 

metal pole segments to 

prevent damage to tent 

netting or acrylic collecting 

head. Forest green 

bag is constructed of water-resistant durable polyester, with 

double zipper across full length, vinyl piping around ends, and 

double nylon web carrying handles. Size: 24" long x 12" diameter, 

folds flat. 

This case is also ideal for carrying or stowing 24" collecting net 

segments, 15-watt BL collecting lights, and other long or bulky 

items which are difficult to pack and carry when traveling. 

1127D Malaise trap carrying case 19.95 


Wet or Dry Collecting Head 

2875DG 

the bungee loops. A chamber for cyanide or Vapona is built into the 

head. 

Liquid killing agents such as ethyl acetate or acetone must not be 

used in the collecting head as these chemicals will fracture or otherwise 

degrade the plastic. Ethyl alcohol in dilution greater than 20% 

will cause the acrylic to fracture. 

Center support poles are swaged aluminum tube segments. A 12" 

steel spike is partially inserted into the bottom segment, with the point 

driven into the ground for center pole stability. Nylon cord tie-downs 

and plastic tent stakes are provided to secure tautness in set up. 

Assembly instructions are included. 

2875A Malaise trap, complete, white netting, 255.15 

7 feet high (weight 7 lb., 3 oz.) 

2875AT Replacement tent, white netting, 158.85 


2875AG Malaise trap, complete, green netting, 260.05 


2875AGTReplacement tent, green netting, 161.85 


2875D Malaise trap, complete, white netting, 272.15 


2875DT Replacement tent, white netting, 170.25 


2875DG Malaise trap, complete, green netting, 277.40 

6 feet high (weight 7 lb. 14 oz.) 

2875DGTReplacement tent, green netting, 173.50 


2875H Collecting head only (weight 1 lb., 3 oz.) 48.50 

FIELD 

Designed for use with any of the 2875 

malaise traps described above, this 

sturdy malaise trap collecting head 

consists of a capped 1/2-gallon translucent 

polyethylene container with an 

inverted funnel cemented in place with 

silicone adhesive. The 7/8" funnel 

opening projects about 3" from the bottom 

of the jar. 

The collector is about 8-1/2" high x 6" 

in diameter, and fits the socket on the 

top of 2875 traps. It holds approximately 

1 liter of alcohol or other fluid, 

such as soapy water. When used as 

a dry collector, a Vapona strip or ammonium 

carbonate may be used as a killing agent. A carrying 

handle is provided on the top of the jar. 

2875WDH Wet or dry collecting head 48.70 


FIELD 

Six Meter Malaise Trap 

Malaise traps usually are stretched across a stream path, 

open area or other natural flyway for passive collection of 

flying insects. The six-meter Malaise trap, as described by 

Gressitt and Gressitt*, is several times larger than any other 

Malaise trap available commercially. With its successfully 

proven design, double collecting head, and large square 

foot exposure, it gathers almost unlimited numbers of insects 

in a relatively short period of time when properly located. 

(During summer months in Florida, a trap will fill the 

two collecting heads in 24 hours.) 

The trap is 6 meters (19.5 feet) long, 3 meters (9.75 feet) 

high, and 1.5 meters (4.9 feet) wide. It is designed to be 

suspended between trees with the roof held open by ropes 

tied to vegetation. The bottom is secured with stakes. The 

trap can be erected by one person, and instructions are included 

for set up and constructing a simple A-frame support 

when there are no trees available. Frame not included with 

this trap. 

The trap is carefully fabricated of strong, UV resistant, 14 x 

18 mesh gray polyester, reinforced at the corners. The ‘dry’ 

type collecting chambers are 4" diameter x 9" long, made of 

clear acrylic plastic with polyethylene funnel, and clear acrylic 

inner poison container. BioQuip suggests using pieces of 

1196 DDVP strip as killing agent (see page 9). Sold with 

complete instructions. Shipping weight is 15 lbs. 

* Gressitt, J. L. & M. K. Gressitt, An Improved Malaise Trap, 

1962, Pacific Insects, 4(1):87-90. 

2877 Six-meter malaise trap 574.50 

2877H Replacement ‘dry’ collecting chambers, set of 2 162.75 

Soil Emergence Trap 

This lightweight soil emergence 

trap has flaps around the base 

that can be covered with soil to 

keep the insects inside. Loops 

at four corners are provided for 

the tent pegs (see #2876) 

needed in windy weather. A large 

dome-shaped zipper is sewn into one panel for easy access 

inside the trap. 

The emergence trap is made of white Polyester netting (96 x 

26 mesh/square inch), with fiberglass support poles, and styrene 

feet and splints. A 500 ml Polyethylene collecting bottle is 

included. Weight is .84 lb. (380 grams). 

Trap dimesions are 23.6 x 23.6 x 23.6" (60 cm cube). Weight 

is .84 lb. (380 grams). 

2890 Soil emergence trap 78.65 

Plastic Trowel 

Handy tool with many uses, made of 

tough cycolac plastic. Trowel has 5" 

scale on one side; blade is 2-1/2 x 6". 

1117 Plastic trowel 2.25 


Closeup of 

collecting 

chamber 

pH Papers 


Hydrion test 

papers listed 

below measure 

a wide range 

from 1 - 12 in full pH units, or a short range from 6.0 to 8.0 in half 

pH units. Papers show a sharp color change for each unit. Roll 

is 7/32" wide x 15', in plastic dispenser with color comparison 

chart. Approximately 120 tests per dispenser. 

1168C pH paper, range 1 - 12 full units 8.15 

1168F pH paper, range 6 - 8 half units 8.15 

Micro fine test paper from Hydrion provides ultra-fast pH 

determinations with direct reading of one color match at intervals 

of 0.2 to 0.3 pH units. Only 0.001 ml. of solution is required. 

Dispenser with color chart and two rolls of test paper, 5/32" 

wide x 15', is packaged in polypropylene case. 

1168M pH paper, range 5.5 - 8.0 15.35 

Soil Sieve Kit 

Malaise Trap 

Soil Analysis 

Standard testing sieves are 

widely used to separate and 

grade soil samples. Entomologists 

also find them indispensable 

for successively 

reducing the bulk of soil material 

from which insects are 

collected. 

This stacked set consists of 

four stainless steel screens of graduated mesh sizes, a solid 

pan at the bottom, and a lid. Soil sample or forest litter is placed 

in the top container, and the entire set agitated so that particles 

of various size drop through and are sorted by size. 

The sieve kit contains four high-impact plastic screens, 6-3/4" x 

3", with wire mesh Nos. 5, 10, 60, and 230. 

4240 Soil sieve kit 68.25 

61

Outdoor Cages 

62 

Outdoor Cages 

Lumite 7 screen portable field cages are recommended for confining 

or isolating any given insect population, plants or seeds 

inside a screen enclosure. Their many applications include boll 

weevil research, bee culture study, Lepidoptera rearing, and 

insect pollination control. They are also used as emergence 

cages for beetles and other bark borers, to capture ground hibernating 

insects, and for mosquito breeding studies. 

Listed in two sizes and six feet high, these outdoor cages are 

fabricated of Lumite 7 screen in three mesh sizes: 18 x 14, 20 x 

20, and aphid-resistant 32 x 32. This high-quality material maintains 

a uniform spread of fibers and lasts for many years. Screening 

is amber color to allow good sun penetration. For convenient 

reference, actual mesh sizes 

are illustrated at left. Mesh samples 

available on written request with 

SASE. 

All bottom edges are reinforced 

with polypropylene tape and are 

provided with heavy duty brass 

grommets every 12" enabling 

cages to be staked tightly to the 

ground. All top corners are reinforced 

with tape for extra strength. 

Poly monofilament 

thread is used so that 

seams will last as long as the fabric. 

Heavy-duty weather-resistant 

zippers may be opened from both 

ends and are attached with black 

Nylon cloth tape and Nylon fasteners 

to prevent damage from rotting 

or rust. 

Allow four weeks for delivery after 

placing order. 

Outdoor cages do not include support 

frames or lines. However, steel cage frames are available 

separately, described below. 

Note: Outdoor cages made in custom sizes, or fabricated with 52 x 

52 mesh are available on special order. Please inquire for pricing. 

Three mesh sizes of Lumite 7 screen are also available by the yard, 

72" wide. See page 49. 

Outdoor Steel Cage Frames 

3-way corner unit 

1403 

4-way corner unit 

1404 

Support plate 

1401 

1406S cage frame 

BioQuip has developed a sturdy, modular framing 

system to support outdoor Lumite7 1412S cage frame 

screen 

outdoor cages. Storage is clean and compact, 

and components can be interchanged to fit cages 

of varying six-foot modules. 

Frames are constructed of durable cadmiumcoated 

steel tubing to withstand extreme weather 

and wind conditions. Tube sections are six feet 

long, 15/16" outside diameter. Unique 3-way and 

4-way steel, welded corner socket units are the 

central feature of the frame design. Steel tubes 

are inserted into sockets as in an erector set, 

and the cage cover is draped over the frame. 

Frames may be purchased as complete sets, or 

corner units only may be purchased if the user 

wishes to purchase steel tubing locally. 


The 6' x 6' x 6' high (183 cm) cages have one 6' zipper in one end for 

access. Average weight is 13 pounds. 

1406A Outdoor cage, 6 x 6 x 6 ft., 199.30 

18 x 14 mesh Lumite 7 screen 

1406B Outdoor cage, 6 x 6 x 6 ft., 214.75 


1406C Outdoor cage, 6 x 6 x 6 ft., 333.70 


The 6' x 12' x 6' high (183, 366 cm) cages have two zippers three feet 

apart to form a door in one end. Approximate weight is 18 pounds. 

1412A Outdoor cage, 6 x 12 x 6 ft., 319.80 


1412B Outdoor cage, 6 x 12 x 6 ft., 353.80 


1412C Outdoor cage, 6 x 12 x 6 ft., 533.05 


FIELD 

For 6 Foot Cage 

Standard 6 x 6 x 6 ft. module for 1406A, B and C cages, has four 

3-way corner units, and eight tube segments. Weight: 25 lb. 

1406S Steel cage frame, complete, for 6 x 6 x 6 ft. cage 129.00 

For 6 x 12 Foot Cage 

Frame for 6 x 12 x 6 ft. high cages, 1412A, B and C, contains four 

3-way and two 4-way corner units, and 13 tube segments. Weight: 

41 lb. 

1412S Steel cage frame, complete, for 6 x 12 x 6 ft. cage 206.60 

Ground Support Plate 

For added frame stability, especially on damp or soft ground, BioQuip 

suggests placing a 1401 steel, ground support plate under each 

vertical tube section. The 1406S cage frame takes four support 

plates, and the 1412S uses six support plates. 

1401 Ground support plate each 15.35 

Corner Socket Units 

Listed as replacement parts for cage frames, or for those purchasing 

lengths of steel tubing locally. 

1403 3-way steel corner unit each 14.10 

1404 4-way steel corner unit each 16.10 


FIELD 

Collapsible Field Cages 

Quickly and simply 

assembled or dismantled, 

BioQuip 

field cages are compact 

and highly portable. 

They are very 

lightweight, and collapse 

to a small 

space, making them 

ideal to pack for field 

trips or for storing 

when not in use. 

Dark green, UVresistant 

polyester 

netting cage covers 

allow for good 

visibility into cage 

interiors. Velcro 1451B cage and cage frame with 

closures are stitched 1451BX frame extension set 

to the front side of the 

covers for easy access and for closing. 

Covers can be brushed with sucrose or other solution for feeding 

caged insects, and they may be washed or replaced as needed. 

Beating Sheets 


Lindgren Funnel Trap 

Versatile and effective trapping system was developed by Staffan Lindgren at Simon Fraser University 

and is successful for monitoring or mass trapping of ambrosia and bark beetles in coniferous forests. 

Traps were designed to use semiochemicals to attract beetles, but they capture other tree pests as well 

when using various crushed grains as lures. (BioQuip does not supply pheromones or other lures; they 

must be purchased locally.) 

Traps consist of a series of four, eight, or 12 plastic funnels arranged vertically. The conical shape of 

each funnel allows an unobstructed 360-degree catch radius. The downward angle of each funnel 

causes fast-approaching beetles to be deflected downward into the collecting cup. Escape is prevented 

by the baffling arrangement of funnels. Capture does not rely on sticky surfaces or chemical 

pesticides. Beetles are killed through heat and dehydration. A conical drain in the collection bottle 

increases drainage and prevents clogging from debris. A collecting cup without drain is available as a 

separate item for those using a liquid killing agent, 

Traps are hung from branches or from rope strung between trees. They are light and collapsible for easy 

transport. 

2852 2853 2854 

4-funnel trap 8-funnel trap 12-funnel trap 

Extended height 22.5" (57 cm) 31.8" (81 cm) 45.0" (112 cm) 

Collapsed height 10.0" (25 cm) 10.4" (26 cm) 10.8" (27 cm) 

Funnel diameter 8.0" (20 cm) 8.0" (20 cm) 8.0" (20 cm) 

Trap surface area 231.0" 2 (1490 cm 2 ) 538.0" 2 (3471 cm 2 ) 878.0" 2 (5665 cm 2 ) 

Weight 1.2 lb (550 grams) 1.6 lb (747 grams) 2.3 lb (1052 grams) 


2852 Lindgren 4-funnel trap 40.85 38.80 



2855DC Replacement dry collection cup 6.45 

2855WC Optional wet collection cup 10.60 

2840C 

An old and successful 

method for taking 

insects is to knock 

them from branches 

of shrubs and trees 

onto a collecting sheet. 

The user strikes or 

shakes a branch with 

one hand while holding 

the sheet underneath at one corner with the other hand. Specimens 

falling onto the sheet are picked up by forceps, aspirator, or 

camel hair brush. 

Two models are available. Both sheets are securely hemmed on all 

sides, with double pockets on all four corners. 


Field Cages, Lindgren Traps 

Beating Sheets 

Recently redesigned and improved cage frames are made of 

aluminum rods and high density Delrin plastic connectors. They are 

assembled quickly by press fitting rod sections together. No tools 

are required for cage set-up. 

Field cages are available in two basic sizes. The height of either 

cage can be doubled by adding a frame extension consisting of four 

supplemental aluminum rods and connectors. Cages with extension 

frames are well suited for placement over growing or potted plants. 

Length of the cage covers allows them to be tucked under the bottom 

of the frame, or anchored with soil. 


1451B Field cage, complete, 12 x 12 x 12" 34.55 32.80 

(30.5cm), weight 1 lb., 8 oz. 

1451BC Replacement cage cover, 12" x 12" 7.05 6.70 

x 30" long 

1451BX Frame extension set, 12" 14.50 13.80 

1451D Field cage, complete, 24 x 24 x 24" 48.75 46.30 

(61cm), weight 3 lbs. 

1451DC Replacement cage cover, 24" x 24 16.85 16.00 

x 54" long 

1451DX Frame extension set, 24" 20.70 19.65 

2854 

Canvas Beating Sheet 

The 2840C sheet is made of sturdy natural canvas (marine boat 

cover), for easy visibility of insects as they are knocked onto the 

fabric. It is 28" (71 cm) square. Two sanded oak cross members 

are connected with a brass pivot fastener. Collapsed for portability, 

the beating sheet frame is 37" long. 

2840C Canvas beating sheet 21.40 

2840CS Replacement canvas sheet 12.20 

Ripstop Beating Sheet 

The larger 2840R is made of very lightweight nylon ripstop. Insects 

are highly visible on the shiny white fabric, and are unable to cling to 

the sheet because of the ripstock’s extremely close weave characteristic. 

the sheet is 39" (1 meter) square. The collapsible frame 

consists of four 26" sections of PVC plastic tubing, and a 4-way 

connector. Collapsed length is 26". Shorter frame sections of this 

model recommend its use for travel by plane or on foot. 

2840R Ripstop beating sheet 26.95 

2840RS Replacement ripstop sheet 11.65 

63

Luminous Paint / Powder 

Field Gear 

64 

Luminous Paints 

and Powders 

For biologists using black light (ultraviolet) equipment, 

luminous marking is valuable aid in behavior and population 

studies. Wide variety of experiments is facilitated 

by marking arthropods or other animals for easy location 

and identification. 

Marking paint and pigment powders manufactured by 

Shannon Luminous Materials, Inc. were originally developed 

for the theatrical industry. Non-toxic paint is acrylic 

and fluorescence does not wash off. Using the powder is 

especially convenient for marking small insects that need 

not be treated individually. Powder remains on specimens 

indefinitely, permitting identification at a later time 

under UV fluorescence. Both paint and powder are visible 

in daylight. 

These items are listed in blue, red, yellow and white. 

Both paint and powder are available in a 3-color kit. Individual 

paint colors are packaged in 4 oz. glass jars; individual 

powder colors are packaged in 2 oz. polystyrene 

jars. 

1166A Luminous paint kit; 1/2 oz. each blue, red & yellow, 

in 4-dram vials with applicator tops 11.25 

1166B Luminous paint, blue 4 oz. 19.90 

1166R Luminous paint, red 4 oz. 19.90 

1166W Luminous paint, white 4 oz. 19.90 

1166Y Luminous paint, yellow 4 oz. 19.90 

$ $ $ 

1162A Luminous powder kit; blue, red & yellow, 20.40 

1/4 oz. of each color, in 8-dram glass vials 

$ $ $ 

1162B Luminous powder, blue 1 oz. 21.20 

1162R Luminous powder, red 1 oz. 21.20 

1162W Luminous powder, white 1 oz. 21.20 

1162Y Luminous powder, yellow 1 oz. 21.20 

All-Weather Notebooks, Paper, Pen 

‘Rite-in-the-Rain’ paper was created specifically for writing field notes 

in wet or humid weather. Its unique chemical coating sheds water, 

making it possible to write clear, readable notes during the heaviest 

rainstorm. The paper’s wet strength characteristics permit good 

pencil impressions even after accidental dunking in a rain puddle. 

The environmentally friendly notebooks, copier paper, and pen described 

at right are your best insurance against lost time and ruined 

field data or records. 


Hand-Held Wind Meter 

Economical device for measuring wind speed is frequently 

important for insect monitoring and behavior 

studies, or for anticipating short-term weather changes. 

This convenient, pocket-sized wind meter provides 

precise, reliable readings. It is simple to use, giving a 

direct reading so no calculations are required. Two 

scales are provided for maximum readability and accuracy. 

The 1179K has scales from 3.5 - 16 kilometers 

per hour, and 8 - 104 kmh. The 1179M has scales 

from 2 - 10 miles per hour, and 6 - 66 mph. 

Wind meter is 6-1/4" (16 cm) long, supplied with weatherproof 

plastic case and instructions. 

1179K Wind meter in kilometers/hour 38.95 

1179M Wind meter in miles/hour 38.95 

Rain Gauge 

FIELD 

Large opening and proven wedge design of Tru-Chek7 rain 

gauge results in accurate readings measured on two easyto-read 

scales. One side measures in inches, from 0.01" 

up to 6"; the opposite side has a metric scale from 0.5 mm 

to 150 mm. 

One-piece, heavy weather-resistant clear plastic gauge 

resists discoloration. An aluminum bracket is included for 

mounting to post or fence. Gauge is 13" (33 cm) long, with 

top opening 2-1/2" x 2-1/4". 

1180 Rain gauge 9.40 

Field Note Form 

Enables collectors to gather basic ecological 

data for all insect specimens collected at 

a single site. Successful form provides a 

simple yet inclusive note keeping system. 

Front of the sheet lists time, location, general 

environmental condition, and species 

collected. Back is reserved for rearing data. 

Printed sheets are 8-1/2" x 11" (21.7 x 28 

cm), three-hole punched, and padded in 

sheets of 100. Reprint of article describing 

the form and its use is included with each 

order. 

1225 Field note form, pad of 100 9.20 

Spiral-bound all-weather notebook has vivid yellow polyethylene 

cover, 32 leaves (64 pages) of ‘Rite-in-the-Rain’ paper with horizontal 

lines. Wire bound on left side; size is 4-5/8 x 7". 

1165A All-weather notebook 7.10 

Shirt pocket notebook has yellow polyethylene cover, 50 leaves 

(100 pages) of ‘Rite-in-the-Rain’ paper with horizontal lines. Wire 

spiral bound across the top. Size is 3 x 5". 

1165B Shirt pocket notebook 3.85 

The bound book provides the highest quality, most durable bound 

field book available. Hardbound cover is yellow Fabrikoid cloth. It 

has 78 leaves (156 pages) of all-weather paper, ruled with light-blue 

lines. Size is 4-5/8 x 7". 

1165C Bound field book 18.95 

All-weather copier pak contains 200 sheets of ‘Rite-in-the-Rain’ 

paper, 8-1/2 x 11", sub 20 bond. This unique paper allows you to 

make your own forms, charts or graphs for use in wet or humid 

environments. 

1165E Copier pak, 200 sheets 30.85 

Unusual all-weather pen with pressurized cartridge is ideal for writing 

on wet surfaces, under water, or over grease. Black ink will not 

dry out. Temperature range -50o to +400oF. 1165P All-weather pen 9.45 

1165R Pen ink refill 6.55 


FIELD & LAB 

Laboratory and 

Field Counters 

For insect and wildlife 

monitoring or study, 

Lab-Count 

4792A 

7 Denominators 

use the finest 

counter mechanisms to 

register quantities to 

9999. They have black 

numerals on white background, 

and are enclosed 

in metal cases with satin finish and flush dial windows for 

ease in reading and cleaning. Two reset knobs permit quick 

resetting to zero with either hand. 

Counters are mounted on metal base plates with non-slip pads 

and pre-drilled holes for attachment to desk or lab bench. 

4791 Counter 48.40 

4792 2 counter unit 84.60 







Tally meters with nine or more counters, or with two or more 

tiers are available on special order. Call or write for quote on 

units to meet individual requirements. 

Pesola Scales 

High-quality Pesola spring scales, graduated in grams, are 

used to determine a wide variety of materials or specimens. 

They are especially convenient for field use because they 

require no cumbersome sliding weights or electrical connections. 

Swiss-made, precision easy-tare scales “zero out” container 

weights of up to 20% of the scale’s capacity, and are accurate 

to +/- /-0.3%. They feature a rotatable eye clip and 

crocodile clamp. 

Scales are made of corrosion-resistant stainless metal with 

abrasion-resistant anodized finish. Manufacturer’s warranty: 

two years. Length: 22 cm. Shipping weight: 2 oz. 

Capacity Divisions Price 

6387 Scale 10 grams .1 gram 46.75 

6388 Scale 30 grams .25 gram 42.15 

6389 Scale 60 grams .5 grams 42.15 

6390 Scale 100 grams 1.0 grams 42.15 



Field & Travel Shoulder Pack 

Green Daypack sold out. 

Black Daypack still available. 

This durable backpack style was selected 

with the working or traveling 

naturalist in mind. It is useful for carrying 

specimen jars and containers, 

notebooks, maps, binoculars, flashlights, 

lunch, and an extra pair of 

socks. 

The light-duty Daypack is ideal for 

stowing smaller objects, including 

BioQuip collapsible nets and 12" extensions, 

collecting jars, envelopes, 

and a camera. It is constructed of 

polyester, with adjustable padded 

shoulder straps, and adjustable 

waist belt. 

The Daypack is 15 x 12 x 6.5" (38 x 30 x 16.5 cm), with a 

capacity of 1334 cubic inches. It features a large front compartment 

for forceps, pens and small notebooks, and two expandable 

zippered side pockets 9.5" tall x 4" wide x 2" (24 x 10 

x 5 cm) deep ideal for holding one quart water bottles. 

1127EB Daypack, black 17.50 

1127EG Daypack, green Discontinued by manufacturer 


Altimeter/Barometer 

Altimeter 


Tally Meter 

Pocket-sized altimeter is a useful tool for 

establishing life zones. It measures altitude 

from 0 to 15,000 feet with graduated 

readings in both 100-foot and 50meter 

increments. Plastic base has sticky 

tape for vehicle dashboard mounting. 

Face swivels 360° for easy viewing. Diameter 

is 2.5". Weight is 3 oz.; instructions 

included. 

1139 Altimeter No longer available 

Measuring Equipment, 

Shoulder Pack 

Tally meter furnishes simple means of 

counting any sequence of specimens, objects 

or events viewed by the observer. It 

meets U.S. Government Standards, and 

counts from 0 to 9999. Meter has easy-toread 

white numbers on black background, 

and finger ring is attached to prevent accidental 

dropping. Meter has single reset 

knob, and plated metal housing. 

4780 Tally meter 9.30 

Thommen Altimeter/Barometer 

Classic Thommen analog altimeters, 

made in Switzerland, are the 

standard of excellence by which 

others are judged. They are used 

to determine absolute altitudes 

above sea level, height differences, 

atmospheric pressure, and future 

weather conditions. 

These precision hand-held, pocketsized 

instruments are shock resistant 

and very sturdy. They feature 

temperature compensation from - 

4°F to +104° F (-20°C to +40° C), 

and are calibrated to within +/- 30 

feet (+/- 10 meters) over the whole measuring range. 

The barometer memory facility enables atmospheric pressure 

readings for weather forecasting to be stored without losing 

information about altitude above sea level. 

Dimensions are 2.5 x 2.7 x .8" (64 x 68 x 20 mm); weight is 3.1 

oz. (90 grams). Instruments carry two-year manufacturer's 

guarantee for defects in materials or workmanship. 

1140 TF Thommen altimeter/barometer 347.15 

0 - 15,000 ft. range 

22.5 - 31.0 inches mercury baro scale 

1140 TM Thommen altimeter/barometer 347.15 

0 - 6,000 meters measurement range 

553 - 790 mm mercury baro scale 

1140 V Leather case for altimeter/barometer 51.25 

Protected in a shock-resistant 

case, the 1140SB measures 

altitude to 16,000 feet in 100foot 

increments. The clear, 

easy-to-read dial can be calibrated 

to known elevations by 

simply turning the outside dial. 

Barometric pressure between 

21 inches and 31 inches of mercury is measured on the inner 

ring. Calibration is made by turning a flathead screw (with a 

coin) on the back of the unit. The altimeter/barometer is protected 

in a soft, vinyl case with a clear window, and a lanyard is 

attached to prevent loss or damage from dropping. 

1140SB Altimeter/barometer 66.95 

65

Lanterns, Field Gear 

66 

19 LED UV Head Lamp 

This high intensity, multi-purpose head lamp features 19 ultra 

violet LED lights. The ultra bright black light is ideal for scorpion 

hunting, for detecting rodent urine, and for detecting luminous 

powder or paint on insects and spiders. 

The head lamp has an adjustable headband, and the angle of 

light is adjustable five ways - from straight ahead to straight 

down. A push botton switch allows four modes of light - 3 

LEDs, 7 LEDs, 19 LEDs, and flash. The extensive lifetime of 

the LEDs is 100,000 hours. 

The lamp is lightweight - it weighs only 3 oz. without batteries. 

It requires three "AAA" batteries (not included). Battery life 

when using all 19 LEDs is 30 hours. Dimensions are 2-3/4 x 2- 

3/4 x 2-3/4" (7 cm). 

2843UV 19 LED UV Head Lemp 15.95 

2802P AAA alkaline batteries, set of 4 2.90 

25 LED Head Lamp 

High intensity, ultra bright head lamp features 

25 LED lights. It has an adjustable 

3-way elastic headband to keep the lamp 

from bouncing, and the angle of light is 

adjustable five ways - from straight 

ahead to straight down. 

A push botton switch allows four modes of light - 3 LEDs, 11 

LEDs, 25 LEDs, and flash. LED life is 100,000 hours. The lamp is 

water resistant and weighs only 3 oz. without batteries. It requires 

three "AAA" batteries. Battery life when using all 25 LEDs 

is 30 hours. Dimensions are 2-3/4 x 2-3/4 x 2-3/4" (7 cm). 

2842 25 LED Head Lemp 15.95 

2802P AAA alkaline batteries, set of 4 2.90 

Economy Head Lamp 

Economical, waterproof head lamp is made 

of heavy injected plastic and uses a Krypton 

bulb. It has an adjustable elastic headband, 

up/down angle ratchet for positioning the lamp 

reflector, and an easy-to-use rotating on/off 

switch. Uses four AA batteries (not included). 

Weight with batteries is 8 oz. 

2841 Economy head lamp 11.55 

2802N AA alkaline batteries, set of 4 3.50 

Pocket Light 

This versatile product provides one of the smallest 

self-contained light sources available. It can 

be used with a black light tube (insect attractant) 

for night collecting, with a black-light-black 

tube (scorpion luminescence) for night collecting, 

or as a flashlight (fluourescent tube). Three 

4-watt tubes are supplied: one white 

fluourescent, one BL, and one BLB. Light emitted 

from the tube allows 270° visibility. A wrist lanyard is included for 

carrying or hanging. Size: 6-3/8 x 2-1/8 x 13/16" (160 x 52 x 20mm); 

weight with batteries: ~4 oz. Uses four AA batteries (not included). 

2827P Pocket light w/ BL, BLB & white tubes 34.65 

2827B 4-watt fluorescent tube 3.65 

2827C 4-watt black light tube 4.40 

2827D 4-watt black-light-black tube 11.25 

2802N AA alkaline batteries, set of 4 3.50 


Compass 

Explorer III compass has inch scale on 

one end, and 1:24000 and 1:62500 

scales on sides. Features transparent 

acrylic base plate and magnifying glass 

for map work. Needle rests on sapphire 

jeweled bearing in distortion-free, sealed capsule filled with 

clear, anti-static liquid. Has luminous points for night use, lanyard 

for easy carrying, and instruction sheet. Size is 2-1/8 x 4"; 

weight is 1-1/2 oz.; Explorer III from Silva. Made in Sweden. 

1142 Compass 24.35 

Pocket Thermometer 

Reliable pocket thermometer is manufactured 

by Taylor. Magnified reading scale 

has range from -50° to +120° F; red liquid 

filling. Protective blue plastic case with 

pocket clip is provided. Overall length: 6". 

1169 Pocket thermometer 15.75 

Max - Min Thermometer 

Taylor thermometer registers high and low 

readings since last setting, plus current 

temperature. Magnet reset: scale ranges 

from -40° to +120°F. Rugged plastic molded 

case. Size: 10-1/2 x 2-3/8". Weight: 10 oz. 

1162 Max-min thermometer 20.95 

Swiss Army Knives 

Genuine/original Wenger Swiss Army Knives are produced of 

highest quality mirror polished Swedish surgical stainless steel 

by skilled Swiss craftsmen. Wenger is one of two manufacturers 

licensed by the Swiss government for these knives. Two 

models, each with tweezers, toothpick, and key chain attached 

to red handle, are available with the following additional items: 

Handyman Model 

Provides 8 blades/tools with 10 features: large blade, wood 

saw, can opener, combination locking screwdriver/bottle opener/ 

wire stripper, nail file/cleaner, scissors, reamer, and Phillips screwdriver. 

Overall length is 3-1/4". 

1167A Handyman Swiss Army knife 41.35 

Master Model 

One of the most complete knives 

made by Wenger features 13 tools: 

large blade with locking mechanism, 

pliers, scissors, file, regular screwdriver, 

bottle opener, can opener, 

wire stripper, and corkscrew. Overall 

length is 3-1/4". 

1167B Master Swiss 

Army knife 56.40 

FIELD 

Knife Sheath 

1167B 

Holds either of the Swiss Army knives described above. 

Pouch is made of high-quality leather with slits on back 

for belt attachment. 

1167P Swiss Army knife sheath 10.35 


1167A

FIELD 

Katadyn77777 Pocket Water Filter 

This water 

filter has held 

the reputation 

of being the finest 

available for extreme 

conditions for 

over 30 years, with excellent performance even in very cloudy 

water. It is extremely tough, easy to handle, compact and lightweight, 

with unparalleled ability to provide safe water at a flowrate 

to 1 quart (1 liter) per minute. 

With a pore size of only 0.2 micron, all known bacteria and 

parasites are physically removed. The ceramic filter element is 

protected against growthrough of bacteria, even after years of 

use. Cocci, protozoa, fungi, giardia cysts, cryptosporidium are 

removed, and carriers of cholera, typhoid, bilharzia, shigellosis, 

typhoid, traveler's diarrhea, amebiasis, schistosomiasis and salmonellosis 

are eliminated. 

The filter's effectiveness does not depend on variables such as 

temperature, acidity, turbidity or level of dissolved or suspended 

mineral and organic matter. Chemical-free filtration provides 

water with its own natural taste and mineral contents - it is clear, 

clean, and bacteria-free. 

The filter's outside parts are aluminum with built-in pump, and 

the turquoise housing is polypropylene. The 40" (100 cm) suction 

hose has an intake strainer to eliminate coarse debris. 

Katadyn's ceramic technology is the most cost effective available. 

Filter elements are cleanable and reusable, and will filter 

up to 50,000 liters of water, 100 times more than competitive 

filters, before needing to be replaced. 

The unit comes with cleaning brush and user instructions, all of 

which pack neatly into its zippered soft carrying case. Dimensions 

are 10" long x 2" diameter (25 x 5 cm); weight is 21 oz. 

(600 grams). Made in Switzerland; covered by manufacturer's 

lifetime warranty. 

4280 Pocket water filter 217.10 

4281 Replacement filter element 149.70 

Katadyn77777 Mini Filter 

Katadyn's mini water filter is the most compact 

and lightweight model ever developed 

using chemical-free treatment. It uses the 

same ceramic technology as the pocket filter 

described above. Housing is extremely 

durable Delrin plastic; suction hose is 30" (8 

cm). Its easy to handle pump allows a 

flowrate to 1/2 quart (1/2 liter) per minute. 

This super lightweight filter weighs only 8 

oz. (230 grams); overall size is 1.75 x 2.75 x 

7" (4.4 x 7 x 18 cm). It is easily stowed in a 

backpack, carry-on, or vehicle glove compartment. 

Complete with carrying bag and 

one-year manufacturer’s warranty. 

4284 Mini water filter 88.80 

4285 Replacement mini filter element 49.35 

Nalgene Bottle 

Round, wide mouth bottle is the ideal water or beverage 

container in the field. Durable one-quart bottle 

is translucent, constructed of high density polyethylene, 

leaves no plastic after-taste, and accepts ice 

cubes easily. 


1125C Nalgene bottle & lid, 1 quart 5.45 5.20 


Magellan Handheld GPS 


Handheld GPS 

Water Filters 

A Global Positioning System has become 

an important tool for biologists working outdoors 

or travellng, recording, and storing 

locations accurately. It is used for field 

studies in bioassay, environmental monitoring, 

and sampling. It provides the exact 

location for insect observation, collecting, 

or monitoring data in longitude/latitude coordinates, 

understood worldwide, with far 

more precision than ".3 miles from 

trailhead," a location that may not exist 

after next year's spring flood. A GPS is 

also a guide to determine where you are, 

where you are going, and how to get there 

and back again, in any kind of weather. 

Magellan Systems introduced the first 

hand-held GPS receiver in 1988. The 

state-of-the-art receiver available from 

BioQuip has three navigational screens. 

The map screen displays location, where 

you have been, and a visual indicator of 

your route. The position screen displays 

your present position, latitude, longitude, elevation, date & time, 

trip odometer, and battery life. The compass screen uses a 

graphical compass to guide you to your destination. The eXplorist 

GPS has the following Magellan features and advantages: 

$ Powerful 14 parallel channel satellite technology tracks up 

to 14 satellites at once, even under trees or canopies 

$ LCD screen provides high-resolution display provides 

easy-to-see characters with zoom capability 

$ Graphic map screen shows where you are and points to 

your destination with an arrow. TrueFix GPS technology 

provides fast and reliable 3-meter WAAS accuracy 

$ Shielded electronics eliminate internal electronic noise 

resulting in clearer reception 

$ Superior design includes a grayscale, backlit display, 1-3/ 

4 x 1-3/8" with an amber glow to make it easily viewed at 

night. It has a rubber armored, water-resistant housing 

$ Up to 17 hours of continuous battery life on 2 AA alkaline 

batteries (not included) 

The eXplorist GPS keeps you on course with a built-in basemap, 

including parks, airports, major roads and highways. The 22 

MB available memory enables you to save map data, tracks, 

routes, waypoints, and geocaches. Use the high-speed USB 

data port to quickly add detailed MapSend maps and download 

coordinates from the Internet. Simple menus, joystick and keypad 

give you the control to single-handedly accesss map features 

and advanced functions, manage data and select 

destionations. A PC interface cable is provided, along with 

user's manual and quick start guide. 

Dimensions of this lightweight, pocket-size GPS unit are 4.75" 

2.2" x 1.3" (12.1 x 5.6 x 3.3 cm); weight is 6.1 oz. (173 grams); 

operating temperature range is 14 – 140°F (-10 – 60°C). 

6455 Magellan eXplorist GPS 245.00 

2802M AA alkaline bateries, set of 2 1.95 

6454CC Canvas carrying case 30.65 

6454CA MapSend Worldwide Basemap CD 133.50 

6454PC PC cable with cigarette lighter adapter 29.50 

What is GPS? 

The Global Positioning System (GPS) is a constellation of U.S. 

Government satellites orbiting 12,000 miles above Earth, constantly 

transmitting precise time and their position in space. 

GPS receivers listen to these satellite signals and use them to 

determine the location of the receiver, how fast and in what 

direction it is moving. They report and record your position, 

shown as latitude/longitude coordinates. To guide you to another 

spot, the GPS compares two sets of coordinates and 

calculates direction and distance from one to another. 

Want to learn more about GPS? See Reference and General 

Interest book section for GPS Made Easy: Using GPS in the 

Outdoors, by Lawrence Letham, catalog #3608E. 

67

Rearing/Observation Cage 

Field & Travel Gear 

68 


BugDorm-1, Rearing and Observation Cage Field Vest 

Sturdy, low-cost cage is suitable both for classroom rearing 

and observation and for many applications by entomology 

professionals. Suggested uses for classroom, 

lab or field include rearing and viewing butterflies and 

moths, preying mantids, spiders, mosquitoes, agricultural 

pests, and small vertebrates such as lizards or snakes. 

Two or three cages can be stacked together creating a 

taller unit to accommodate a potted plant or other uses 

where a cage height of two or three feet is desirable. 

The cage is made of plastic-injected white polypropylene, 

nearly transparent with good visibility on all sides, 

top and bottom. Three side panels are 16 x 24 mesh 

plastic screen. The fourth side panel provides easy access 

from an opening 6-1/8" diameter with nylon sleeve. 

The cage is completely collapsible for convenient storage 

or cleaning. It takes only a few minutes to assemble 

or dismantle and no tools are required. It is a cube 11-3/ 

4" (300 cm) and weighs only 2 lbs. It can be used in a 

temperature range of -15° to 85° C. 

A replacement nylon mesh sleeve is available. 

Price each 1 - 11 12 + 

1452 BugDorm-1 rearing/observation cage 49.95 47.45 

1452A Replacement mesh sleeve 3.45 3.10 

BugDorm-2 and BugDorm-3 rearing cages are described 

on catalog page H. 

Wide Field Binocular 

This economical binocular with 

lanthanum lenses and Bak4 

prisms is compact and light 

weight, yet it has great depth of 

field, giving brilliant images. It 

has a close focusing distance 

of 10 feet (3 meters), and its field 

of view is 330 feet (110 meters) 

at 1,000 yards. Its bright field and 

fully coated optics provide excellent 

definition. 

The binocular has central focusing 

with a knurled wheel. Eye relief is 8 mm. 

An adjustable right eyepiece is provided for any difference 

between the eyes. 

The binocular is only 3.5" (8.9 cm) high x 4-1/4" (10.8 cm) 

wide, and weighs only 7.5 oz. (212 grams). Armored with 

smooth rubber, the binocular has retractable rubber eyecups. 

A padded case with belt loop and lanyard is included. 

This binocular is equally at home in the field, as a travel companion, 

or in the theatre. From Swift Sport Optics, recognized 

worldwide for leadership in the field of quality optics. 

1129Y Wide field binocular, 8x21 Special price 40.00 

Tough, versatile vest for carrying 

a variety of small tools and equipment 

into the field. Leaves hands 

free for the task at hand. Made 

from heavy duty 10 oz. tan 

duck; reinforced with polypropylene 

webbing at high wear 

areas, and edged overall with 

nylon to prevent fraying. 

Sturdy steel snap closures and 

brass grommet for lanyard attachments 

on the front. 

Vest features nine pockets: 

$ Outside: two 8-1/2 x 8" gusseted front pockets with 

velcro closure flaps; 5 x 6" pocket with velcro closure 

flap; 5-1/2 x 6" divided pocket for pens and 

accessories; large, expandable map pocket on back, 

19 x 15", with side snaps 

$ Inside: two 11 x 8-1/2" pockets with velcro and strap 

closures. 

100% cotton; wash and wear convenient. Weight: 25 oz. 

5471 Field vest, small, 36-38 85.15 

5472 Field vest, medium, 40-42 85.15 

5473 Field vest, large, 44-46 85.15 

5474 Field vest, x-large, 48-50 85.15 

5475 Field vest, xx-large, 52 85.15 

Field Collecting Bag 

Designed to carry jars, specimens, small tools, and your lunch, 

the field collecting bag is made of sturdy unbleached canvas 

with adjustable 2" cotton web shoulder strap. One side is equipped 

with five pockets for 1120P 4 oz. killing jars.The other side 

contains 12 pockets for 8808 8-dram vials. Jars and vials must 

be ordered separately. Inside of the bag is large enough to hold 

a notebook, pocket net and other miscellaneous objects. Bag 

measures approximately 12" x 12" (305mm), exclusive of strap. 

1126 Field collecting bag 15.95 

Field Bag 

Copied from the Musette bag 

used by officers in WWII, this bag 

is made of heavy linen type olive 

drab material and measures 11 

x 12 x 5". It has a large cargo 

pocket with inside partition, side 

pocket and large outside back 

pocket. Shoulder straps are adjustable 

and the bag can also be 

worn as a backpack. 

1123 Field bag 12.10 

FIELD 


FIELD 

Bug-Out Outdoor Wear 

Effective protection against biting and stinging insects is 

offered by this unique product line. Outer wear garments, 

made of cool, very lightweight, “no-see-um” netting provide 

a protective billowy screen around the body and 

help guard against mosquitoes, gnats, black flies and 

deer ticks. 

Items are made of olive drab netting, 100% polyester, 20 

denier, 28 x 160 strands per inch. Netting allows free air 

flow, is fire retardant, snag resistant, and can be used 

with insect repellents. 

The jacket has an oversized pull-down, see-through hood 

roomy enough for a hat. It has a large pouch pocket and extra 

long sleeves which pull down to protect hands. Generous 

sizing allows jacket to be worn over outdoor clothing, and 

elastic in sleeve cuffs and jacket bottom provides snug fit. 

Generously sized pull-on pants can be worn over regular clothing. 

Elastic is provided at waist and ankles, and stirrups (worn 

inside shoes) help hold cuffs securely below ankles. 

An oversized headnet is listed separately. This see-through 

item is roomy enough for a hat, with elastic under the arms to 

hold the headnet securely in place. 

A compact, netting carrying case with sturdy draw string holds 

all of the items described above. 

This protective outer wear has been successfully field tested 

by governmental and mosquito/vector control agencies. It 

features durable, quality U.S. workmanship, and is easily washed 

and packed. Garments described above, with carrying case, 

weigh only five ounces, and can be carried in a jacket pocket 

or vehicle glove compartment. 

5467 Carrying case 

5462 Pants 

5460A Jacket 

5460A Jacket, small 23.25 

5460B Jacket, medium 23.25 

5460C Jacket, large 23.25 

5460D Jacket, x-large 23.25 

5460E Jacket, xx-large 23.25 

5462A Pants, small 15.70 

5462B Pants, medium 15.70 

5462C Pants, large 15.70 

5462D Pants, x-large 15.70 

5462E Pants, xx-large 15.70 

5465 Headnet 6.45 

5467 Carrying case 4.50 

Mosquito Head Net 

Mosquito head net helps protect against 

variety of flies, gnats, mosquitoes, bees 

and other biting or annoying insects. 

Made of light weight 100% nylon netting, it 

has an elastic band around the neck opening 

for a snug fit. The dark green head net 

fits comfortably over most headwar and 

is small enough to be conveniently stowed 

in field bag or pocket. 

1137 Mosquito head net 2.60 


Mosquito Net for Cot 


Field & Protective Gear 

Collapsible Cages 

1466A 

1466B 

1466D 

1466C 

Cages in this style of protective enclosure are fully collapsible, 

lightweight, durable, and fold almost flat. A wide variety of 

sizes to suit many space requirements makes these enclosures 

ideal for both institutional and personal use. 

The cages are fabricated with white polyester/nylon netting, 

mesh size 48 x 48. The netting wicks away moisture quickly to 

keep contents dry. The fine mesh prevents most small insects 

from entering or leaving the cage. Five mesh sides promote 

healthy air flow, and one side is a vinyl window that allows 

clear viewing into the cage. A large, protected zippered opening 

is provided for easy access. A hanging/carry loop holds 

the enclosure closed for storage. 

These cages are washable. Use 10% bleach to sanitize before 

reusing. 

1466A Small cage, 12 x 12 x 12" 11.50 

1466B Large cage, 14 x 14 x 24" 14.95 

1466C Jumbo cage, 24 x 24 x 36" 33.50 

1466D Tall jumbo cage, 24 x 24 x 72" 56.50 

1466E Greenhouse cage, 5'9" x 5'9" x 5'9" 148.00 

Famous style mosquito net fits over 

cot or single bed to allow a more comfortable, 

safer night’s sleep. Made of 

100% Nylon dark green netting with 

ties on each corner. Size: 74" long, 

33" wide, 33" high (188 x 84 x 84 cm). Made in U.S.A. 

1175 Mosquito net for cot 12.60 

Tick Lifter 

Simple in both design and use, the 

Tick Lifter offers a safe, quick and 

painless method for tick removal. 

Just slide the split tongue of the tool 

under and tick and lift with gentle, 

steady pressure. Even small ticks 

are removed intact, so infection and 

tickborne diseases are less likely to be transmitted. 

The flat tool is made of stainless steel, and can be carried on a 

key chain or in a wallet. Size is 2-1/8" long x 1/2" wide, with bead 

chain and medallion. Comes with instructions, helpful information, 

and manufacturer’s replacement guarantee. 

1174 Tick Lifter 2.45 

Emergency Sting Shield 

For outdoor workers or vacationers 

who may encounter nests or 

swarms of stinging or biting insects, 

the Sting Shield is a quick, 

convenient emergency device to 

keep insects away from your face 

or hair. Made from heavy white 

nylon with gray fiberglass screen 

face. 

5459 Emergency sting shield 

23.45 

69

Field & Protective Gear 

Arthropod Containers 

70 

5456 


Insect Resistant Coverall 

With the arrival of Africanized honey bees 

into Texas, across the Southwest, and 

approaching California, outdoor workers 

may need to wear protective clothing for 

prolonged periods of time. BioQuip’s Insect 

Resistant Coverall has been carefully 

produced to meet this challenge. It 

is made of non-attracting white Nylon ripstop. 

The very closely woven material 

provides an almost slick surface, resistant 

to bees that must cling tightly to fabric 

in order to penetrate with a stinger. The 

material has been successfully tested in 

the field, providing effective protection 

against European honey bees, wasps 

and yellow jackets, carpenter bees, mosquitos, 

deerflies, and horseflies. 

With safety and comfort in mind, the Coverall 

has been substantially redesigned 

and improved since BioQuip introduced 

it in 1991. Zippers along each side of the 

suit provide underarm ventilation as well 

as access to inside pockets. The Coverall 

is zippered all the way from the crotch 

to the top of the collar, preventing access 

by bees at the neck or any point along 

the zippered front. Side and front zippers 

have two sliders allowing access from either 

end. Additional protection is afforded 

by Velcro tabs at wrists and ankles. 

5460 

Bee Veil & Helmet 

Combination veil and helmet is quickly and easily positioned 

over the head when needed. The rigid, woven tan/white safaristyle 

helmet is lightweight, with Velcro adjustment bands for 

correct fit. The round veil is made of one piece, 10 mesh, black 

steel screen fastened to Nylon ace netting skirts at top and 

bottom. The top skirt has an elastic band to hold the veil securely 

in place under four aluminum studs in the crown of the 

helmet. The bottom skirt has a drawstring to pull the veil tight 

around a shirt or jacket collar. 

5456 Bee veil & helmet 34.75 

5457 Bee veil only 21.50 

5458 Helmet only 16.45 

Bee Smoker 

Used to quiet an angry honey bee colony, this 4 x 7" smoker is 

made of stainless steel with full size bellows and protruding 

handhold. An intake valve is located under the barrel to exclude 

bees. A perforated metal grate provides the largest possible 

volume of cool smoke. 

5460 Bee smoker 47.05 

FIELD 

The Coverall has two outside breast 

pockets with Velco closure tabs, two lower 

front pockets, a back pocket for tools, and 

a ring at the front for convenience in hooking 

a tool or keys. 

The Coverall’s hat is a woven, rigid, ventilated, 

tan safari-style helmet, equipped 

with size adjusting bands. Its broad brim 

holds the veil away from the face. A fiberglass 

screen veil protects the face and 

neck, and 1/8" ace Nylon netting at the 

bottom provides additional ventilation. 

The veil and hat are secured with a zipper 

around the neck of the Coverall. 

Bee-resistant vinyl dipped canvas gloves 

have Nylon ripstop cuffs which extend 

above the elbow. 

With the exception of shoes or boots, 

BioQuip’s Insect Resistant Coverall offers 

full-body protection and comfort for the 

user, making it the finest working suit on 

the market. Made in the U.S.A. 

5450A Insect Resistant Coverall, 110.00 

hat, veil, gloves w/ gauntlets, 

Large (fits most people) 

5450B Insect Resistant Coverall, 112.30 

hat, veil, gloves w/ gauntlets, 

X-Large (special order-allow 

minimum 3 weeks for delivery) 

5455 Replacement gloves, 12.85 

w/ gauntlets, pair 

Dual Purpose Arthropod/Small Animal Containers 

Attractive, lightweight containers serve two useful functions. 

They are used to effectively display live arthropods or small 

animals, and to transport them securely, in either a dry or wet 

environment. 

Containers are made of clear styrene and can be nested to 

conserve storage space. Lids are colored styrene, vented on 

top and sides, with a clear 3 x 4" access door for feeding or 

removing specimens. They have knockouts for airlines or filter 

when containers are used to display or transport specimens in 

water. A carrying handle is provided for three of the four listed 

sizes. 

These containers are ideal for classrooms or natural history 

exhibits. They are also used as breeding chambers/nurseries, 

terraria or aquaria. 


1470A Live insect container, 7 x 4.5 x 5" 3.70 3.50 

(17.8 x 11.4 x 12.7 cm) 

1471A Live insect container, 7 x 6 x 6.5" 6.60 6.25 

(22.9 x 15.2 x 16.5 cm) 

1472A Live insect container, 11.75 x 7.5 x 8" 11.75 11.15 

(29.8 x 19 x 20.3 cm) 

1473A Live insect container, 14.5 x 8.5 x 9.5" 16.55 15.70 

(36.8 x 21.6 x 24.1 cm) 


FIELD 

Tomahawk Live Animal Traps 

Tomahawk live traps are constructed of galvanized wire fabric 

with heavy steel rod reinforcement where needed. Animals enter 

these traps with more confidence because they can see 

through in all directions. The automatic locking feature of the 

safety door makes escape almost impossible. These rugged 

traps are painted light brown so they may be used upon arrival 

without waiting for the galvanization to weather. 

Three folding traps and one rigid trap are listed below to meet a 

variety of requirements. Small traps are used by public health 

personnel to collect mice, rats and squirrels for blood sampling 

or to determine presence of parasites. Larger traps are used by 

biologists and animal regulation workers for monitoring or transfer 

of skunks, cats and other mammals. The sparrow trap is 

used by mosquito workers to collect blood samples in vector 

research and control. 

4211 Folding rat or chipmunk trap, 16 x 5 x 5", 

(40.8 x 12.7 x 12.7 cm), 16 gage mesh 1/2 x 1", 

single door, 3 lbs. 

46.55 

4212 Folding squirrel trap, 19 x 6 x 6", 

(48.3 x 15.2 x 15.2 cm), 14 gage mesh 1 x 1", 


46.55 

4213 Folding skunk trap, 20 x 7 x 7", 

(50.8 x 17.8 x 17.8 cm), 14 gage mesh 1 x 1", 


55.95 

4215 Cat or rabbit trap, 26 x 9 x 9", 

(66 x 22.9 x 22.9 cm), 14 gage mesh 1 x 1", 


97.35 

4214 Rigid sparrow trap, 24 x 12 x 8",. 

(61 x 30.5 x 20.3 cm), 16 gage 1/2 x 1", 

double doors, 6 lbs. 

85.65 

Entrenching Pickmattock 

Versatile tool for turning over rocks, or for collecting 

grubs, worms or roots. This precise replica of the 

Army model has a pickmattock head made of durable 

forged steel and a hardwood handle. 

Size: 16-1/2" handle, 12-1/2" removable 

head; weight: 2 lb., 4 oz. 

1119 Pickmattock 8.25 

Machete & Sheath Set 

Rugged machete has an excellent, high-carbon 18" (45.7 cm) 

steel blade and plastic handle with four steel rivets providing 

positive fastening to the blade. The black handle has a knob to 

prevent slipping when in use and a hole for attaching a safety 

thong. Overall length is 23" (58.4 cm); weight is 1 lb., 6 oz. 

Sheath is made of tough Cordura with PVC backing to resist 

moisture. It has seam binding on the finished edge, reinforced 

with four eyelet-type rivets. A belt loop is provided. 

Machete and sheath set are manufactured in the U.S.A. by 

Ontario Knife Works. 

1113 Machete & sheath set 7.65 


Havahart Live Animal Traps 

4310B 

assembled 

and folded 

positions 

Tri-Fold Shovel 


Mammal Traps 

Field Tools 

Widely used, effective Havahart traps have proven their value 

providing many years of use in the field. Animals are unharmed 

and may be relocated and released if desired. 

Trap doors at both ends are released simultaneously when the 

baited treadle is tripped. Traps are made of sturdy wire mesh, 

galvanized for resistance to rust and corrosion. 

These traps are excellent for ecological or population studies. 

They can be carried easily with one hand, and a carrying handle 

folds flat for storage. They are shipped fully assembled and 

ready for use. 

4200 Havahart trap, 3 x 3 x 10" (7.7 x 7.7 x 25.4 cm), 21.70 

gravity action doors; for mice, shrews, voles; 

weight 2 lbs. 

4201 Havahart trap, 5 x 5 x 18" (12.7 x 12.7 x 45.8 cm), 36.85 

spring loaded doors; for rats, weasels, chipmunks; 

weight 4 lbs. 

4202 Havahart trap, 7 x 7 x 24" (17.8 x 17.8 x 61 cm), 52.50 

spring loaded doors; for rabbits, skunks, muskrats; 

weight 8 lbs. 

Sherman Traps 

Sherman folding rodent traps feature superior engineering. They 

provide maximum economy of weight and space, and are ideal 

for packing into remote areas. These live animal traps snap into 

assembled position almost instantly, and are set simply by depressing 

one door. For baiting or release, one side panel can be 

opened by sliding back a hinge pin. 

Traps are made of .020" or .025" aluminum, with stainless steel 

springs and wires. They are about 1/2" thick when folded. 


4310A Folding trap, 2 x 2-1/2 x 6-1/2", 18.20 17.30 

(5 x 6.4 x 16.5 cm), 4 oz. 

4310B Folding trap, 3 x 3-1/2 x 9", 20.65 19.60 

(7.6 x 8.9 x 22.9 cm), 8 oz. 

4310C Folding trap, 3 x 3-1/2 x 9", 21.05 20.00 

(7.6 x 8.9 x 22.9 cm), treadle & 

doors of 30 gage galvanized , 9 oz. 

4310D Folding trap, 3 x 3-3/4 x 12", 28.30 26.90 

(7.6 x 9.5 x 30.4 cm), treadle 

& doors of 30 gage galvanized steel, 14 oz. 

This shovel provides the advantages of compact design features. 

The blade measures 5-1/2 x 8", with serrated edge for 

cutting through hard dirt, ice or snow. Shovel folds in three 

sections to only 6-1/2" for easy storage and packing, yet opens 

to 23" in length. Weight: 2 lb., 8 oz. 

1124 Tri-fold shovel 10.50 

71

Plant Presses 

Standard Plant Press 

BioQuip’s standard plant press features solid oak hardwood 

frames and brass-plated rivets at all outside joints, providing 

exceptional strength. Frames in this professional grade press 

are 12 x 18" (30.5 x 46 cm), with oak strips 1" wide x 3/8" thick 

(2.5 x 1 cm). Outside edges are smooth sanded and rounded 

slightly to reduce wear on the straps. 

Twelve 3125 driers and twelve 3127 ventilators are supplied 

with the press. Two 3173 non-slip, polyester web straps, 1" 

wide x 84" long (2.5 x 213 cm) with sliding buckles, heat sealed 

on one end to prevent fraying, are included. Extra long straps 

allow for expansion of the press. Additional driers and ventilators 

listed at right may be ordered to increase press capacity 

or as replacements. Weight is 6-3/4 lbs. 

3115 Plant press, complete 42.45 

Student Plant Press 

A standard size but more economical plant press meets the 

needs of many students and collectors. It consists of two 12 x 

18" (30.5 x 46 cm) frames made of 1/4" (.6 cm) plywood strengthened 

with 1 x 3/8" (2.5 x 1 cm) oak hardwood strips along the 

long sides to prevent breaking and to assure uniform pressure. 

Two 3173 non-slip, polyester web straps, 1" wide x 84" long (2.5 

x 213 cm), with sliding buckles, twelve 3125 driers, and twelve 

3127 ventilators are supplied with this press. Additional or replacement 

driers, ventilators and straps are available, described 

at right. Weight is 6-1/4 lbs. 

3117 Plant press, complete 35.00 

Mini Plant Press 

Portable and practical 

miniherbarium for 

field identification of 

plants. Use of mini 

plant presses for reference 

collections 

saves wear and tear 

on larger, standard 

herbarium sheets in 

large herbaria. This 

economical system is 

useful to professionals, teachers and students in many fields including 

entomology, ecology and forestry. 

The small amount of plant material needed for specimens results 

in conservation of wildflowers and plants, and the press is 

small enough to be carried in a pocket or purse. 

Press consists of two pieces of hardboard, a dozen each 3 x 5" 

(76 x 127 mm) cards & driers, and wide elastic bands. The mini 

press was designed at the Southwestern Research Station, 

American Museum, and a reprint of the article from the American 

Biology Teacher describing its use is included with order. 

3114 Mini plant press 4.65 


Plant Press Components 

Plant press components for 12 x 18" presses are available 

for collectors who need additional or replacement 

driers, ventilators, straps or frames, and for those 

who wish to make up a pressing system to suit individual 

needs. 

BOTANY 

Plant Press Frames 

Standard plant press frame sets are available for collectors 

wishing to select various types and quantities of 12 x 18" driers 

& ventilators, and straps described above. They are manufactured 

from oak hardwood, assembled with hot melt glue, and 

reinforced with brass-plated rivets at all outside joints for additional 

strength. Outside edges are smooth sanded to avoid 

undue wear on straps. Dimensions: 12 x 18" (30.5 x 46 cm). 


3115F Plant press frames, set of 2 26.75 24.05 

Standard Driers 

Standard driers are listed as additional or replacement driers 

for 3115 or 3117 plant presses which have a capacity for 

several dozen pressed plant specimens. These white blotters 

are .020 caliper for good moisture absorption. They may be 

dried out and reused many times. Dimensions are 12 x 18" 

(30.5 x 46 cm); weight is 20 oz. per dozen. 


3125 Standard driers 6.00 5.70 

Heavy Duty Driers 

Heavy duty plant press driers for use in 3115 or 3117 plant 

presses provide superior and fast moisture absorption. Materials 

in these soft, slightly textured tan driers is recycled vegetable 

felt; .040 caliper. Blotters may be dried out and reused 

indefinitely. Dimensions are 12 x 18" (30.5 x 46 cm); weight is 

24 oz. per dozen. 


3126 Heavy duty driers 10.40 9.90 

Standard Ventilators 

Used to speed evacuation of moisture from collected plant specimens 

in 3115 or 3117 plant presses, standard ventilators are 12 

x 18" (30.5 x 46 cm). They are double-faced corrugated, with 

flute corrugations running the short dimension for greater strength 

and faster moisture release. Weight is 2 pounds per dozen. 


3127 Standard ventilators 5.90 5.60 

spring buckle sliding buckle 

Plant Press Straps 

Two types of straps are described below for use with 3115 and 

3117 presses. They are fabricated from non-slip polyester webbing, 

with spring or sliding buckles secured by stitching. Strap 

ends are heat sealed to prevent fraying. 


3171 Spring buckle plant press straps, 9.95 9.45 

1" wide x 84" long (2.5 x 213 cm) 

3173 Sliding buckle plant press straps, 8.65 8.20 

1" x 84" long (2.5 x 213 cm) 


BOTANY 

Steel Herbarium Cabinets 

For permanent protective storage of botanical specimens, 

BioQuip recommends all-steel herbarium cabinets. Available 

in both standard or full height, these air tight units 

have 12 or 26 compartments arranged in two rows. Air 

space at the front and rear of shelves permits circulation 

of fumigant. Lift-off doors facilitate access to cabinets in 

daily use or when transferring specimens from one area 

to another. 

These herbarium cabinets have proven to be excellent 

storage units over a period of many years in institutions 

throughout the world. 

Drop-shipped from New York; please allow 60-90 days 

for delivery. Five year mfr's. warranty for parts and labor. 

Materials: 

$ 20 gauge cold rolled furniture quality steel 

$ Double panel, lift-off door with rigid chrome 

push plate located at exact area needed for 

pressure required to close air tight door 

$ 3-point locking handle & two vertical lock 

rods to assure total contact and sealing of 

door 

$ Chrome label holder for standard 3 x 5 card 

$ Improved insect-proof tubular neoprene seal 

Construction: 

$ Double wall welded construction 

$ Heavy 13 gauge hinges, 3 x 5", permit easy 

removal of door 

$ Shelves folded in front for reinforcing and 

specimen protection 

$ Fumigant compartment built-in to inside of 

door 

Finish: 

$ Double sprayed with gray or olive green 

baking enamel; heat cured 

Dimensions: 

$ 3212S - 40" high, 29-5/32" wide, 18-25/32" 

deep, O.D. (74 x 48 cm); 

shipping weight: 148 pounds 

$ 3226S - 81-1/8" high, 29-5/32" wide, 

18-25/32" deep, O.D. (74 x 48 cm); 

shipping weight: 285 pounds 

Mounting Cards 

Good quality, heavy white tag stock on which dried botanical 

specimens and marine algae are mounted. Smooth surfaced 

sheets are 11-1/2 x 16-1/2" (29 x 42 cm), .0095 caliper; weight 

is 12 oz. per dozen cards. 


3135 Mounting cards 2.10 2.00 

Rag Mounting Cards 

Acid free rag mounting cards are used to mount botanical specimens 

in permanent collections. High-quality ivory paper has 

100% rag content with neutral pH factor, .012 caliper. Cards are 

11-1/2 x 16-1/2" (29 x 42 cm), and weigh 12 oz. per dozen. 


3137 Rag mounting cards 4.55 4.30 

Botany Paste 

This long-proven formula is a superior paste for 

affixing pressed plant specimens to mounting cards. 

Tan colored “tin” paste is packaged in glass or plastic 

containers. 

3140A Botany paste 2 oz. 3.95 

3140B Botany paste pint 10.65 

3140C Botany paste quart 19.20 


Fragment Folders 

Genus Covers 


3212 

3226 

Storage, Curating 

3212GRY Herbarium cabinet, gray, 12 compartment 975.00 

3212GRN Herbarium cabinet, green, 12 compartment 975.00 

3226GRY Herbarium cabinet, gray, 26 compartment 1,492.50 

3226GRN Herbarium cabinet, green, 26 compartment 1,492.50 

100% rag fragment folders 

are used to retain small, 

loose parts of plants such 

as seeds or flowers. They 

are stapled or taped to 

3135 or 3137 mounting 

cards thus keeping all 

parts of the plant specimen 

together. White folders are 

a combination of all cotton 

fiber and a neutral pH to insure permanence. They are designed 

to make a simple tuck fold for security of fragments, and are 

scored for for easy, accurate folding; shipped flat. 

Price per 100 

3211BA Fragment folders, 1-3/4 x 3-1/2" 18.30 

3211CA Fragment folders, 2-1/4 x 3-1/2" 21.15 

BioQuip genus covers are heavy jute manila stock, unscored. 

They are used to file groups of plant specimens affixed to 3135 

or 3137 mounting cards. Size is 17 x 24" (43 x 61 cm), to be 

folded in half at time of use. Weight is 24 oz. per dozen. 


3130 Genus covers 4.05 3.85 

73

Botany Equipment/Supplies 

Seedling Trays 

Host Plant Press 

Lightweight and very portable 

because of its smaller size, 

this press is frequently used 

by botanists, entomologists 

and ecologists collecting host 

food plant specimens. 

The press is 9 x 12" (23 x 

30.5 cm). Redesigned and improved frames are now made 

from sturdy 1/4" exterior grade fir plywood, reinforced along 

the long edges with 1" oak strips to prevent stress damage 

from the straps. Twelve absorbent driers, 12 corrugated ventilators, 

and two 48" polyester web straps with sliding buckles 

are included. Weight is 3-1/2 pounds. Extra or replacement 

driers and ventilators are listed below. 


3120A Host plant press 27.00 25.65 

Driers 9 x 12" Smaller white blotters for use in the 3120 

plant press are .020 caliper, and furnish good moisture absorption. 

Size is 9 X 12" (23 x 30.5 cm). 


3124 Driers 3.00 2.85 

Ventilators 9 x 12" Additional or replacement driers for 

the 3120 plant press, these double-faced corrugated sheets 

placed between driers and specimens speed the drying process. 

Size is 9 x 12" (23 x 30.5 cm). 


3129 Ventilators 3.45 3.30 

Tree Seedling Tray 

This 98-cell tray system provides a 

superior method for botanists and entomologists 

to raise seedlings for insect 

colonies or rearing experiments 

in forestry programs. Individual cells 

can be rearranged within each tray, 

permitting individual seedlings to be 

moved for optimum environmental 

conditions, or removed as needed for transplanting or shipping. 

Cells are low-density plastic and can be used 3 - 5 times. They 

have anti-spiral ribs and a bottom drainage hole with side drain 

holes on the tapered end. Seedlings can be shipped in cells to 

protect against moisture loss and damage to root systems. 

Trays are made of durable polystyrene and have a life expectancy 

of 8 - 10 years. Racks are partially vented on the surface 

to provide more air flow between cells, and have locking corners 

for easy stacking and storage. 

Cell dimensions are 1.5" dia. x 5.5 depth (3.8 x 14 cm). Tray 

dimensions are 24" long x 12" wide x 6.9" high (61 x 30 x 18 cm). 

3098A Seedling tray with 98 cells 27.55 

3098B Replacement cells, 98 per pack 15.30 

Plant Seedling Trays 

Hiko7 sprouting trays are used worldwide in nurseries, greenhouses, 

and labs for the production of high-quality seedlings 

and cuttings. They are convenient for propagating tree seedlings 

in forest entomology programs or for flowering host plants. 

These reusable trays are made of durable, high-density polyethylene, 

a plastic that is recyclable and easy to clean. All tray 

cavities have vertical root training ribs to prevent root spiraling. 

Trays have a useful life of more than 10 years in cool climates, 

and a life expectancy of 8 years in tropical conditions. 


Specimen Data Labels 

Folding Saw 

Well-designed folding saw has checkered 

plastic handle for firm grip and lockback 

blade for added safety. This sturdy yet extremely 

lightweight saw weighs only 4 oz. It 

fits easily in a outdoor vest pocket, daypack 

or vehicle glove compartment. Made in 

U.S.A. 

$ Blade length: 5-1/4" 

$ Length open: 11-3/4" 

$ Blade thickness: .0625" 

$ Length closed: 6-1/2" 

BOTANY 

Botanical specimen data label form is 

designed to make best use of available 

space. Labels have black printing and 

border. They are printed on white 

gummed stock; padded in lots of 100. 

Size: 4-1/4 x 2-3/4" (11 x 7 cm). 

3169 Specimen data labels, pad of 100 3.40 

1116A Folding saw 32.25 


3215 

Polyethylene Zipper Bags 

Reusable clear specimen bags with 

reclosable seal to protect contents 

against dust and moisture. Clear, heavy 

duty 4 mil polyethylene film bags resist 

abrasion and frequent handling. Positive track closure makes 

them airtight and ideal for storage of dried plant specimens or 

fragments. Listed in four sizes; 3220D is intended for storage 

or display of specimens on mounting cards. 

Price per 100 

3220A Specimen bag, 3 x 4" 7.25 

3220B Specimen bag, 6 x 8" 16.00 

3220C Specimen bag, 8 x 10" 22.50 

3220D Specimen bag, 13 x 18" 52.00 

Plant or Plot Markers 

Aluminum tags are the long-lasting, economical 

way to mark, classify, date or identify. 

They are made of aluminum sheet 

wrapped around tagboard. Write on tags 

with pencil or pen; mark remains visible regardless of weather, 

grease or pitch. Size 3/4 x 3", with 1/8" hole. Supplied with 9" 

wire, not inserted. 

Price per 100 

3168 Aluminum tags 1 - 9 9.45 

10 or more 9.00 

Cavities Tray length x width x depth Cavity top dia. Price each 

per tray inches centimeters in. cm 1 - 11 12+ 

3206 Seedling tray 6 14.0 x 9.4 x 5.5 35.5 x 23.8 x 14.0 4.5 11.4 9.55 - 

3215 Seedling tray 15 13.8 x 8.5 x 3.9 35.0 x 21.6 x 10.0 2.7 6.7 8.00 7.60 

3224 Seedling tray 24 13.9 x 8.5 x 3.9 35.2 x 21.6 x 10.0 2.0 5.1 8.75 8.30 

3224

EDUCATIONAL 

Additional Book Descriptions 

Baldwin, Bruce G., et al., eds. THE JEPSON 

DESERT MANUAL: Vascular Plants of Southeastern 

California 

2002, 640 pages, 128 color plates, 2 maps, 1000+ 

line dwgs. In the spirit of desert botanist Willis 

Jepson, this is the first comprehensive field guide 

focusing exclusively on native and naturalized vascular 

plants of California’s southeastern deserts. 

Covers more than 2,500 plant species and includes 

updated identification keys, illustrations, and distribution 

information. Paperback; 6-3/4 x 9-3/4". 

3350 45.00 

BOTANICAL PRINTS FROM THE HORTUS 

EYSTETTENSIS, Selections from the Most Beautiful 

Botanical Book in the World 

2000, 64 pp., 27 color plates. Excellent color reproductions 

of 17th century historical prints compiled 

by Basilius Besler. Life-size illustrations are 

botanically accurate, artistic and appealing, and include 

tulips, irises, roses, sunflowers. Brief scientific 

commentaries on plates by Gérard G. Aymonin 

appear on opposing pages. Suitable for framing. 

Oversize; paperback; 10-1/2 x 14-1/2". 

9211 19.95 

BUTTERFLIES OF THE WORLD 

See pages 136-137 for parts published previously. 

Part 15, Nymphalidae VI, Euriphene 

2002, 4 text pp., 12 color plates, by Jacques Hecq. 

3432 33.00 

Part 16, Nymphalidae VII, Pseudacraea 

2003, 4 text pp., 12 color plates, by Jacques Hecq. 

3456 22.00 

Part 17, (plates) Papilionidae IX, (Philippine Islands) 

2003, 12 text pp., 59 color plates, by Malcolm G.P. 

Page & Colin G. Treadaway. 

3457 68.00 

Part 17, (text) Papilionidae IX, (Philippine Islands) 

2004, in two parts: 56 text pages, and 58 color 

plates, by Malcolm G.P. Page & Colin G. Treadaway. 

3457T Text 47.00 

3457 Plates 68.00 

Part 18, Nymphalidae VIII, Lexias 

2004, 24 color plates, by Dirk Casteleyn. 

3433 30.00 

Part 19, Papilionidae X, Troides 3 

2004, 22 color plates, by Kurt Rumbacher & Oliver 

Schäffler. 

8987 32.00 

Part 20, Nymphalidae IX, Amathusiini of the Philippine 

Islands 

2005, 8 text pp., 24 plates (22 in color), by H. 

Schroeder & Colin G. Treadaway. 

8988 43.00 

Part 21, Papilionidae XI, Troides 4 

2005, 6 text pp., 56 color plates, by Kurt 

Rumbacher & Oliver Schäffler. 

9168 75.00 

Part 22, Nymphalidae X, Charaxes 1 

2005, 7 text pp., 35 color plates, by Bernard Turlin. 

9190 77.00 

Part 23, Parnassius apollo 3 

2005, 33 pp., by Edwin Möhn. Text only in German. 

3443 37.00 

Part 24, Nymphalidae XI, Cethosia 

2006, 34 color plates, by P. Küppers. 

3444 49.00 

Part 25, Nymphalidae XII, Charaxes 2 

2007, 23 color plates, by Bernard Turlin. The 

continuation of the study of the Genus. 

3461 46.00 

Part 26, Papilionidae XIII, Parides 

2007, 15 pp., 52 color plates, by Edwin Möhn. 


These Papilionids are polymorph and the study of 

this group is one of the most difficult. 

3464 103.00 

Supplement 13, 

2006, 115 pp., 82 figs. (distribution maps and 

genitalia dwgs.), by Tommaso Racheli. A revision 

of the genus by the Italian specialist who refers to 

the illustrations of Part 26. 

3466 120.00 

Part 27, Nymphalidae XIII, Vindula 

2009, 8 pp., 28 color plates, by Dirk Casteleyn. 

These Papilionids are polymorph and the study of 

this group is one of the most difficult. 

3467 49.00 

Part 28, Nymphalidae XIV, Charaxes 3 

2007, 32 color plates, by Bernard Turlin. Continuation 

of treatment of this genus. 

3481 49.00 

Part 29, Hesperiidae I, the Philippine Islands 

2009, 39 color plates, by R. de Jong & Colin G. 

Treadaway. 

3483 94.00 

Part 30, Nymphalidae XV, Morpho 1 

2009, 74 color plates, by Oliver Schäffler & Thomas 

Frankenbach. 

3497 132.00 

Part 31, Nymphalidae XVI, Acraea, subgenus 

Actinote 

2009, 5 pp., 19 color plates, by J. Pierre & D. 

Bernaud. 

3501 40.00 

Castner, James L., PHOTOGRAPHIC ATLAS OF 

BOTANY AND GUIDE TO PLANT IDENTIFICA- 

TION 

2005, 310 pp., 2000+ color photos. Provides excellent 

photo coverage that illustrate structural 

characters and anatomical features of major plant 

families and taxonomic groups. Provides planations 

and illustrations of external and microscopic 

anatomy of ~150 plant families. Anatomy section 

discusses and illustrates roots, stems, leaves, flowers, 

and fruit. Extensive glossary covers specialized 

terms used in the book. Guide is highly recommended 

for college students of botany classes, master gardeners, 

field biologists and non-professional naturalists. 

Spiral binding; 8-1/2 x 11". 

4186 40.00 

Clark, Shawn M., et al., HOST PLANTS OF LEAF 

BEETLE SPECIES OCCURRING IN THE 

UNITED STATES AND CANADA 

2004, 476 pp. Presents cross-indexed catalog to 

the known plant associations for leaf beetles (Coleoptera: 

Megalopodidae, Orsodacnidae, Chrysomelidae, 

excluding Bruchinae). Summarizes plant 

association records from the literature for 1,341 

leaf beetle species. Briefly recounts beetle species 

associations, listing the lants as originally cited, 

along with modern scientific names. Separate index 

lists plant species, each followed by associated 

beetle species. Bibliography includes 3,820 

references cited in the text. Spiralbound; 7 x 10". 

3777 75.00 

Manolis, Tom, DRAGONFLIES AND DAMSEL- 

FLIES OF CALIFORNIA 

2003, 201 pp., 40 color plates, 108 range maps, 13 

b/w illustrations This essential reference is the only 

complete guide to finding and identifying all 108 

dragonfly and damselfly species in California, including 

Exclamation, Bison Snaketail, Powered 

Dancer, and Sedge Sprite. Overviews identification, 

anatomy, behavior, life history, habitat associations, 

and flight season. Paperback; 4-1/2 x 7-1/4". 

3394 18.95 

Miller, Jeffrey C., Daniel H. Janzen & Winifred 

Hallwachs, 100 CATERPILLARS: Portraits from 

the Tropical Forests of Costa Rica 

2006, 264 pp., 207 color photos. Sumptuous volume 

celebrates caterpillars photographed in ex- 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ www.bioquip.com 

3845 

4186 

Additional Book Descriptions 

3432 

3467 

3481 

3433 

3456 

3483 

3497 

3464 

9962 

3777 

treme close-ups at a resolution that captures in 

sharp detail their exquisite colors and features. Gathered 

in forests of northwestern Costa Rica, over 

100 large-format photos document the amazing 

variety of shapes, patterns, and vivid colors among 

these species. Pictures are accompanied by capsule 

species accounts-- describing the life history, behavior, 

commentary, and image of each adult butterfly 

or moth. Hardcover; 9-3/4 x 8-3/4". 

3845 39.95 

Voshell, Jr., J. Reese, A GUIDE TO COMMON 

FRESHWATER INVERTEBRATES OF NORTH 

AMERICA 

2002, 442 pp., 100 color plates, 106 b/w photos, 

illus., charts. Provides excellent coverage of invertebrates 

found in inland waters of No. America. 

Provides background information on biology and 

ecology of freshwater organisms and environments. 

Describes nearly 100 groups of invertebrates, each 

provided with whole-body color illustration and brief 

text pointing out important features that identify 

the group. Describes life history, behavior, and ecology 

of these groups. Paperback; 5-1/4 x 8". 

9962 34.95 

75

Insect Videos, DVDs 

5614DVD 

5226DVD 

9487DVD 

5231 

Videos, DVDs & CDs are not copy-protected, and 

may not be returned for credit or refund. 

Life in the Undergrowth DVD, 2 disks 

Invertebrates. For every one of us, there are 200 million of them. 

David Attenborough reveals the amazing stories behind the lives of 

these small creatures. This DVD version of the BBC series of five 

television programs guides viewers of all ages through a miniature 

universe teeming with life, never normally seen, yet all around us. 

New technology reveals extraordinary close-ups of swarming antler 

moths, desert locusts, a mountain of cockroaches, and a host of 

other insects and spiders. The award-winning, veteran naturalist 

looks at invertebrates the world over: their arrival on land and mastery 

of every habitat, their fantastic variety of hunting and mating, 

and highly organized social behaviors. A fascinating companion 

book to the television series is described on page 95. 

9487DVD Life in the Undergrowth DVD, 2 disks 39.95 

Common Dragonflies of the Northeast 

Unique video covers identification, behavior, and habitats of adult 

dragonflies. Spectacular, close-up footage is featured in introduction 

to more than 40 species found in the region. Includes helpful tips on 

where and when to look for dragonflies as well as how to identify each 

species. By Richard K. Walton and R. A. Forster. VHS; 30 minutes. 

5224 Common Dragonflies, see 5150 DVD, page 83 Discontinued 

The Odyssey of Life, The Unknown World DVD 

Superb award-winning microphotography by Lennart Nilsson takes 

you into the world of creepy crawlers that are hiding in your closet, in 

your bed and on your body. Not for the squeamish, this DVD magnifies 

these creatures to monster size and illustrates their daily activities. 

You’ll see a giant silverfish slithering on books, a mammoth ladybug 

stalking an aphid on a houseplant and ravenous larvae inhabiting 

a coat. A glance in the mirror reveals creatures swarming through 

your hair, on your arm and hand, and behind your teeth. From producers 

of NOVA. Grade level 4+; closed captioned; 60 minutes. 

5226DVD The Odyssey of Life, The Unknown World DVD 19.95 

Tales from the Hive 

Macrophotography brings you up-close and inside a working bee 

colony and illustrates what bees see, do, and hear. See events such 

as a deadly battle between a pair of rival queens, a bee eater’s attack 

on the hive, a high-speed midair “wedding flight” of drone and queen, 

and a scout bee’s mysterious dance that shares special meaning 

with the rest of the hive. A rare glimpse into the lives of bees is 

provided by the experienced staff of NOVA. 56 minutes. 

5614 Tales from the Hive video 21.95 

5614DVD Tales from the Hive DVD 21.95 

Eyewitness Insect 

Outstanding in both presentation and content, this award-winning 

program features an electronically generated 3-D "virtual museum" 

where live-action photography creates the sensation of being inside 

the picture. Coverage is balanced by live-action footage shot in natural 

environments. Narrated by Martin Sheen, the video explains physical 

characteristics, evolution, habits, and habitats of insects along 

with the role these amazing creatures have played in mythology, 

legend, superstition, and the arts. Stereo VHS; approx. 35 minutes. 

5231 Eyewitness Insect video 12.95 

5231DVD Eyewitness Insect DVD 12.99 

The Swarm: India’s Killer Bees 

The most feared insect today is the killer bee, whose stingers are 

three times longer than a honeybee’s and loaded with deadly venom. 

Killer bees are violently aggressive and defend their territory by forming 

huge swarms of stinging menace. A National Geographic researcher 

brings the secret life of killer bees into focus. Includes 


5615 

EDUCATIONAL 

5231DVD 

surprising personal accounts of attacks on humans, thermal imaging 

of an attacking swarm, what triggers aggression, and how killer bees 

communicate and coordinate their defense of the hive. VHS; 60 min. 

5615 The Swarm: India's Killer Bees video 8.95 

Tiger Beetle - A life History Video 

Fascinating film documents, in incredible detail, the life history of the 

Green Tiger Beetle (Cicindela campestris) from egg to adult, and its 

relationship with its prey and its parasitoid. Text is scientifically accurate, 

presented in an accessible and engaging manner, making it 

equally useful to students, professional entomologists and interested 

amateurs. Remarkable photography by Gerald Thompson OBE MA 

FRPS includes almost every aspect of feeding, mating and defense 

behavior of adult beetles. Also features footage of the parasitic wasp 

Methocha which masquerades as prey, then turns the tables on its 

predator, using the beetle's carcass to feed its own larva. VHS; 

stereo, approximately 18 minutes. 

5107 Tiger Beetle - A Life History video 49.95 

The Alder Woodwasp and its Insect Enemies 

Remarkable movie details the biology of the alder woodwasp and its 

natural enemy complex. Appeals to anyone interested in parasitoids, 

and provides invaluable tool for those teaching about insect life histories 

or parasitoids. Excellent macrophotography by Gerald Thompson 

reveals various aspects and complete life histories of the 

woodwasp and four of its parasitoids (three solidary and one gregarious 

species). Includes mating, host-searching, oviposition, larval 

and pupal development, and emergence. Provides detailed account 

of the biology of the woodwasp and its parasitoids, and demonstrates 

variety of aspects of parasitoid life histories. VHS; stereo; ~ 25 min. 

5616 The Alder Woodwasp 49.95 

Ants! Little Creatures Who Run the World 

Dramatic photography introduces the world of ants, including ordinary 

and unusual species such as bulging honeypot ants, gentle 

herdsman ants, and industrious leaf-cutter ants. Narrated by international 

ant expert E. O. Wilson, video overviews ants' social structure 

and their correlation to human society, why the Department of Defense 

studies ant warfare, and how ants can teach people the benefits 

of cooperation. Created by Emmy award-winning NOVA producers. 

54 minutes. Also available with ant farm as a set (page 87). 

5239 Ants! video 19.95 

5239DVD Ants! DVD 19.95 

Bugs of the Underworld DVD 

Groundbreaking DVD explores the lives of aquatic insects in their 

native environment. With custom lenses, cameras and underwater 

housings, Ralph and Lisa Cutter spent 11 years diving and probing 

waters across the continent to make this film. The result is extraordinary 

footage that chronicles the life cycles and behavior of mayflies, 

stoneflies, caddisflies and other aquatic insects. 

5113 Bugs of the Underworld DVD 29.95 

MicroCosmos DVD 

Awesome close-up photography captures the essence of insect life. 

One day in a French countryside field reveals the beauty, talents and 

adventures of insects within the context of their daily lives, demonstrating 

the fundamental link between all living creatures, even ones 

as dissimilar as insects and humans. Amazing macrocinematography 

follows the charismatic subjects, including ladybugs, butterflies, dragonflies 

and grasshoppers; sacred scarabs and ants whose activities 

are similar to our own; and more disturbing characters like water and 

argiope spiders and kite beetles. Sequences allow viewers to follow 

insect movements via a cinematic robot designed for this film, a 

radio-controlled helicopter carrying a miniature 35mm camera. Adults 

and children are captivated by this remarkable film. 75 minutes. 

5238DVD MicroCosmos DVD 19.99 


5239 

5107 

5616 

5113 

5238DVD

EDUCATIONAL 


5198 5235 5604,5604DVD 

5199 

5237 

5109 

Videos, CDs and DVDs are not copy-protected, 

and may not be returned for credit or refund. 

Audubon Society’s Butterflies for Beginners Video 

Offers informative, and easily understood intro to butterfly biology, 

and close-up looks at 32 common and wide-ranging North American 

species. Beautiful live footage of each butterfly in its native habitat is 

accompanied by narrative describing distinguishing features, life history 

and behavior. Range maps show where butterflies can be found 

during flight season. Special attention to caterpillars, food plants and 

brood months allows you to follow the life cycle of each butterfly. 

Written by Paul Opler and Jim Ebner. VHS; stereo hi-fi; 64 minutes. 

5198 Audubon Society’s Butterflies for Beginners video 19.95 

Audubon Society’s Butterfly Gardening Video 

Comprehensive video introduction to 25 of the best commercially 

available butterfly attracting plants. Each has a range map, description 

of proper growing conditions, cultivation tips and list of butterflies 

that favor it. Also features live footage of more than 60 classic North 

American garden butterflies, each with a description of identification 

marks, flight months, seasonal range and favorite plants and flowers. 

Written by Paul Opler and Jim Ebner. VHS; stereo hi-fi; 91 minutes. 

5199 Audubon Society’s Butterfly Gardening video 24.95 

Beginner’s Video Guide to Western Butterflies 

Common butterflies from the Pacific to the prairies are showcased in 

this superb video. Some of the 42 species you will encounter are: 

Swallowtails, Whites and Sulphurs, Blues, Coppers, Hairstreaks, Elfins, 

Metalmarks, Monarchs, Viceroys and Anglewings. Footage is closeup 

with in-flight views and clear, digital computer-generated range 

maps aid in locating your favorites. Includes verbal descriptions of 

field marks and behavior and a booklet that accompanies the video 

lists all of the species shown in the video along with the tape count, so 

that you may access any particular species almost simultaneously. 

Taxonomy, ecology, habitats, survival strategies, life cycles and food 

plants are discussed. VHS; 45 minutes. 

5225 Beginner’s Video Guide to Western B'flies Not available 

Beginner’s Video Guide to Eastern Butterflies 

Butterfly beginners of all ages will use techniques in this guide to 

recognize butterflies as they appear in nature. This video identifies 40 

of the butterflies most frequently seen in the eastern U.S. More unusual 

types like the Snout, the carnivorous Harvester and Zebra 

Swallowtail are also covered. Taxonomy, the ecology of butterflies, 

caterpillars, chrysalids and a special gardening section also receive 

treatment in the extensive beginner's guide. VHS; 42 minutes. 

5235 Beginner's Video Guide to Eastern Butterflies 19.95 

Butterflies of Yellowstone & Grand Teton Parks 

Educational video presents 115 species of butterflies from Yellowstone 

and Grand Teton National Parks. Soothing music and nature sounds 

enhance the photography of butterflies identified by both common 

and scientific names. Species of all major families are represented: 

Hesperiidae (Skippers), Pieridae (Whites, Sulfurs), Papilionidae 

(Parnassians, Swallowtails), Lycaenidae (Blues, Coppers), Satyridae 

(Alpines, Arctics, Ringlets), Danaidae (Monarch), and Nymphalidae 

(Crescents, Fritillaries, Checkerspots and other “brush-footed” species). 

Narrated by Robert C. Anderson. VHS; approx. 55 minutes. 

5237 Butterflies of Yellowstone/Grand Teton Parks video 19.95 

Butterfly World, Jewels of the Sky Video 

Dazzling photography accentuates an introduction to the diverse 

and exotic butterflies that inhabit our planet. Biology, life cycle, migration 

and flight, differences between butterflies and moths, courtship 

and mating, and strategies for avoiding predators are interwoven 

with vignettes on the interrelationship between man and Lepidoptera. 

Filmed throughout the world, half of the photography is done in butter- 

5103 

5103DVD 


Butterfly & Moth Videos, DVDs 

5603 

5232 

5151 

fly houses, aviaries, and parks, and the rest is in natural habitats. 

Excellent introduction for the non-professional. Film by Charles 

Domingue. VHS; 35 minutes. 

5604 Butterfly World: Jewels of the Sky video 19.95 

5604DVDButterfly World: Jewels of the Sky DVD 19.95 

Classic Wisconsin Butterflies Video 

Features more than 50 different varieties comprising majority of the 

region’s most significant resident and migratory species. Jim Ebner’s 

vivid wildlife sequences are accompanied by commentary on dynamics 

of butterfly biology and behavior. Major portion covers specific 

butterflies of open sunny places, wetlands, and forest. Of 49 

featured species, at least 17 rank among the most familiar of all 

American species, with another 15 having extensive ranges throughout 

the eastern half of the U.S. List of 154 species recognized for Wisconsin 

accompanies the video. VHS; 58 minutes. 

5109 Classic Wisconsin Butterflies video 34.95 

Common B'flies & Skippers of Eastern No. America 

Eastern butterflies and skippers are diverse and beautiful and this 

DVD provides the perfect introduction to these colorful insects. 

Close-up videography and an educational narrative are combined 

here to introduce you to 70 common butterflies. Learn these and 

you will easily recognize most of the butterflies in your backyard as 

well as in local fields and meadows. Includes a special sections on 

Monarchs and Monarch migration. 60 minutes. 

5151 Common Butterflies of the Northeast video 12.95 

Common Butterflies of the Southeast Video 

Arranged by habitat, this video introduces 55 common species encompassing 

Virginia to the Gulf of Mexico. Dramatic close-ups of 

swallowtails, sulfurs, hairstreaks and more. Instructional narrative 

describes field identification, habitats, behavior, and ecology. Identification 

quiz concludes the video. Written and filmed by Richard K. 

Walton and Greg Dodge, lepidopterists. VHS; 30 minutes. 

5603 Common B'flies. & Skippers of E. No. America video12.95 

Butterfly in a Box 

The world around us is filled with butterflies and your television screen 

can be filled with them also! Enjoy viewing many different species of 

butterflies in their natural environment from various locations around 

the world. Not only do you view large colonies of butterflies, this DVD 

and video allows you to focus on individual species. It features a 

calming original musical score along with beautiful imagery. Running 

time is approximately 60 minutes. 

5103 Butterfly in a Box video 15.95 

5103DVD Butterfly in a Box DVD 14.95 

Eyewitness Butterfly & Moth 

Brings the marvels and mysteries of nature's most beguiling creatures 

into your home or classroom. Live-action photography, stunning 

video footage and graphics, and state-of-the-art special effects 

give the sensation of being there. Narrated by Martin Sheen and aired 

to acclaim on PBS in 1996, this fast-moving program is packed with 

information, anecdotes and humor, creating an entertaining experience 

for viewers of all ages, Stereo VHS; approx. 35 minutes. 

5232 Eyewitness Butterfly & Moth video 12.95 

5232DVD Eyewitness Butterfly & Moth DVD 12.99 

5232DVD 

77

Pest Management Videos, DVD's & Slides 

Pest Identification Kit 

Outstanding kit of photo slides, manual 

and student guide was designed at 

California Polytechnic State University 

to aid agriculture and science instructors in teaching identification 

and management of common arthropod and vertebrate 

pests. 

Over 100 of the finest color slides ever assembled, shot by the 

country’s top photographers, illustrate the subjects covered 

with clarity and emphasis on identifying characteristics. Many 

show both male and female examples, and multiple stages in 

the life cycle are shown when important. Slides include major 

pests plus beneficial insects. 

Accompanying 120-page Pest Identification Manual is equally 

valuable source, giving identifying characteristics, life cycle 

and host range of the subject. It furnishes information on 

insect, spider and mite morphology, metamorphosis, Index of 

Insect Orders, Index of Scientific Names, and a glossary of 

terms. 

Award-winning kit includes set of 105 slides, Pest I.D. Manual, 

and Student Guide, packaged in 3-hole vinyl binder. 

5136 Pest I.D. Kit, complete 150.00 

5138 Pest I.D. Manual only 25.00 

Supplement to Pest I.D. Kit 

Set of 50 supplemental slides covers 44 additional arthropod 

and vertebrate pests of national importance. Photos are same 

extraordinary quality as original kit, with extreme close-ups of 

the smallest insects to make identifications easy and accurate. 

Student Guide to Supplement shows photos of each pest with 

short description for convenient independent student study. 

5146 Supplemental Pest I.D. kit, complete 67.95 

5147 Supplemental Student Guide only 15.00 

See page 81 for a description of the material in the Pest 

Identification Kit and the Supplement in CD-ROM format. 

Integrated Pest Management Videos & DVD's 

Integrated pest management helps solve problems of pest 

resistance, environmental hazards, health risks to workers, 

increased pesticide regulations, and cost. This comprehensive 

IPM series is an effective tool for teaching students and 

pest managers about this important strategy. 

IPM in the Landscape An excellent introduction to IPM, program 

shows how to integrate biological, cultural, physical, horticultural, and 

chemical strategies into an effective pest management program. 

Explores application of basic IPM strategies in various landscape 

situations, and how to set up an individualized IPM program. Visits 

settings where IPM is used, including Disneyworld’s Epcot Center 

and San Francisco’s Conservatory of Flowers. VHS or DVD; 25 min. 

5100A IPM in the Landscape video 95.00 

5100ADVD IPM in the Landscape DVD 119.00 


EDUCATIONAL 

Urban Integrated Pest Management Seminar 

For pest control professionals, this color video outlines 12 components 

of a properly run IPM program for effective management 

of common urban pests. It is loaded with good methods 

and techniques. Implementation of its professional approach 

cuts chemical costs and reduces callbacks. Recognized industry 

consultant Dr. Ted Granovsky presents footage of slides and 

graphs clearly demonstrating IPM concepts and techniques. 

Key articles on IPM, training documentation sheet, and pre- and 

post-tests are supplied with video. VHS; 55 minutes. 

5241 Urban IPM Seminar video and packet 49.95 

Termites: Conditions Conductive to Infestation 

This professionally produced, segmented video presentation is 

shot entirely in the field. The comprehensive training package 

includes details of more than 50 conditions encountered while 

inspecting structures for termite activity and damage. Also contains 

testing and evaluation sections with hand-on exercises, 

two supporting publications with 40 pages of important information, 

training documentation sheet, and 45-page workbook. Presented 

by Dr. Ted Granovsky, B.C.E., leading pest management 

consultant. VHS; 55 minutes. 

5240 Termites video and publication packet 49.95 

SCATS*, a "Who-did-it?" for PCOs 

You or your staff can learn to recognize the 'calling cards' of 

numerous pests with this video. Presentation includes zoom-in 

close-ups of scat from the field and undisturbed scat accumulations. 

In addition to mammals and birds, video covers frass from 

many insect pests, including drywood and dampwood termites, 

American, German, Oriental, and Smokybrown cockroaches, 

silverfish, caterpillars, dermestids, clothes moths, and fly spots. 

The informative (and humorous) video comes with a 25-page 

workbook with 30+ drawings, glossary of terms and definitions, 

pre- and post-tests, and training documentation form. As a 

bonus, the internationally acclaimed book, What Bird Did That?, 

is also included. 

5242 SCATS video and publication packet 49.95 

IPM in Agriculture Shows how and why integrated pest management 

was developed in agriculture. Covers basic strategies of IPM, 

including proper pest identification, monitoring, determining a crop’s 

economic threshold, and use of biological, physical and chemical 

controls. Details IPM applications in orchard, field crop, strawberry, 

and vegetable production. VHS or DVD format; 29 minutes. 

5100B IPM in Agriculture video 95.00 

5100BDVD IPM in Agriculture DVD 119.00 

IPM in Greenhouses Explains the unique problems and opportunities 

for successful IPM in production greenhouses. Shows how to 

apply a detailed pest monitoring program to effectively coordinate 

physical, biological, cultural, horticultual and chemical controls. Techniques 

shown in this program will reduce costs, increase safety and 

improve pest control for greenhouse crops. VHS or DVD; 27 minutes. 

5100C IPM in Greenhouses video 95.00 

5100CDVD IPM in Greenhouses DVD 119.00 

IPM in Turf This program speaks to both large and small scale turf 

care personnel, teachers and students of turf management. Shows 

how IPM can increase pest control while cutting costs, reducing 

pesticide use, and protecting the surrounding environment. Using 

accurate information obtained from effective monitoring for weeds, 

insects and diseases, video shows how to utilize habitat modification, 

physical/mechanical and biological controls, and least-toxic chemical 

controls to efficiently keep turf healthy. VHS or DVD; 25 minutes. 

5100D IPM in Turf video 95.00 

5100DDVD IPM in Turf DVD 119.00 


EDUCATIONAL 

Entomology Instructional Videos & DVDs 

Informative programs in VHS video or DVD format are narrated by 

Dr. Charles Cole, entomologist from Texas A & M Research Center 

with many year's of experience in developing educational entomology 

programs for training extension agents and young people. The 

seven topics include Insect Identification; two on Practice Identification; 

Arthropod Identification; Collection and Preservation of Insects; 

Insect Metamorphosis and Structure; and Identification and Classification 

of Insects. Student quizzes or study guides for all of the 

following programs can be downloaded from the producer's website 

at no charge. 

Insect Identification Formerly available as three separate videos, 

information has been combined into one video or DVD consisting of 

three sections: 

(1) Live-action of 18 orders and corresponding common species. 

Outlines identifying characteristics (mouth parts, antennae, and other 

unique features) for Collembola, Thysanura, Emphemeroptera, 

Odonata, Plecoptera, Orthoptera, Blattaria, Mantodea, Phasmida, 

Dermaptera, Isoptera, Psocoptera, Phtiraptera, Thysanoptera, 

Neuroptera, Mecoptera, Trichoptera, and Siphonaptera; 

(2) Explains why bugs are insects but not all insects are bugs. Features 

three extensive insect orders—Hemiptera (16 common species), 

Homoptera (9 common species), and Coleoptera (33 species)—and 

identifying characteristics for each order; 

(3) Combines live-action of well-known insects with highly specialized 

species from three orders: Lepidoptera (40 butterflies, moths, 

skippers); Diptera (15 species); Hymenoptera (13 ants, bees, horntails, 

sawflies, wasps). 

5172C Insect Identification video 90.00 

5172D Insect Identification DVD 85.00 

Entomology Series Videos & DVD's 

Exciting series features live action micro- and macro-photography, 

showing living insects in their natural surroundings. 

Prepared with leading entomologists, each program is a valuable 

learning tool, focusing on a unique facet of entomology, 

presenting essential topics in a manner that keeps both beginning 

and advanced students, and their teachers, interested. 

Insect Structure, Function & Metamorphosis Examines three 

types of metamorphosis: gradual, incomplete, and complete, with 

insect examples in each group. Explores basic structure of insects, 

including exoskeleton, antennae, eyes, mouthparts, leg parts, digestive 

and reproductive tracts. Presents insect defenses such as high 

reproductive rates, camouflage, mimicry, spines. 24 minutes. 

5609DVD Insect Structure, Function & Metamorphosis DVD119.00 

Insect Orders, Classification & Identification Features scientific 

names and main characteristics of each of the 26 main orders 

of insects. They include primitive insects such as silverfish, bristletails, 

springtails; winged insects such as mayflies, dragonflies, 

stoneflies, grasshoppers, earwigs, termites, true bugs, cicadas 

and leafhoppers; and nerve-winged insects including beetles, butterflies 

& moths, bees, ants, wasps, flies and fleas. A great building 

block for entomology students. 24 minutes. 

5610DVDInsect Orders, Classification & Identification DVD 119.00 

Arthropods Learn about the largest group of animals, those with 

jointed legs: the phylum Arthropoda. Examines the five classes: insects, 

arachnids, centipedes, millipedes, and crustaceans. Characteristics 

of each class are illustrated, and effective examples are 

shown. Arachnids include spiders, mites, ticks, scorpions, whip scorpi- 


Videos, CDs and DVDs are not copy-protected, and may not be returned for credit or refund. 


Entomology Videos & DVD's 

Practice Insect Identification - I Increases viewers’ ability to 

identify insects by observing their physiological structures. Four 

classes, each containing 10 different specimens from 16 insect orders 

are provided. Identification keys are included. 18 minutes. 

5173 Practice Insect Identification - I video 60.00 

5173D Practice Insect Identification - I DVD 55.00 

Practice Insect Identification - II Second practice program. Four 

classes, each containing 10 different specimens are provided from 

the following orders: Lepidoptera, Diptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, 

Acari, Araneida, and Scorpionida. Identification keys are included. 

20 minutes. 

5174 Practice Insect Identification - II video 60.00 

5174D Practice Insect Identification - II DVD 55.00 

Arthropod Identification Covers arthropods closely related to 

insects. Identifies six classes and eight orders, including 15 species. 

Size, color, and unique characteristics are provided for ticks, mites, 

spiders, and scorpions. Quiz available on web site. 20 minutes. 

5175 Arthropod Identification video 60.00 

5175D Arthropod Identification DVD 55.00 

Collection and Preservation of Insects Explains how, why, where, 

and when to collect insects. Covers necessary equipment, and demonstrates 

techniques for safe and proper usage. Also shows how to 

preserve specimens in alcohol, on slides, and on pins,and how to 

use spreading boards. Quiz available on web site. 23 minutes. 

5176 Collection & Preservation of Insects video 90.00 

5176D Collection & Preservation of Insects DVD 85.00 

Insect Metamorphosis and Structure Features enhanced computer 

graphics in combination with actual insects in various stages of 

growth showing important aspects of gradual, complete, and incomplete 

metamorphosis. Includes microscopic views of important insect 

structures (mouth parts, antennae, wings). Study guide available 

on web site. 22 minutes. 

5177 Insect Metamorphosis & Structure video 90.00 

5177D Insect Metamorphosis & Structure DVD 85.00 

Identification and Classification of Insects Focuses on scope 

and role of insects in the animal kingdom. Enables viewers to identify 

and classify hundreds of insects. Discusses types and use of identification 

keys and anatomical structure plus environmental importance 

and effects of insects. Video camera, microscopic views of 

various insects are shown, identifying characteristics that positively 

identify insect species. Study guide available on web site. 25 minutes. 

5178 Ident. & Classification of Insects video 90.00 

5178D Ident. & Classification of Insects DVD 85.00 

5609DVD 

5611DVD 

5610DVD 

5612DVD 

ons, daddy longlegs, and sun scorpions. Life histories of centipedes 

and millipedes are discussed. Lively, comprehensive look 

into fascinating part of entomology. VHS or DVD; 24 minutes. 

5611 Arthropods video 95.00 

5611DVD Arthropods DVD 119.00 

Insect Families and Identification Explores over 160 major 

families of insects and their distinguishing characteristics. Covers 

primitive insects, in addition to Orthoptera families including grasshoppers, 

crickets, katydids, cockroaches, walkingsticks, and praying 

mantises. Shows in detail major families of the orders Odonata, 

Ephemeroptera, Dermaptera, Isoptera, Hemiptera, Homoptera, 

Thysanoptera, Neuroptera, Coleoptera, Hymenoptera, Diptera and 

Siphonaptera. Features fascinating variety of live insects. VHS or 

DVD; 24 minutes. 

5612 Insect Families and Identification video 95.00 

5612DVDInsect Families and Identification DVD 119.00 

79

Tick Management / 

Software, CDs, DVDs 

Forensic Entomology: Collection & Preservation of 

Insect Evidence from Crime Scenes Video/DVD 

This welcome forensic training video/DVD was 

prepared by specialists in entomology and 

forensic science. Topics include: 

Scene processing; Common insects; Rearing 

protocols; Shipping specimens; Temperature 

collections; Adult & larval collections; and 

Preservation techniques. 

The video/DVD was created by R.K. 

Kimbirauskas, R.W. Merritt, J.K. Tomberlin, 

M.E. Benbow and J.R. Wallace. 22 minutes. 

5316 Forensic Entomology Video/DVD 40.00 

Ticks of Medical Importance 

Five dry mount specimens of medically important ticks found 

in the United States are mounted in 2 x 2" holders. These ticks 

are responsible for transmitting Rocky Mountain spotted fever, 

Tularemia, tick paralysis, 

Lyme disease, human Babesiosis, 

and other diseases. Identification 

to the species level is 

provided on back of each 

mount. 

The durable mounts are good 

for acquainting people with ticks 

to look for when engaged in outdoor 

activities. Pest control operators 

find them useful in educating clients and homeowners. 

5760 Tick dry mounts, set of 5 24.50 

Note: Additional drymounts are available on 

special order, using your specimens or those 

supplied by BioQuip. More than 500 arthropod 

species are available. Specimens can also be 

supplied in alcohol vials with I.D. suitable for 

identification purposes. Call or write for prices 

of specific insect and other arthropod 

drymounts. 

Diptera Data Dissemination Disk, Volume 1 

Digital journal produced by the North American 

Dipterists’ Society includes the Fruit Fly Expert Identification 

system (see book listing in Diptera section, 

author F.C. Thompson), and Systematic Information 

Database. Includes bibliography of Mediterranean 

fruit fly Ceratitis capitata host plants, 

Family-group Names in Diptera, Key to the Mosquito 

Genera of the World, Dipterists' Resource 

Directory, Biosystematic Database of World Diptera (100,000 

name records), and USMN Diptera Coll'n Inventory. Designed 

for PC environment, Windows 95 or NT 4.0 or greater. However, 

much of the information can be used on MS-DOS or Macintosh 

platforms. Integrates with FileMaker Pro database applications. 

5651 Diptera Data CD-ROM Special price 20.00 

EntoPrint Specimen Label Software 

CD 

Print multiple copies of a label for which you enter 

information only once. Whether you want 100 or 

10,000 labels, the program sets them up in columns 

at the size and font you select. 

This software is ideal for printing large numbers of labels in an 

efficient, timely manner. Use it to print labels for locality pins, 

vials, determinations, addresses, or serial numbers. It is easy 

to set up. Program and documentation is provided in the dual 

format CD for use by either Windows or Macintosh users. 

5099CD EntoPrint software CD for Windows or Macintosh 

31.95 

For highest quality labels and reports, use 1223P paper, see page 34. 


Dragonflies of the World CD-ROM 

EDUCATIONAL 

Features interactive identification allowing you to identify 

any adult specimen of dragonfly or damselfly (order 

Odonata) to family and subfamily. Provides notes 

about each family/subfamily, and is richly illustrated 

with color photos of many example species. Shapes 

and patterns of wing veins are basis for effective set 

of identification keys. Designed for use by interested 

amateurs as well as professionals. Ideal compantion 

to book of same name by J. Silsby described on page 

159. Requires Windows 95 or higher, NT or higher. 

9668CD Dragonflies of the World CD-ROM 66.50 

Insectile ComputerFont Set 

Unique software features 38 accurate insect renderings 

in both regular and outline versions, as 

well as Infestia, an alphabet and numbers font comprised 

of actual scanned and rearranged insect 

parts. Informative foldout chart with background 

information is included. Easy to install, easy to use. 

5004A Insectiile computer font set CD-ROM, 

for Windows & Mac 23.95 

Astonishing Army Ants: The Most Important 

Predators in Neotropical Forests 

Army ants are the most spectacular ants in the 

Western Hemisphere. This video record guides the 

viewer expertly into their savage and alien world. It 

is an outstanding presentation covering the life cycle 

and behavior of the Large Swarm Raiding Army 

Ant, Eciton burchellii. 

The DVD is filled with facts explaining why these 

ants are so astonishing. Their queen lays 100,000 

eggs every 35 days for her entire life of five years. They eat so 

much, a colony must move move often to raid for food. Emigrations 

are amazing with almost every ant carrying a larva. Colonies 

are immortal - each comes from a previous colony. 

This truly astonishing DVD was produced by Carl W. Rettenmeyer, 

the world authority on army ants, who has virutally lived with 

these amazing insects during 35 years of research in the rain 

forests of Costa Rica, Panama and Ecuador. Ages eight to 

adult; NTSC version; running time: 55 minutes. 

5245 Astonishing Army Ants DVD 20.00 

Ant and Fly I.D. Flash Card Sets 

Innovative tools aid pest management techs, students and the 

public in identifying ant and fly pests. Front of each card features 

color, up-close photo of the insect. Back of each card includes 

common and scientific names and important identification tips. 

5075 Ant I.D. flash card set (23 cards) 14.95 

5076 Fly I.D. flash card set (18 cards) 14.95 

Pest Identification CD-ROMs: 

Ants and Flies 

State-of-the-art training tools feature 

color images of commonly encountered 

species. Advanced 3-D technology enables 

users to rotate and zoom in on 

images for fast, accurate identification. 

CDs include searchable glossaries of technical terms, printable 

fact sheets, interactive taxonomic key, and I.D. testing component. 

Technical content provided by Stoy Hedges. 

5072 Pest I.D. CD-ROM: The Ants, 23 species 49.95 

5073 Pest I.D. CD-ROM: The Flies, 18 species 49.95 


EDUCATIONAL 

Pest Identification CD-ROM 

Supplemental resource to the bestselling Pest 

Identification Series described on page 78. Windows 

and Macintosh CD-ROM contains 160 slide 

photos that allow you to identify pests (insects, 

deer, mice, rabbits, birds and others) through 

visual and descriptive characteristics. Includes 

both adult and larval stages of most insects. Request 

correct pronunciations, and test your identification skills 

with interactive quizzes. Advanced search options by common 

or scientific name, phylum, class, order, or description. 

System Requirements: · Windows 486/66 MHz processor or 

faster; 8 MB free RAM, SVGA graphics card with compatible 

monitor, Windows 3.1 or higher, Sound card & 2X speed CD- 

ROM drive or faster; · Macintosh 68040 processor or faster, 

8MB free RAM, System 7 or higher, 256 color monitor, & 2X 

speed CD-ROM drive or faster. 

5136CD Pest Identification CD-ROM 125.00 

CD-ROMs & Books 

Decorative Butterfly Illustrations 

Twenty-four full-color plates depict 388 high-quality 

copyright-free designs scanned at 300 dpi and saved 

in TIFF format. Illustrations are accurately rendered 

in a wide array of colors and sizes. Macintosh and 

Windows compatible CD-ROM requires 5MB RAM 

for effective implementation and use. 

5084 Decorative Butterfly Illustrations 19.95 

Chinese Butterfly Designs 

Contains 502 b/w images scanned at 600 DPI and 

saved in six formats - BMP, EPS, PICT, TIFF, and 

Internet-ready GIF and JPEG. Also includes 43 

color images saved as TIFF files. Has simple editing 

graphics program to view, print, crop, and 

rotate images. Windows and Macintosh compatible. 

9792 Chinese Butterfly Designs 14.95 


Butterflies of North America CD-ROM, A Natural History and Field Guide 


Software and CD-ROMs 

AIMS Teaching Modules with CD-ROMs 

Award-winning instructional CD-ROMs with accompanying 

teacher curriculum guides. CDs contain a complete, linear video, 

bulletin board with glossary, interactive quiz with video reinforcement, 

test bank, and a teacher-only section with management 

tools. Teachers can write and edit quiz questions, track 

student scores, and print quizzes, tests, scoring keys, and 

bulletin boards. The teacher’s guides are approximately 40 pages, 

divided into four sections: Introduction to the AIMS Teaching 

Module (ATM); Introducing the Program; Preparation for Viewing; 

and After Viewing. Guide includes rationale, themes, overview, 

objectives, discussion ideas, and suggested activities and 

test. Cross-curricular activities are suggested to further enhance 

learning. Macintosh/Windows CD; video uses Quick-Time 

(available on the CD for installation). 

How We Classify Animals surveys the diversity of animal life 

on Earth, illustrating the taxonomic system used to classify 

animals according to similarities and dissimilarities. Defines vertebrates 

and invertebrates and examines the classes within 

each group. Grades 4-6. 

5658 How We Classify Animals CD/guide 49.95 

Spiders and How They Live illustrates life cycles, modes of 

locomotion, sense organs, diets, and natural enemies. Shows 

ways in which spiders interact with their habitat and identifies 

special characteristics. Grades 4-6. 

5659 Spiders and How They Live CD/guide 49.95 

Extraordinary work with 4500+ full-color pictures covering 679 species, many illustrations of natural habitats, 

24 videos, 600 field maps of native species, and 100 figures ranging from larval, pupal, and adult structures to 

glands, nervous systems, reproductive parts, and cells, veins, and other organs. Complete natural history 

describes biology, ecology, behavior, evolution, physiology, genetics, and biogeography. Keys and tools aid in 

identifying major butterfly groups that are native or strays in the U.S., Canada, Alaska, Greenland, Iceland, 

Bermuda, and Hawaii. Appendixes overview studying, collecting, and raising butterflies. While this CD-ROM is 

an almost exact replication of the book, the extensive hyperlinks assist in finding relevant information quickly. 

See also listing under James A. Scott in Lepidoptera book section. Requires Windows 95 or higher; no Mac. 

9062CD Butterflies of North America CD-ROM 49.95 

Beetles of the World, A Key and Information 

System for Families and Subfamilies 

CD-ROM for Windows 

First comprehensive, interactive database system for 

identifying all families, most subfamilies and selected 

tribes and genera of beetles worldwide. Includes anatomical, 

biogeographical and ecological information for 

each group, plus images of representative species and 

lists of published references. Database consists of set 

of 945 taxa (family, subfamily, tribe or genus), each coded 

for 324 characters with between 1 to 13 character states (usually 2 

or 3). There are six additional text characters with short statements 

on geographic distribution, biology, nomenclature and classification. 

Provides images of representative species with specimen data. Features 

312 anatomical characters, 3,200 images, Beetle Browser tool 

for finding names of major body parts, glossary, and 20-page user 

manual. 

System requirements: Windows 95 or later, SVGA monitor, and 

CD-ROM drive. 

5654A Beetles of the World CD-ROM 165.00 

Beetle Larvae of the World, 

Descriptions, Illustrations, Identification, 

& Information Retrieval 

for Families and Subfamilies 

CD-ROM for Windows 

Interactive tool provides descriptions, illustrations, 

identification and information retrieval 

for families and subfamilies (to tribe or genus 

in some instances) of beetle larvae worldwide. Database consists 

of 390 taxa coded for 175 identification characters (with from 1 to 17 

character states), and 5 additional text characters which include 

short statement on geographic distribution, notes on general biology, 

alternate group name, taxon images with accompanying specimen 

data, and short list of references. Updated package includes new 

version of powerful Intkey software, and 20 page user manual. 

System requirements: Windows 3.1, 95 or later, SVGA monitor, 

CD-ROM drive; web browser recommended. 

5654B Beetle Larvae of the World CD-ROM 165.00 

Videos, DVD's and CD's are not copy-protected, and may not be returned for credit or refund. 

5659 

81

Children's Videos 


Acorn, The Nature Nut Videos: 

Making Science Fun 

John Acorn (his real name) is both an entomologist and the 

great Canadian troubadour of the natural sciences whose TV 

series appears on PBS stations across the U.S. and Canada. 

His inspiring, charming presentations rank with the best about 

entomology for young people. Videos from TV segments feature 

beautiful camera work, with Acorn teaching, demonstrating, 

and singing about insects and natural life. Watch him as 

he works in the field with his chosen arthropod for the day, 

showing how the animal lives, why it is important, finishing up 

with a song about it played on his guitar. 

These entertaining, educational videos are a good long-term 

investment for students as well as for adults who want to learn 

more. VHS videos are 24 minutes in length. 

Butterflies & Flutter-Bys 

Discusses butterfly watching and gardening, and features stunning 

images of Anglewings, Fritillaries, a territorial Silver-Spotted Skipper. 

See Acorn’s interpretation of the butterfly net as a Samurai sword. 

5265 Butterflies video 14.92 21.95 

Carabid Before It Gets Away 

What’s a carabid? It’s a ground beetle, of course. In most parts of the 

world there are as many species of ground beetles as there are 

birds. Too bad so few people appreciate them, but isn’t it handy that 

the Nature Nut is one of those overlooked few? 

5266 Carabid Before It Gets Away video 14.92 21.95 

Caterpillars 

If you like butterflies and moths, then you have to love caterpillars 

since you can’t have one without the other. Video shows how to find, 

identify and rear caterpillars. 

5267 Caterpillars video 14.92 21.95 

Digger Wasps 

Acorn and guest Jack Wojcicki introduce the unusual lifestyle of the 

digger wasp, a crazy critter that not only digs burrows in sand and 

lives underground, but captures prey by delivering a paralyzing sting. 

5269 Digger Wasps video 14.92 21.95 

Dragonflies 

Fast, colorful, and they’re just about everywhere. This video looks at 

dragonflies and damselflies, from egg to larva to fast-flying adult. 

5270 Dragonflies video Sold out 

Grasshoppers 

Farmers hate them, fishermen use them for bait; they come in plagues 

and make chirping sounds. Just what are grasshoppers anyway, 

and what are they doing down there in the grass? 

5271 Grasshoppers video 14.92 21.95 

Scarab Beetles Then & Now 

With two of the world’s top scarab beetle experts, Acorn explores the 

Saskatchewan prairies in search of these nifty critters. From beliefs 

of ancient Egyptians to writings of naturalist Jean-Henri Fabre, they 

cover the topic, sharing their contagious enthusiasm for scarabs. 

5273 Scarab Beetles Then & Now video 14.92 21.95 

Nature Photography: Close-Ups 

For people pursuing nature with a camera, video demonstrates closeup 

techniques, using both 35mm SLR equipment and “the world’s 

crummiest camera”. Good work is possible on any budget. 

5276 Photography Close-Ups video 14.92 21.95 

EDUCATIONAL 

Nature Photography: Telephoto 

For natural subjects too small or far away for normal photo techniques, 

video shows how to choose a telephoto lens, get close to 

your subjects, and hold the camera steady for best results. Special 

segment on sitting in “blinds” and stalking wild creatures. 

5277 Photography Telephoto video 14.92 21.95 

Wasps, Ants & Society in General 

A look at the weird and wonderful lives of ants, bees, wasps, and a 

comparison of their societies to that of humans. Are their societies 

like ours, or are they more efficient and cooperative like science 

fiction would have us believe? 

5279 Wasps, Ants & Society video 14.92 21.95 

Butterflies of the Rainforest 

Travel to Costa Rica and explore colorful rainforest butterflies. Some 

are transparent, some are drunkards, others are the size of a saucer 

and attracted to blue handkerchiefs! With fake heads, warning colors 

and a taste for rotten bananas mixed with raw fish and beer, these 

butterflies make the one back home seem tame. 

5282 Butterflies of the Rainforest video 14.92 21.95 

Click Beetles 

Acorn travels from western Canada poplar forests to Arizona deserts 

to Central American rainforests to find out if click beetles have perfected 

the ultimate sit-up. What can we learn from them about “killer 

abs,” and how about the glowing click beetle with its two headlights? 

5285 Click Beetles video 14.92 21.95 

Praying Mantis 

Acorn teams up with mantis expert Cynthia Mazer to look at the 

Praying Mantis. It has inspired the Mantis style of Kung Fu, and a 

whole gamut of scientific research. Does the female really eat the 

male’s head while they mate, and why doesn’t he see it coming? 

5287 Praying Mantis video 14.92 21.95 

Night Buggin’ 

After late summer rains begin, night bugs of the Arizona desert emerge. 

Acorn and guest entomologist Dr. David Maddison hang a large backlit 

bed sheet in the desert and see what shows up and crawls up. 

5289 Night Buggin’ video 14.92 21.95 

Scorpions, They Look Real Cool 

The Tucson area is renowned for scorpions. Acorn searches here 

for deadly poisonous Centruroides, and sets up a terrarium for a 

huge Emperor Scorpion as well. Friends from the University of Arizona 

help out with the search, and with the song as well. 

5290 Scorpions video 14.92 21.95 

Acorn, The Nature Nut CDs 

Two CDs with collections of original songs featured on Acorn, The 

Nature Nut TV series are available. Volume 1 includes all feature 

songs from the first 13 episodes as well as the theme song. The 14 

tracks include Life Under the Microscope, Munching on Aphids, Beetle 

Grabbin’ Man, and The Ballad of Bird Watcher Betty. Volume 2, subtitled 

My House is Bugged, includes 15 songs from subsequent episodes, 

such as Music for Moths, Hawaiian Herpetile Hula, Dragonfly, 

and Bigger Digger Wasp. These collections provide song lyrics, too, 

for unique entertainment for you or your favorite naturalist. 

5298 Acorn CD, Volume 1 19.95 

5299 Acorn CD, Volume 2 19.95 

Videos, CD's and DVD's are not copy-protected, and may not be returned for credit or refund. 


5298 

Special Close-out prices on videos 

32% discount 

5299

EDUCATIONAL 

Acorn, The Nature Nut DVD's 

John Acorn is an entomologist, author, photographer, and host 

of the popular TV series Acorn, The Nature Nut. The series 

has entertained and educated audiences worldwide, and his 

TV series and user-friendly field guides have earned him numerous 

awards. 

Acorn's humor and style leaves people with an increased 

sense of wonder for the natural world around them, and his 

songs bring smiles and laughter to people of all ages. Of the 

88 TV shows produced for the Discovery Channel, 24 episodes 

feature insects and other arthropods. They are now 

available in the U.S. in a DVD format, each DVD containing 

four episodes 24 minutes in length. 

5207 Acorn DVD - Beetles: Ladybugs, Tiger Beetles, 

Scarabs, and Click Beetles, 4 episodes 19.95 

5210 Acorn DVD - Insects #1: Dragonflies, Grasshoppers, 

Ants, Bees and Wasps 19.95 

5213 Acorn DVD - Insects #2: Flies, Carabid Beetles, 

Digger Wasps, True Bugs, 4 episodes 19.95 

5215 Acorn DVD - Butterflies: Butterflies, Caterpillars, 

Monarchs, Costa Rican Butterflies 19.95 

5219 Acorn DVD - Spiders, Scorpions, Praying Mantids, 

Arizona Arachnids, 4 episodes 19.95 

5228 Acorn DVD - Night Bugging, House Bugs, Ants 

and Beetles in the Rain Forest, 4 episodes 19.95 

The Butterfly King Video and DVD 

Educational docudrama is narrated by a caterpillar and his sibling 

who grow into beautiful Monarch butterflies. Excellent close-up 

footage provides striking views of the butterfly throughout metamorphosis, 

from its start as an egg, as a caterpillar, pupal stage, 

and emergence as an adult. Also highlights both natural and manmade 

hazards faced by larvae ranging from predatory spiders and 

parasitic flies to lawn mowers. Winner of "College Emmy" from 

Academy of Television Arts & Sciences. Intended primarily for children 

5-10 (grades 1-5); 20 minutes. 

5605 The Butterfly King video 17.95 

5606 The Butterfly King DVD 13.95 

Science With Insects Video 

Introduces insect study, showing how to use nets, aspirators, pitfall 

traps, and Berlese funnels in the field. Uses hands-on approach to 

demonstrate entomological techniques for relaxing jars, spreading 

wings, pinning, labeling, and more. A diversity of insects is presented 

close-up—ants, wasps, fleas, butterflies, beetles, and aquatic insects. 

Produced by entomologist Dr. Robert C. Anderson, narrated 

by two young students, appropriate for grades K - 8. VHS. 

5214 Science With Insects video Discontinued 

bugz . . . from a bugs eye view Video 

Video of some amazing inhabitants of the insect world includes common 

and uncommon insects. Creatively combines fun facts, colorful 

graphics, and children’s commentary with original “bug” music. Photography 

shows insects creeping, jumping, fluttering, and scurrying. 

Geared for children, but suitable for all ages. VHS; 35 minutes. 

5602 bugz . . . from a bugs eye view video 11.95 

Who Wants To Be An Entomologist? DVD 

Provides an imaginative and practical introduction to entomology. 

Introduces viewers to insects and their relatives, and demonstrates 

the use of simple tools for luring and collecting them. Viewers of all 

ages will enjoy Tony’s energetic and childlike enthusiasm for all that 

creeps and crawls. Appropriate for grades K - 5; 35 minutes. 

5000 Who Wants To Be An Entomologist? DVD 14.99 


The Saturniidae CD - 

Wild Silkmoths, Giant 

Silkmoths, Emperor Moths 


5605 

5106 

Wild silkmoths are collected like butterflies 

for their often large size, bold pattern 

and colors, and are popular with 

artists and wildlife photographers. Caterpillars 

of some are eaten, and stings 

from others can cause death. Only a 

handful of the more than 1500 species 

are agricultural pests. Kirby Wolfe has 

spent more than 25 years studying and photographing these moths. 

He shares his knowledge and provides high resolution, printable 

photographs of live specimens of over 250 species, including their 

caterpillars. Includes an overview of the Saturniidae, rearing moths, 

photographing moths, and classification. 

5104 The Saturniidae CD 25.00 

Common Dragonflies and Damselflies of Eastern 

North America DVD 

Dragonflies and damselflies are everywhere. 

Awaiting your discovery, these diverse 

and beautiful flyers are easy to find 

and identify. Spectacular close-up footage 

along with educational narrative is combined 

in the perfect introduction and supplement 

to field guides on identification. Multiple 

close-up views of each species, and sideby-side 

comparisons are especially illuminating. 

60 minutes. 

5150 Common Dragonflies & Damselflies DVD 24.95 

5606 

CDs, DVDs 

Children's Videos, DVDs 

5600 

5602 

5105 

Amazing Animals: Mini-Beasts Videos 

As seen on the Disney Channel, Henry the Lizard introduces some 

fascinating wildlife in the form of creepy-crawlies. Beetles, starfish, 

fleas and ants are shown in live-action footage with information on 

behavior and physical characteristics of these invertebrates. Children 

of all ages will find the blend of humorous narration, photography, 

and animated characters fully engrossing. VHS; 30 minutes. 

5600 Amazing Animals: Mini Beasts video 9.95 

5106 Amazing Animals: Creepy Crawly video 9.95 

Magic School Bus: Bugs, Bugs, Bugs DVD 

Based on the best-selling book series and Emmy award-winning 

TV show, this DVD contains three programs: Butterflies, Gets Ants 

in Its Pants, and In a Beehive all on one disk. Kids love these 

animated stories. 90 minutes. 

5105 Magic School Bus: Bugs, Bugs, Bugs DVD 11.99 

5000 

83

Children’s Videos, Activities 

Bug Card Decks, Posters 

Bug City Video Series 

Bug City is a series of video 

programs created to help 

kids learn about insects and 

other small critters. Hosted by 

Christina Ricci and entomologist 

Dr. Art Evans, with Bugsy 

Seagull, a wisecracking puppet 

that adds playful mischief 

and makes kids laugh as 

they learn about the world of 

insects. All aspects of bug life 

are touched upon, including 

body structure, food, habitat, life cycle, mating, camouflage, 

symbiosis, adaptations, and social behavior. 

Students also learn how to collect and care for various insects, 

how to build insect habitats and attract interesting species 

to them, and observe them in action. Entertaining and 

highly informative series will delight kids who are interested in 

bugs and want to learn more about them. For grades 1 - 6. 23 

minutes. Programs include: 

$ A project for students to replicate; 

$ A scientific demonstration or experiment 

$ Spectacular microscopic photography 

$ Fun commentary and bug facts 

$ Teacher’s Guides developed by Nat. Hist. Mus., L.A. 

$ Outstanding computer graphic bug diagrams 

$ Closed-captioning for the hearing impaired 

Close-out special; prices reduced 40%; limited quantities 

5252 Bees 17.97 

5253 Beetles 17.97 

5254 Butterflies & Moths 17.97 

5255 Crickets, Grasshoppers and Friends 17.97 

5256 Flies & Mosquitoes 17.97 

5257 House & Backyard Insects 17.97 

5258 Ladybugs & Fireflies 17.97 

5259 Spiders & Scorpions 17.97 

Myths and Science of Cricket Chirps Audiotape 

Provides an engaging method to teach reasoning 

processes to students from elementary through high 

school levels. Uses the pleasant sound of the tree 

cricket, Oecanthus fultoni, as males attempt to attract 

females under varying temperature, seasonal, 

and altitude conditions. Presents principles and pitfalls 

of inductive logic, and demonstrates the formation, 

predictive power, and testing of a formed idea. 

14-minute journey of discovery was developed by a 

science educator to teach critical thinking and scientific 

processes. 24-page Teachers' Guide is included. 

5168A Myths & Science of Cricket Chirps 18.95 

Knowledge Cards® Decks 

Bugs: Beetles, Butterflies, Moths, and Other Amazing Arthropods 

Each of the 48 cards in this deck shows a gorgeous 

insect on the front; an informative description is on the 

back. From the comical goliath beetle, a lumbering beast 

so huge that it sounds like a tiny aircraft when in flight, 

to the scintillatingly iridescent Morpho rhetenor butterfly, 

pictures and profiles in this deck offer an absorbing 

and educational glimpse into the amazing world of insects. 

Photos and text by Christopher Marley. 

5152 Bug cards deck, 48 cards 9.95 

Why We Need Bees, Beetles, Urchins, and Worms 

This 48-card quiz deck covers beneficial invertebrates. 

The front of each card asks a question. The back 

provides a scientifically accurate answer and detailed 

information. "Aren't all cockroaches harmful to people 

and the environment?" Sponsored by the Sierra Club; 

ages 8 to adult. Cards are laminated and printed on 

recycled paper. 

5250 Why We Need Bees..... cards deck, 48 cards 9.95 


Fine Art Posters 

EDUCATIONAL 

Remote Control Tarantula with Light-up Eyes 

Watch this RC tarantula crawl with 

real spider-like movement. Each 

leg moves separately, and its furry 

texture makes it seem like the real 

thing. Use the unique spider egg 

two-signal radio control to send this 

giant arachnid scurrying across 

any smooth, flat surface. It crawls 

within a 12 - 15 foot range, up to 

13 ft. per minute. Leg span is 7". Exotic tarantula colorations 

may vary. Ages 6 and up. Adult assistance recommended for 

younger children. Requires 2 AAA batteries (#2802P) and 3 AA 

alkaline batteries (#2802N), not included. 

5403 Remote Control Tarantula 24.95 

Rumble Bugs - Battling Beetle Challenge 

It's a battling beetle challenge. 

Knock your opponent's beetle 

off the log to win. Two realistic 

beetles with a powerful 

wind-up mechanisms are 

based on authentic species. 

Their hinged wings open for 

battle. Beetles are 2-1/2 x 4 x 

2" high. Two beetles from the 

assortment shown above and 

a battle log are included in 

each package. Ages 6 and up. No batteries are required. 

5405 Rumble Bugs 12.95 

Two dramatic posters autographed by Project InSECT artist 

Jessa Huebing-Reitinger feature intricately detailed images. They 

are reproductions of the artist's huge eight- to nine-foot canvases 

painted over a period of several weeks at museums, 

zoos and art museums to educate the public on the science of 

entomology through the medium of performing visual arts. This 

talented artist refers to a microscope of an actual specimen, 

then moves to the canvas, often on a ladder, to create these 

much larger-than-life images. 

Dragonfly Poster 

The dragonfly "Rusty" (Trithemis arteriosa) is indigenous to 

Kenya. The wings are not a mirror image of one another but 

instead each is unique, similar to our fingerprints. Reproduction 

is printed on high qualitypaper; size is 24 x 30". 

5140 Dragonfly poster, laminated *21.50 

5140U Dragonfly poster, not laminated *15.00 

Jewel Bee Poster 

The jewel bee "Harley" (Halictidae euglossine) from French 

Guiana is a solitary bee that does not have the capacity to sting. 

This remarkable insect has an iiridescent exoskeleton and three 

orange, glass like domes on the forehead that are its simple 

eyes (ocelli). Printed on high quality paper; size is 22 x 24". 

5054 Jewel Bee poster, laminated *21.00 

5054U Jewel Bee Poster, not laminated *15.00 

* Note: Mailing tube charge per order 1.50 

Videos, CDs and DVDs are not copy-protected, and may not be returned for credit or refund. 


5054 

5140

EDUCATIONAL 

Butterflies, 

Insects, 

Spiders 

CD-ROMs 

Excellent classroom or craft project makes 3-dimensional creatures 

using a computer printer. Engages children and adults in a 

quality learning experience creating insects, butterflies, and 

spiders. Color images are ready to print, cut out, assemble 

easily, and display. Scale sheets allow images to be printed in 

larger or smaller sizes. You can even create giant images (use 

more paper backing for support). Each CD contains introduction 

sheet, facts, set-up instructions, and applicable body, wing 

and leg sheets for each creature. 

5660 12 Butterflies CD-ROM 11.98 

5661 20 Insects CD-ROM 11.98 

5662 16 Spiders CD-ROM 11.98 

Totally Bugs, Learn About a 

Bug’s Life and Build Five Bugs 

Fun, factual kit contains body parts to build 

five insects. Thirty-two-page book gives 

step-by-step instructions on assembling a 

ladybug, black ant, stag beetle, greenbottle 

fly, and an orb weaver spider. Body parts 

are numbered for easy assembly and accuracy. 

Book also provides information on 

the insects, including physical characteristics, 

food preferences, behavior, and more. 

Suitable for ages 8 and above. 

5013 Totally Bugs 16.95 

Ant Hill Live Ant Habitat 

Discover the subterranean world of 

ants from inside and out. This realistic 

anthill habitat provides hours of 

wonder as you watch live ants dig 

underground tunnels, walkways, and secret chambers. The 

AntHill features a "cross-cut" design for easy observation, a 

wide base for stability, a realistic double-sided viewing area, 

and escape-proof locking lid. Comes complete with special 

sand, fact and activity book, and certificate to mail away for 

live ants. Size: 11" x 5-1/2 x 8-1/4". 

5200 AntHill habitat & certificate for live ants 19.99 

Decorative Crossing Signs 

Decorative traffic "warning signs" for home, patio, outdoors, or 

office alert visitors to the presence of bees, butterflies, fireflies, 

ladybugs, mosquitos and roaches. Seven signs feature 

caution yellow or orange background with color illustration and 

black text. Aluminum signs have rounded corners and and one 

hole drilled in the top. 12 x 12" (305mm). 

5444A Bee Crossing Sign 11.95 

5444B Butterfly Crossing Sign 11.95 

5444C Butterfly Garden Sign 11.95 

5444E Ladybug Crossing Sign 11.95 

5444FN Mosquito Crossing Sign 11.95 

5444J Dragonfly Crossing Sign 11.95 

5444L Roaches Crossing Sign 11.95 


Insects and Spiders 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ $ $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ www.bioquip.com 

Children’s Activities 

Teaching Aids 

Butterfly Stickers in Full Color 

Authentically detailed illustrations of butterflies and moths selected 

from late 19th-century chromo lithograph plates fill these 

pages. The 87 stickers come in many sizes. They are ideal for 

decorating packages and cards or for adding a colorful touch 

to any smooth surface. Scientific names are included. Ages 4 

and up; 8-1/4 x 11". 

9152 Butterfly Stickers in Full Color 5.95 

The Ultimate Sticker Books 

Provide hours of fun and learning with easy-to-peel, reusable 

stickers. Children read captions relating an interesting fact 

about 60 insects and other arthropods. Then they peel the 

correct sticker with insect’s or arthropod’s name from sheets 

and place in outlined shadow next to the fact caption. Each 

sticker book has an eight-page booklet with captions and four 

sheets of colorful photo stickers selected from Eyewitness 

archives. Ages 5 to 10. Paperback; 8-1/2 x 11”. 

3440A The Ultimate Bugs Sticker Book 6.99 

9994 The Ultimate Bugs Glow-in-Dark Sticker Book 6.99 

9332 The Ultimate Bugs & Slugs Sticker Book 6.99 

9995 The Ultimate Butterflies Sticker Book 6.99 

9761 The Ultimate Creepy Crawly Sticker Book 6.99 

Laser-Cut Plastic Insect Stencils 

Three durable, plastic stencil sheets with 15 stylized insect 

designs featuring sharp detail. Lifelike images of a praying mantis, 

ladybug, bee, dragonfly, housefly, cricket, and nine other 

insects. Includes clear, easy-to-follow instructions for use in 

graphics, crafts, or as accents. 

4129 Laser-Cut Plastic Insect Stencils Out of print 

Children will learn the importance of insects, 

spiders, and other arthropods in 

this lively CD with 12 informative, fun 

songs. Includes lyrics to help youngsters find answers to such 

questions as “Are spiders insects?” and “Are all insects bugs?”. 

Recipient of The Film Advisory Board’s Award of Excellence as 

a quality educational and entertainment product. Ages 4-10. 

Twenty-four page activity book includes a letter from an entomologist 

explaining what he does, realistic illustrations of insects, 

spiders, and other arthropods, and fact sheets that encourage 

children to learn more about the importance of insects. 

5079 Insects & Spiders CD-ROM only 12.99 

5079K Insects & Spiders CD-ROM/Book set 13.99 

85

Teaching Aids 

Insect Observation 

6162 6161 

Magiscope 77777 

The virtually indestructible 

Magiscope is popular with both 

teachers and students. This 

durable microscope is simple 

to operate and requires no external 

light source, mirror, cord, 

or batteries. It is constructed 

of solid aluminum alloy and 

tempered brass, with no ex- 

6160 

posed threads, knobs, gears, 

or screws. The Magiscope is student-proof and rugged enough 

for outdoor use. The entire unit has only one moving part. 

Focusing is simple brass-on-brass friction with fine adjustment 

ramp focus, requiring no grease or maintenance. 

Winner of a Parents Choice award, the Magiscope is made in 

the USA and covered by manufacturer's 10-year guarantee 

that includes accidental breakage. Includes Lumarod7 illuminator 

that provides adjustment-free transmitted or reflected 

light for specimens or prepared slides. The illuminator supplies 

even, cool, transmitted light without adjustment, enabling 

this model to be used with higher power accessory lens. Suitable 

for grades K - 10. 

Optics: 4x objective, 5x eyepiece, 20x total magnification 

Dimensions: 8-3/4" high x 3-3/4" wide x 3-3/4" deep (22 x 

9.5 x 9.5 cm) 

Weight: 1 lb., 13 oz. (shipping weight 3 lbs.). 

Accessories: 

6161 10x achromatic objective, N.A. 0.25, full-size lab grade 

lens for 6160. Provides 50x magnification with standard eyepiece, 

plus 100x magnification with 6162 eyepiece. Recommended 

for grades 4 and higher. 

6162 10x widefield eyepiece, standard diameter eyepiece 

for 6160. Provides 40x magnification when used with standard 

4x objective, and 100x when used with 6161 10x objective. 

6160 Magiscope 7 with Lumarod 7 illuminator 119.00 

6161 10x achromatic objective 21.00 

6162 10x widefield eyepiece 21.00 

Praying Mantis Pagoda 

This is a good project for the home or 

classroom to orient learners to the life 

life of the mantis. Watch anywhere 

from 75 to 200 nymphs hatch from a 

live egg case. A special hanging mantis-hatching 

platform in the breatheable 

hangable pagoda habitat makes it 

easy. Keep one adult and feed her tiny 

insects (like aphids) or release them 

to forage for garden pests on their 

own. 

The kit includes a mail-in coupon for a 

praying mantis egg case and a complete 

mantis care and instruction guide 

for keeping and releasing your mantises. Egg cases are available 

Mid-January to March, while supplies last. Allow 3 to 6 

weeks to hatch. Ages 4 and up. 

Note: an additional $3.00 for shipping and handling is required 

when redeeming your coupon . 

5346 Praying Mantis Pagoda 19.99 


Butterfly Colony 

EDUCATIONAL 

Painted Lady butterfly kits are a great way 

to start fast without the need for living plants. 

They contain both the educational and living 

materials to create a natural butterfly 

habitat. Kit contains: 

White mesh 13" cube collapsible enclosure 

with clear vinyl window and large zipper for 

easy access. It can be bleach sanitized (10% 

solution) and reused year after year. 

Adult butterfly feeding kit with prepared 

nectar solution 

100+ Easy Growing Garden seeds with at 

least 25 varieties of plants that attract butterflies and are food 

for their young and adult stages. 

Certificate for 6 live caterpillars with food for starter culture. 

When ready to start, visit supplier's web site or call toll free 

number. Guaranteed specimens, prepared food and care instructions 

will be shipped. (Continental U.S. and Alaska only.) 

Butterfly life cycle poster. It includes detailed instructions and 

tips for raising butterflies and a list of plants to which painted 

lady butterflies are attracted. 

1465 Butterflly colony kit 27.00 

Watch-A-Bug 

Carry your favorite critters with 

you where ever you go with 

this insect “watch.” Watch-A- 

Bug features a pop-open/ 

snap-shut compartment with see-through mesh canopy and a 

floor made of high-impact plastic. The bug chamber is mounted 

on a "one size fits all" Velcro wrist band. Ages 4 and up. 

5229 Watch-A-Bug 4.95 

Port-A-Bug 

Insect Viewing Jar 

Ideal, safe way to observe live insects close 

up. Clear acrylic plastic jar has easy snap-on 

lid with optically clear lens that magnifies two 

times - 2X and 4X. A fold-down second lens 

magnifies four times. Comes with sizing grid 

and air holes, plus sample vinyl insect and 

instruction sheet. Ages 4 and up. Jar size: 

2.5" diameter x 3" high (6.4 x 7.6 cm). 


5194A Insect viewing jar 3.50 3.25 

Bug Locket 

Observe butterflies, ladybugs, and other 

bugs in this lightweight, escape-proof observation 

habitat. Made of ventilated mesh, 

this portable insect tube collapses back 

down and clips onto your belt when you’re 

done viewing. Comes with a matching totesack. 

Great for show-and-tell, field trips, 

and insect excursions. Size: 5-1/4 x 8-3/4". 

Ages 4 and up, including adults. 

5201 Pop-Up Port-A-Bug 7.95 

Kids can wear a favorite or unusual 

insect or spider contained 

securely in a bug locket. The impact 

resistant viewing jar features 

a magnifier lid for up close observation. 

Size is 1-1/2" diameter x 2" 

high. For ages 4 and up. 

5019 Bug locket 2.00 


EDUCATIONAL 

Butterfly Pavilion & Certificate for Caterpillars 

Child- and insect-friendly habitat lets you raise butterflies with 

the mail-in certificate for 10 Painted Lady butterfly larvae. Made 

of see-through mesh with a zippered entry for easy 

access, feeding, and care. Stand it up or hang it from 

the ceiling. Measures two feet tall, and is lightweight, 

durable, and reusable. Kit includes pavilion habitat, certificate 

for larvae, special food, fact guide, and complete 

instructions. Ages 4 to adult. 

5068 ButterflyPavilion with 

certificate for 10 larvae 29.95 

5133 Certificate for 5 

replacement larvae 13.95 

Butterfly Pavilion School Kit with Larvae Certificate 

Designed especially for classroom use, this two-foot tall habitat 

hangs so everyone can see the butterflies within, yet they stay 

at a safe distance from over-eager students. Made of durable, 

see-through mesh, the zippered habitat is washable and reusable. 

Kit includes mail-in certificate for 33 Painted Lady larvae, 

33 vials and lids, food, and instructions. 

5068B Butterfly Pavilion school kit with certificate 49.95 

5133 Certificate for 5 replacement larvae 13.95 

Butterfly Garden with Certificate for Caterpillars 

Best seller Butterfly Garden brings the 

color and wonder of live butterflies into 

your home or classroom in a foot-tall, 

reusable habitat. Watch nature at work 

as caterpillars turn into colorful Painted 

Lady butterflies. Includes fun-filled fact 

and activity guide and mail-in certificate 

for five caterpillars and food. 

5132 Butterfly Garden with certificate 

for 5 larvae 19.95 

The Live Butterfly Activity Book, 

Insect-ucational Activities, Suggestions & 

Resources for Home and School 

This guide provides activities, resources, reproducible 

materials, and ideas that can be used 

year-round. Activities are suitable for pre-K to 8, 

with emphasis on grades 2 to 4. Safe, lab-tested, 

easy, and exciting activities are easily modified to 

match students’ skill levels. The book is full of 

classroom management and learning model suggestions 

from teachers, and includes web and 

print informational resources available to parents, teachers, 

and kids. 2002, 104 pp., b/w dwgs.; 8-1/2 x 11". 

3317A The Live Butterfly Activity Book, K - 8 9.95 

Creature Peeper 

This sturdy, plastic bug viewer lets 

kids study insects and spiders safely 

up close from above and below. Features 

two 3X magnifiers over and 

under the viewing chamber for a 

thorough look at any creature. The 

watertight viewing chamber will even 

keep tadpoles and small fish safe 

during inspections. Size: 4-1/4 x 4 x 7". 

5206 Creature Peeper 7.99 


Buzzerks Bugvision Eyewear 

Ant Farms 


Insect Activities & Observation 

Buzzerks Eyewear 

These wild, crazy sunglasses in bright, metallic 

colors mimic the eyes of a fireant, hornet 

and mantis—not only in how they look 

but how they let you look through them. 

Glasses come with special flip-forward, 

rounded prisma lenses that break up the 

visual world into sections—just like an 

insect’s compound eye! All three models 

have realistic insect features, including antennae. 

They are cool for grownups, too! 

5216A Buzzerks eyewear, fire ant 9.99 

5217A Buzzerks eyewear, hornet 9.99 

5218A Buzzerks eyewear, mantis 9.99 

5216A 5217A 5218A 

Well-designed, slender, clear 

plastic habitats in which ants tunnel 

under a barn and windmill, 

popular with children for over 50 

years. Certificate can be mailed 

to Ant Farm manufacturer to receive 

tube of live harvester ants, 

which, unlike many insects, work in the daylight so their activity 

can be observed during classroom or other daytime hours. 

Clean tunneling sand and Ant Watcher's Manual come packed 

in each Ant Farm. Ages 6 and up. 

Ant Farm 6" high x 9" wide (15 x 23 cm); several can be 

connected to build multiple ant farms. Complete with two-foot 

clear flexible Antway Tube, four Antports. 

5115 Ant Farm 13.95 

Giant Ant Farm 10" high x 15" wide (25 x 38 cm); large 

viewing surface for group watching. Complete with year’s supply 

of ant food and liquid feeder. 

5116 Giant Ant Farm 21.50 

NOVA Ant Video and Ant Farm Set 

Ants! Little Creatures Who Run the 

World video, created by Emmy awardwinning 

producers of NOVA, provides 

close-up look at the world's most intriguing 

ants. Then kids can create and 

watch their own live ant colony with 

the Uncle Milton’s Ant Farm and guide 

included in the set. See full description 

in Video section. VHS; 60 minutes. 

5239A Ants! video and ant farm package 19.95 

Ant Farm 

GelColony 

Watch ants as they build 

amazing 3-D tunnels in 

translucent gel! Food and 

moisture are self-contained 

for a maintenance-free experience. 

The Ant Farm Gel 

Colony uses a nutrient-rich 

gel, providing your ants with 

a continuous source of food 

and moisture. It is connectable, break resistant and escape 

proof. The Gel Colony features a contemporary polycarbonate 

design, tunnel starter tool, Ant Watcher's Manual, mail-in coupon 

for live Harvester ants*, four connecting Antports, and 

Antway connecting tube. Size is 11-1/2" wide, 9" high, 3-1/2" 

deep. For ages 6 and up; adult assistance recommended. 

* Postage and handling fee required. Ants are shipped only 

within continental limits of the USA and Canada. 

5406 Ant Farm Gel Colony 24.95 

87

Grades K - 12 

Insect Woodkits 

Mosquito 5211 

Tarantula 5246 

Butterfly 5209 

Praying mantis 5203 Scorpion 5208 

Create your own insect models from these well-designed wood 

kits. Large-scale insects are constructed of 1/8" thick plywood 

laminate. Sandpaper and assembly instructions are included; 

no tools or glue are required. Woodkits for 13 insects and 

spiders are listed below. For ages 7 and up. 

5203 Praying Mantis woodkit, 18" (46 cm) high 5.95 

5208 Scorpion woodkit, 15" (38 cm long) 5.95 

5209 Butterfly woodkit, 12" (31 cm) long 5.95 

5211 Mosquito woodkit, 18" (46 cm) long 6.95 

5246 Tarantula woodkit, 16" (37 cm) long 6.95 

Insect & Spider Replicas 

5052 

5029 

5057 

5028 

5056 

5186 

5051 

5055 

5053 

The world of insects and arachnids is revealed with Hidden 

Kingdom's life-like replicas. Authentically rendered models are 

made of high-quality polyresin materials and feature posable 

limbs. Hang tags include brief descriptions in English, French, 

German, Italian, Spanish. Length: 3 to 6.5". Ages 5 to adult. 

5055 Praying Mantis, 6" long (15 cm) 5.95 

5028 Red Ladybug, 3" long (7.5 cm) 3.95 

5051 Yellow Swallowtail Butterfly, 4.5" long (11 cm) 5.95 

5056 Dragonfly, 6" long (15 cm) 5.95 

5029 Blue Morpho Butterfly, 5" long (12 cm) 5.95 

5057 Monarch Butterfly, 4" wide (10 cm) 5.95 

5030 Orange-Barred Sulphur Butterfly, 5" long 3.95 

5052 Orange-kneed tarantula, 6" long (15 cm) 6.85 

5186 Black Widow Spider, 6.5" long (16.5 cm) 6.75 

5053 Scorpion, 6.5" long (17 cm) 5.95 


Insect and Spider Hand & Finger Puppets 

EDUCATIONAL 

5190 5169 

Wonderfully imaginative puppets appeal to children of all ages. 

They make the insect world approachable even to youngsters 

who are timid about insects. Puppets come with a tag detailing 

facts about the insect or spider. They are great educational tools 

for explaining special characteristics of individual insects and 

spiders. These stuffed puppets are constructed from a colorful 

variety of synthetic fabrics; hand washable. 

Caterpillar Puppet Fuzzy generic caterpillar has black head 

and body. Sunburst-colored segments are orange/gold. 17" long. 

5399 Caterpillar hand puppet Discontinued by mfr. 

Large Tarantula Puppet Oversize orange/red, brown and black 

fuzzy tarantula puppet with beady eyes is really as cuddly as a 

puppy. Hand enters from under the body area to work several of 

the multiple legs. 18" long. 

5134 Large tarantula hand puppet 27.95 

Bee Puppet Fuzzy yellow and black body; translucent wings 

with black venation markings; on black glove. Six-fingered design 

can be worn by adults or children on either hand. 8" long. 

5187 Bee hand puppet 13.95 

Butterfly Puppet Monarch butterfly has satiny orange & black 

wings, black wing vein markings, orange & white spots on outer 

edges of wings; black body also serves as mitt for holding puppet. 

14" wing span. 

5188 Butterfly hand puppet 15.95 

Ladybug Puppet Black body under side; red top side with large 

black spots; mounted on black glove. 9" long. 

5189 Ladybug hand puppet 13.95 

Reversible Caterpillar/Butterfly Turn this green caterpillar inside 

out and a beautiful butterfly unfolds. Wings are yellow and 

green with black vein patterns, silk-screened on top side. This 

unique, popular stuffed animal is not a puppet. 13" long. 

5191 Reversible caterpillar/butterfly 23.95 

Mini Praying Mantis Finger Puppet Soft green cloth mantis 

with felt legs and shiny black eyes & antenna comes to life when 

worn on your finger. 7" long. 

5436 Mini praying mantis finger puppet 5.95 

Mini Ladybug Finger Puppet Familiar and beneficial red ladybug 

with black spots. 

5142 Mini ladybug finger puppet 5.95 

Small Tarantula Puppet Brown and orange/red hairy tarantula 

with shiny eyes is only slightly larger than live ones found in 

hot, dry climates. 9" long. 

5169 Small tarantula hand puppet 11.95 


5134 

5436 

5187 

5189 

5188

EDUCATIONAL 

Posters 

5412 

Butterflies Poster A flurry of common North American butterflies 

grace this elegant poster. Butterflies are perched amongst assorted 

host-plants, and illustrated in full color. Laminated, 21 x 33”. 

5410 Butterflies poster *7.95 

Insects Poster Thirty beguiling insects are illustrated in full color, 

including a boll weevil, silverfish, blue bottle fly and more. Identified by 

both common and scientific names. Laminated, 21 x 33”. 

5411 Insects poster *7.50 

Leaves Poster Twenty-seven crisp illustrations flutter gracefully 

upon the neutral background of this educational poster. Detailed, fullcolor 

drawings provide expert identification for common leaves. Laminated, 

21 x 33”. 

5412 Leaves poster *7.95 

Spiders Poster Thirty-one spiders from around the world are accurately 

rendered and identified by both common and scientific names. 

Orchard orb-weaver is one fascinating arachnid that is featured. Laminated, 

21 x 33”. 

5413 Spiders poster *7.95 

Snakes Poster Slithery serpents representing 24 species are illustrated 

in full color, with common and scientific names. Paradise tree 

snake, sidewinder and emerald tree boa are just three of the fascinating 

reptiles. Laminated, 21 x 33”. 

5414 Snakes poster *7.95 

Honey Bee Education Posters Set of eight full-color, 11 x 17” 

posters have 11 photographs on each poster, designed for classroom 

use. Scenes include a worker bee collecting pollen, a swarm in 

a tree, a queen bee, and workers on a comb, four common bee and 

wasp varieties, a honey bee nest in a tree, a beekeeper, packaged 

products of the hive, and the entrance to a nest in a wall. 

5038 Honey Bee Education posters, set of 8 *6.50 

Butterfly Alphabet Poster Colorful patterns formed by scales on 

wings of butterflies and moths create a truly unique alphabet and 9 

Arabic numberls. The 35 images on this remarkable poster are the 

result of worldwide travel by nature photographer Kjell Sandved. Museum-quality 

offset lithograph captures vibrant color and 3-D appearance 

of wing details. Black background; 24 x 18" (61 x 46 cm). 

5117B Butterfly Alphabet poster *7.50 

Butterflies Poster Several dozen species of common and exotic 

lepidoptera are illustrated in full color with scientific names, and some 

host-plants on this charming poster. Scientifically accurate illustrations 

are life-sized on this 26-1/2 x 38-1/2 “ laminated poster. 

5135 Butterflies poster *13.50 



Posters 

5222 

5398 

5319 

5135 

5314 5392 

5410 

5411 

5413 

5414 

5397 

5117B 

Insect Identification Poster Content-intensive poster shows examples 

of all 30 orders of insects arranged in unique key chart 

format. By identifying various physical characteristics, insects can 

be classified to the order level. This poster is loaded with information. 

It is protected with 3-mil lamination; 24 x 36" (61 x 91.5 cm). 

5314 Insect Identification poster *14.95 

Insect Metamorphosis Poster Artist Maria Sibylla Merian created 

incredible biological illustrations. Each shows larva, pupa and a mature 

specimen shown on an exotic plant, complete with foliage, flowers 

and fruit. Created over 300 years ago, these magnificent illustrations 

have not been surpassed in either beauty or scientific accuracy. 

Poster shows nine of her outstanding works. Text explains the 

subject and captions for each illustration cite the specifics. Poster is 

protected with 3-mil lamination; 24 x 36" (61 x 91.5 cm). 

5392 Insect Metamorphosis poster *14.95 

Butterflies of the World Poster Large, colorful poster illustrates 

and identifies over 100 species of butterflies (and some moths). 

Unique globe and arrow icons show where they live. This poster 

provides a comprehensive overview through its images and explanatory 

text. Three-mil lamination protects for permanent display. 

24 x 36" (61 x 91.5 cm). 

5397 Butterflies of the World poster *14.95 

Arthropods Poster Arthropods have an external skeleton. Although 

they are the most abundant animals on earth, they are often misunderstood. 

For example, spiders and millipedes are sometimes mistakenly 

referred to as "insects" or "bugs". This poster clarifies any 

confusion, carefully explaining each of the five sub-phyla. Detailed 

illustrations shows 98 species, many life-size, with common and 

scientific names. Includes representatives of most insect orders. 

Poster is protected with 3-mil lamination; 24 x 36" (61 x 91.5 cm). 

5398 Arthropods poster *14.95 

Butterflies of Greater Los Angeles Poster Illustrated guide to 

106 butterfly species from Ventura to Orange counties. Each species 

is shown in color with notes on all important aspects of its 

biology. Laminated poster is 21 x 40", folded size is 4 x 10-1/2", 

5319 Butterflies of Greater Los Angeles poster, folded 12.95 

5318 Butterflies of Greater L.A. poster, laminated *10.95 

The Life Cycle of the Monarch Butterfly Poster This 

beautiful poster created by artist and monarch enthusiast Ron 

Brancato photographically depicts the entire life cycle of the 

monarch butterfly. It's perfect for classroom and homeschool 

use or simply for the nature lover to enjoy. The laminated (1.7 mil) 

poster is 13-1/2 x 22". 

5222 The Life Cycle of the Monarch Butterfly poster *13.95 

* Note: Mailing tube charge per order 1.50 

89

Games, Puzzles, Activities 

Checker Bugs Magnetic Board Game 

Bug fun for on the go! Butterflies and Ladybugs vie for the 

flower-strewn checkerboard championship in this magnetized 

version of the timeless favorite. Jump your opponent and capture 

it in your bug net. Foldable playing board stores easily. 

Game comes with travel tote bag and two spare playing pieces 

per side. Ages 3 and up. 

5157 Checker Bugs Magnetic Board Game 9.99 

Butterfly Bingo Game 

New version of popular game combines learning with fun. Sturdy, 

durable bingo 

game components include 36 player cards, 150 caller's cards, 

600 cover chips, large size answer mat, and easy instructions. 

Ideal game for home or classroom enjoyment. 

5323 Butterfly Bingo game 14.99 

Caterpillars & Butterflies Learning Board Game 

Educational board game is a fun way to learn about the metamorphosis 

of butterflies. Each player starts out as a caterpillar; 

the first one who makes it back to the “home-base flower” as a 

butterfly wins. The 17 x 16" butterfly-shaped board is beautifully 

illustrated with scenes of plants and animals. The back shows a 

full-color Monarch. Includes instructions and information on how 

to watch a butterfly grow. Suitable for 4 players, ages 4 and up. 

5312 Caterpillars & Butterflies board game 10.95 

The Bug Game 

Open The Bug Game and walk into the amazing world of the 

backyard wilderness. Exquisitely illustrated card game sparks 

the natural curiosity of players of all ages. Forty-four cards 

represent 22 familiar creatures, mostly arthropods. Three levels 

of matching and memory play provide a challenge for all. 

Game also includes a full-color poster of the bugs in their 

world, instructions for play, a bug facts sheet, glossary, and 

bibliography. For 1 to 6 players, ages 3 to adult. 

5123 The Bug Game 13.95 

Monarch, A Game of Butterflies & Moths 

All 60 playing cards display a color painting of a different species 

with family groupings listed. Enjoyable way for students or the 

family to learn Lepidoptera identification. Instructions are included 

for five card games at varying levels of difficulty; all ages. 

5129 Monarch card game 8.95 

Bug Dominoes, A Matching Game 

Dominoes is a classic game for all ages. Bug Dominoes is a 

special dominoes set of 28 extra-thick colorful chipboard piees 

with wipe clean surfaces. It's a fun way for children to learn 

color-matching, recognition and concentration. Adults will enjoy 

playing along with children. For 2 to 4 players, ages 3 to 8. 

5325 Bug Dominoes 6.95 


Jigsaw Puzzles 

Insect Card Games 

EDUCATIONAL 

Classic card games - Old Maid and Go Fish - 

feature whimsical insect images. Illustrations are 

printed on high quality, oversized cards for growing 

hands. Old Maid has 53 playing cards with 

17 images. Go Fish has 44 playing cards with 

11 insect illustrations. Games are both fun and 

educational for two to four players, ages 3 and 

older. Instruction card included with each game. 

5332 Go Fish insect card game 5.99 

5333 Old Maid insect card game 5.99 

Exquisite Creatures Jigsaw Puzzle Thoughtfully conceived 

and engagingly intricate, this 1000-piece interlocking jigsaw 

puzzle combines superb color reproduction, stunning, unusual 

images, and heirloom-quality construction. The vibrant colors 

of the beetles and true bugs are natural and not enhanced or 

digitally altered in any way. Created by entomologist/artist Christopher 

Marley. Puzzle size: 20 x 27" (51 x 69cm). For ages 12 

and up. 

5153 Exquisite Creatures puzzle 17.95 

Six-Sided Bug Puzzle Unique puzzle provides hours of 

enjoyment. Clear plastic cubes have the images printed inside 

for lasting durability. Bright, amusing illustrations feature an 

ant, butterfly, ladybug, mealworm, and praying mantis. For ages 

3 and up. 

5329 Six-sided Bug puzzle 14.99 


5329 

Insect Life Cycle Stages 

5334F Praying Mantis 

5153 

5334B Ladybug 

5334C Ant 

5334D Silkworm 

5334A Butterfly 

5334E Mealworm 

Realistically sculpted and painted life cycle replicas are available 

for the most popular insects. Large figures show how 

insects metamorphose and grow. Eggs, larva or larvae, pupa 

or chrysalis, and adult are accurately formed for a butterfly, 

ladybug and ant. These educational models are ideal for use 

in a classroom or nature center, and allow a year-round opportunity 

for learning about insect life cycles. Sets of four replicas 

are blister packed on cardboard; for ages 4 to adult. 

5334A Butterfly Life Cycle replicas 4.99 

5334B Ladybug Life Cycle replicas 4.99 

5334C Ant Life Cycle replicas 4.99 

5334D Silkworm Life Cycle replicas 4.99 

5334E Mealworm Life Cycle replicas 4.99 

5334F Praying Mantis Life Cycle replicas 4.99

EDUCATIONAL 

Natural World Playing Card Collection 

Beautifully illustrated playing cards feature 54 striking butterflies 

and arthropods. Butterfly deck portrays colorful species from 

around the world. Insects deck features wide variety of the 

world’s creepiest crawlers and high flyers, from the Desert Tarantula 

to the humble Bumble Bee. Cards are laminated for durability, 

and can be used for any card game requiring single decks. 

5263 Butterflies of the World playing cards 6.00 

5264 Insects of the World playing cards 6.00 

5264 

Butterfly Notecards 

Elegant notecards of heavyweight bamboo-laid paper 

are illustrated with beautifully detailed, colored 

images of butterflies by 18 th century Parisian artist 

Bernard. Illustrations are taken from his book, 

Histoire Naturelle, Insectes. Ivory cards are blank 

inside for your personal message. Box of ten assorted 

cards and envelopes; 4-1/2 x 6-3/4". 

5433A Butterfly notecards & envelopes 12.50 

Butterfly 'Thank you' Notecards 

Colorful, classic butterfly illustrations by 18 th century 

Parisian artist Bernard grace the cover of this 

notecard. Inside is blank for you to write your own 

message. Printed on ivory, heavy-weight paper stock. 

Boxes have 10 cards and envelopes; 3-1/4 x 5-1/4". 

5433T Butterfly 'Thank You' notecards 11.00 

Butterfly & Praying Mantis 

Postcards 

Set of eight postcards includes four tiger face 

butterfliesAnetia thirza and four praying mantis 

Tenordera aridfolia sinensis. The beautifully rendered, 

accurate images were originally very large oil 

on canvas paintings created by Jessa Huebing- 

Reitinger. This remarkable artist's mission is to educate 

the public on the science of entomology and 

conservation through the medium of performing visual 

arts. Postcard size is 6 x 4-1/4". 

5069 Butterfly/mantis postcards, set of 8 5.00 

Notecards 

5431 

5429 5430 

5432 

Depicting striking images of four different beetles, scanned from 

original acrylic art, and printed on quality, coated stock, cards 

include envelopes and plastic sleeves. Blank inside. 6 x 4-1/2". 

5429 Pachylommera femoralis black beetle notecard 2.00 

5430 Hoplia caerulescens blue beetle notecard 2.00 

5431 Rosalia funebris gray beetle notecard 2.00 

5432 Plusiotis sp. green scarab notecard 2.00 


Butterfly Notecard 

Eyes of the Weird T-Shirt 

Three close-up illustrations of unusual 

heads are featured on this T-shirt - a 

praying mantis, a zebra spider, and a 

horse fly. The bold, full-color design is 

sure to attract attention. It is screened 

on white, pre-shrunk, heavyweight 

100% cotton shirt. For little kids, size 2 

- 4, extra small. 

5077YXS Eyes of the Weird T-Shirt, 

children X-small, 2 - 4 11.00 


5263 

Playing Cards, Journal, Notecards, 

CD, Posters, T-Shirt 

Fine art watercolor images of native North 

American butterflies are featured on this 

notecard with envelope . Scientifically accurate 

illustrations have been created from original watercolors 

by Judith Hodges. Scientific and common 

names of butterflies are listed on back of 

card.Printed on 100% recycled paper. 

5293 Swallow./Check.White notecard & envelope 3.00 

Butterflies Classical Piano CD 

Unusual CD highlights 19th century classical 

piano music titled "Butterflies". Contains 

works by Schumann, Chopin, Grieg, 

and five other composers. Packaged in a 

cardboard CD wallet with illustration of 

Heliconius melpomene, the "Piano Key" 

Butterfly. Includes program notes. and features 

Nancy Westberg, classical pianist, 

teacher and lecturer. Butterfly gift bag is included with order. 

5297 Butterflies classical piano repertoire CD 17.95 

Monarch Butterfly 

& Painted Lady Posters 

5102 

5101 

Colorful educational posters depict all the life cycle stages of 

the monarch butterfly and the painted lady butterfly. Each poster 

includes two egg photos, six or seven larval views, six to eight 

chrysalis views, and two different adult views. Actual sizes as 

well as development times are listed under many of the photos. 

These posters were specifically designed as teaching tools 

for classroom teachers and naturalists. Laminated. 

5101 Monarch lifecycle poster, 17 x 22" 11.00 

5102 Painted Lady lifecycle poster, 27 x 19" 11.00 

Ladybug, 

Butterfly, 

Spider Socks 

Dress up your feet with attention-getting socks. These novelty 

socks from K. Bell not only look good, but make people smile 

too. They are 80% cotton, 20% nylon. Great gift idea. 

5420 Ladybugs socks, women's, size 9 - 11 6.50 

5424 Butterfly socks, multi-color, womens's, 9 - 11 6.50 

5171 Flying B'flies socks, womens, 9 - 11, blue 6.50 

5126 Spider socks, black/white, men's, 10 - 13 7.50 

91

T-Shirts 

Front 

Entomology 101 

Back 

Entomology 101 

Loaded with scientifically accurate information, impressive two-sided 

T-shirt works well as a short course in entomology or as a refresher 

class for those who have already taken Ent 101. It includes 88 pieces 

of information, a chart of insect orders, anatomical drawings and 

diagrams. It is screened on an olive, pre-shsrunk, 100% cotton shirt. 

5047S Entomology 101 T-Shirt, adult small 14.95 

5047M Entomology 101 T-Shirt, adult medium 14.95 

5047L Entomology 101 T-Shirt, adult large 14.95 

5047XL Entomology 101T-Shirt, adult X-large 14.95 

5047XXL Entomology 101 T-Shirt, adult XX-large 15.95 

Insects, Etc. 

This colorful shirt features a variety of insects and spiders on the 

front and back. Each large, scientifically accurate arthropod is 

labeled with its common name and part of the world where it occurs. 

The light brown background of the tan shirt is a world map. The shirt 

is pre-shrunk, 100% cotton. Offered in all five adult sizes. 

5338S Insects, Etc. T-Shirt, adult small 18.00 

5338M Insects, Etc. T-Shirt, adult medium 18.00 

5338L Insects, Etc. T-Shirt, adult large 18.00 

5338XL Insects, Etc. T-Shirt, adult X-large 18.00 

5338XXL Insects, Etc. T-Shirt, adult XX-large 19.00 

Dragonflies 

Iridescent glitter sparkles on wings on 17 dragonflies. Common 

names of many dragonflies are included on the two-sided shirt. 

Printed on sky blue, heavyweight, pre-shrunk 100% cotton shirt. 

Common names: Swift Long-winged Skimmer, White Tail, Rusty 

Skimmer, Short Tailed Damselfly, Green Darner, Red Skimmer, Violet 

Tail Damselfly, Green Clearwing, Four Spot Skimmer, W Flying 

Adder, W Mountain Gomphid, Double Days Bluet, Dark Lestes, and 

Twelve Spot Skimmer. Available in one adult size. 

5041XL Dragonflies sparkle T-shirt, adult X-large 15.95 

Mosquitoes 

A variety of mosquitoes are illustrated in design printed on both front 

and back. The mosquitoes are raised to give a real-life appearance, 

and common names are included for several species. Black, heavyweight, 

100% preshrunk cotton T-Shirt. Available in one adult size. 

5017 Mosquitoes T-shirt, adult X-large/XX-large 15.95 

Caterpillars 

Colorful, larger-than-life caterpillars and their common names are 

featured on both the front and back of this T-shirt. They are slightly 

puffed to provide a 3-D effect. Smaller, gray/green caterpillars are 

also shown. Screened on black, 100% cotton shirt. Adult sizes. 

5390L Caterpillars T-Shirt, adult large 15.95 

5390XL Caterpillars T-Shirt, adult X-large 15.95 

5390XXL Caterpillars T-Shirt, adult XX-large 16.95 

Beetles 

Colorful T-shirt features 37 different kinds of beetles illustrated on 

front and back. They are slightly puffed to provide a 3-D effect. 

Common names are provided for the large, bright images of these 

beetles. Printed on pre-shrunk 100% cotton T's. Adult sizes. 

5163M Beetles T-Shirt, adult medium Sold out 

5163XL Beetles T-Shirt, adult X-large Sold out 

5163XXL Beetles T-Shirt, adult XX-large Sold out 

Front 

Dragonflies 

Back 

Front 

Roaches 


Back 

Caterpillars 

COLLECTIBLES AND GIFTS 

Mosquitoes 

Front Back 

Insects, Etc. 

Black Widow Spiders 

Front and back design 

Bug Wrap 

Features 26 common or interesting insects (mostly beetles) illustrated 

on both the front and back of blue 100% cotton T-shirt. 

5305XXL Bug wrap T-shirt, adult, XX-large 17.99 

Black Widow Spiders 

If you are fascinated by spiders, you'll appreciate this T-shirt. Dozens 

of black widows are are crawling all over both the front and 

back. The artistic design is printed on a 100% cotton red T-shirt. 

Offered in all five adult sizes. 

5197S Black Widows T-Shirt, adult small 16.99 

5197M Black Widows T-Shirt, adult medium 16.99 

5197L Black Widows T-Shirt, adult large 16.99 

5047XL Black Widows T-Shirt, adult X-large 16.99 

5047XXL Black Widows T-Shirt, adult XX-large 17.99 

Ladybugs 

Lots of ladybugs adorn both the front and back of this striking shirt. 

Vivid coloration enhances scarlet and yellow hues of these beetles. 

Full-color design, printed on white, heavyweight, 100 % preshrunk 

cotton T-shirt. Offered in both adult and youth sizes. 

5378S Ladybugs T-Shirt, adult small 16.95 

5378M Ladybugs T-Shirt, adult medium 16.95 

5378L Ladybugs T-Shirt, adult large 16.95 

5378XL Ladybugs T-Shirt, adult X-large 16.95 

5378XXL Ladybugs T-Shirt, adult XX-large 18.95 

5378YS Ladybugs T-Shirt, youth small, size 6-8 12.95 

5378YM Ladybugs T-Shirt, youth medium, size 10-12 12.95 

5378YL Ladybugs T-Shirt, youth large, size 14-16 12.95 

Roaches 

Cockroaches are found throughout the world. This unique T-shirt 

accurately illustrates 28 species of roaches - large and small, colorful 

and drab on the front and back of oatmeal color, pre-shrunk, 

100% heavyweight cotton shirt. Available in five adult sizes. 

5049S Roaches T-Shirt, adult small 16.95 

5049M Roaches T-Shirt, adult medium 16.95 

5049L Roaches T-Shirt, adult large 16.95 

5049XL Roaches T-Shirt, adult X-large 16.95 

5049XXL Roaches T-Shirt, adult XX-large 17.95 

Front and 

back design 

Ladybugs 




Termites 

Termites 

Forensic Entomology 

Bees, Front & Back 

This well-designed T-shirt provides accurate, close-up images of 

several species and forms of termites, including reproductive winged 

termites, surrounding a queen. The attractive design is printed on a 

black, pre-shrunk, 100% cotton shirt. Offered in all five adult sizes. 

5034S Termites T-shirt, adult small 14.95 

5034M Termites T-shirt, adult medium 14.95 

5034L Termites T-shirt, adult large 14.95 

5034XL Termites T-shirt,, adult X-large 14.95 

5034XXL Termites T-shirt, adult XX-large 15.95 

BioQuip 60th Anniversary 

BioQuip produced a T-shirt to celebrate its 60th year anniversary. 

The shirt features eight catalog covers — from 1959’s small format 

12-page catalog to the 2006 edition with 214 pages. Illustrations of 

the remarkable Harlequin Beetle (Acrocinus longimanus) have been 

featured on catalog covers since 1961. Catalog cover images are 

printed on a sand color, pre-shrunk 100% cotton shirt. 

5005S 60th Anniversary T-shirt, adult small 13.95 

5005M 60th Anniversary T-shirt, adult medium 13.95 

5005L 60th Anniversary T-shirt, adult large 13.95 

5005XL 60th Anniversary T-shirt, adult X-large 13.95 

5005XXL 60th Anniversary T-shirt, adult XX-large 14.95 

Forensic Entomology 

Great graphic display illustrates ten insects found on bodies and 

used by forensic entomologists to help determine place and time of 

death. Common names of the large beetle and fly images are printed 

on the shirt along with the warning "If you quit breathing... we'll find 

you". Screened on sand pre-shrunk, 100% cotton shirt. A must for 

CSI and Crossing Jordan fans. Available in all adult sizes. 

5046S Forensic Entomology T-Shirt, adult small 14.95 

5046M Forensic Entomology T-Shirt, adult medium 14.95 

5046L Forensic Entomology T-Shirt, adult large 14.95 

5046XL Forensic Entomology T-Shirt, adult X-large 14.95 

5046XXL Forensic Entomology T-Shirt, adult XX-large 15.95 

Bees, Bees, Bees for Kids 

Kids can be crawling with bees when wearing this unique T-shirt. 

Dozens of bees, puffed for a realistic 3-D effect, cover both front 

and back of the shirt. Background is a gray beehive design. Printed 

on a black, 100% cotton preshrunk T-shirt. Available in one size 

only. 

5040YS Bees T-shirt, children's small, size 6 - 8 11.95 

Bug Glow for Kids 

Ten neon, and iridescent insects glow in the dark on this energetic 

shirt. Assortment includes a fly, ladybug, butterfly and a pillbug 

among other captivating insects. Screened on black, heavyweight, 

100% preshrunk cotton. Offered in three youth sizes. 

5384YS Bug Glow-in-the-Dark T-Shirt, youth small 11.00 

5384YM Bug Glow-in-the-Dark T-Shirt, youth medium 11.00 

5384YL Bug Glow-in-the-Dark T-Shirt, youth large 11.00 

BioQuip 60th Anniversary 

Ants (front & back) 

Insects of N. America 

Front Back 

Butterfly Question 


Bug Glow 

Gypsy Moth 

Butterflies of the World 

T-Shirts 

Gypsy Moth 

Complete life cycle of the Gypsy Moth is accurately depicted showing 

egg cases, larva, male & female adults, tree & leaves, and 

message “Save our watershed - look out for the Gypsy Moth.” Fullcolor 

silk screen design is printed on tan, 100% cotton T-shirts. 

5060 Gypsy Moth T-shirt, adult small closeout price 7.50 

5061 Gypsy Moth T-shirt, adult medium closeout price 7.50 

5062 Gypsy Moth T-shirt, adult large closeout price 7.50 

5063 Gypsy Moth T-shirt, adult X-large closeout price 7.50 

Insects of North America 

From tundra to tropics, insects are a part of every ecosystem on 

the continent. Scientifically accurate, colorful images of 11 common 

North American insects are illustrated and identified by common 

name on this striking t-shirt. Images are printed on a dark brown, 

100% cotton t-shirt. Available in all adult and two children's sizes. 

5164S Insects of N. America T-Shirt, adult small 14.95 

5164M Insects of N. America T-Shirt, adult medium 14.95 

5164L Insects of N. America T-Shirt, adult large 14.95 

5164XL Insects of N. America T-Shirt, adult X-large 14.95 

5164XXL Insects of N. America T-Shirt, adult XX-large 15.95 

5164YS Insects of N. America T-Shirt, kid's small 12.95 

5164YM Insects of N. America T-Shirt, kid's medium 12.95 

Ants - A Caste of Thousands 

Many members of the Formicidae family are crawling all over both 

sides of this shirt. Forty-eight different species of ants are accurately 

rendered on the front and back of the shirt. Even the most 

serious of entomologists will appreciate the beauty and detail of 

these illustrations. Images are printed on a beige, 100% cotton Tshirt. 

Available in three adult sizes. 

5048S Ants T-Shirt, adult small 14.95 

5048M Ants T-Shirt, adult medium 14.95 

50484L Ants T-Shirt, adult large Sold out 

5048XL Ants T-Shirt, adult X-large Sold out 

5048XXL Ants T-Shirt, adult XX-large 15.95 

Butterfly Question 

Seven species are represented, with caterpillars and pupa on the 

front and finely etched adults on the back. Anise Swallowtail, Zebra 

Longwing, Monarch, Question Mark, Gulf Fritillary, Red-Spotted 

Purple and Baltimore surround you in lepidoptera-loving glory. White, 

100% preshrunk cotton T-shirt, available in adult sizes. 

5352 Butterfly Question T-Shirt, adult small 20.50 

5354 Butterfly Question T-Shirt, adult large 20.50 

5355 Butterfly Question T-Shirt, adult X-large 20.50 

5356 Butterfly Question T-Shirt, adult XX-large 22.50 

Butterflies of the World 

Thirteen common and exotic butterflies, including a birdwing, monarch, 

morpho, and blue, are dazzlingly portrayed in full color. Screened 

on a white, heavyweight, 100% preshrunk cotton T-shirt. Adult sizes. 

5381XL Butterflies of the World T-Shirt, adult X-large 17.50 

5381XXL Butterflies of the World T-Shirt, adult XX-large Sold out 

93

T-Shirts, Ties, Mousepad & Mice 

Mugs, Notecards, Address Books 

Front Back 

Monarch T-Shirt 

Everyone’s favorite butterfly is shown as a caterpillar and pupa on 

the front, and as a splendid oversized adult specimen on the back. 

Natural, 100% cotton tee, available in both adult and youth sizes. 

5362 Monarch T-Shirt, adult small 20.50 

5363 Monarch T-Shirt, adult medium 20.50 

5364 Monarch T-Shirt, adult large 20.50 

5365 Monarch T-Shirt, adult X-large 20.50 

5366 Monarch T-Shirt, adult XX-large 22.50 

5367 Monarch T-Shirt, youth small 16.50 

5368 Monarch T-Shirt, youth medium 16.50 

5369 Monarch T-Shirt, youth large 16.50 

Lubber Grasshopper T-Shirt 

Exquisitely detailed Lubber Grasshoppers in subtle red, orange, 

pink, yellow, and brown shades against cactus-colored background. 

Screened on 99% cotton blend summer-weight shirt. Adult sizes. 

5379S Lubber Grasshopper T-Shirt, adult small 17.50 

5379XXL Lubber Grasshopper T-Shirt, adult XX-large 19.50 

Exquisite Creatures Mousepad 

A colorful assortment of beetles (Coleoptera) and 

true bugs (Hemiptera)are depicted on this mousepad. 

No colors are enhanced or digitally altered. Exoskeletons 

bear only their natural metallic tints. Washable 

finish in a mouse-friendly texture. 7-3/4 x 9-1/4". 

5043 Exquisite Creatures mousepad 14.95 

Butterfly Neckties 

Numerous brightly colored butterflies adorn 

this 100% silk tie, available in three background 

colors: black, burgundy, and royal 

blue. Partial proceeds aid conservation. 

5089BL Butterfly necktie, black 39.50 

5089BU Butterfly necktie, burgundy39.50 

Bee Necktie 

Unique and elegant design features gold bees printed 

on a black pure silk background. The tie is handfinished, 

and no detail is overlooked in this exclusive 

Josh Bach design. 

5080 Bee necktie 34.95 

Bug Mugs 

Monarch 

Lubber Grasshopper 

Seven colorful 11-oz. mugs depicting a variety of popular insects, 

hold your favorite beverage, pens, or pencils. 

5064 Backyard arthropods mug 8.95 

5059 Ladybug mug 8.95 

5438 Plusiotis (Chrysina) mug 8.95 

5071 Dragonflies mug 8.95 

5067 Bug wrap mug 8.95 

5337 Coleoptera mug 8.95 

5065 Butterflies mug 8.95 


Computer Mice 


A B C D E F 

Not all mice are gray or black. Some mice are colorful and 

unusual - like these six models. They feature a clear plastic 

section into which a real arthropod specimen or sea life collage 

has been embedded. They light up and change color, too. 

Note: these are not wireless mice. 

5419A Computer mouse with dark scorpion 12.95 

5419B Computer mouse with stag beetle 12.95 

5419C Computer mouse with light scorpion 12.95 

5419D Computer mouse with Cerambycid beetle 12.95 

5419E Computer mouse with green scarab 12.95 

5419F Computer mouse with sea life 12.95 

Exquisite Creatures 16 Boxed Notecards 

Box of notecards features entomologist/artist 

Christopher Marley's colorful arrangements. The 

arthropod art is all natural - no color enhancement, 

digital replication, or other computer trick is involved 

in its creation. 

This box of notecards includes four each of four 

captivaing images. Cards are printed with soybased 

inks on recycled paper. The panoramic 

blank notecards, size 3-15/16 x 9-1/4", are supplied 

with white envelopes in a decorative box. 

Cards do not require extra postage when mailing in 

the USA. 

5090 Exquisite Creatures 16 notecards 15.95 

Carte Postale: 18 Butterfly Postcards 

Classic vintage butterfly images, two each of nine 

illustrations, are packaged in an attractive tin box. 

Postcards are 3-7/8 x 5-7/8", with images beautifully 

printed on heavy, cream-color paper stock. 

samples of 

postcards 

5296 Carte Postale, butterfly postcards 11.95 

Butterfly and Floral Address Books 

Full-color address books are perfect as gifts or for personal 

use. Paper over board construction with wire-o binding, medium-weight 

paper with indexed entries on 18 tabs illustrated on 

two sides. Butterflies & Botanicals features original collages of 

butterflies and moths along with their food plants; also includes 

some insect illustrations. Women of Flowers features vintage 

illustrations by a dozen women artists from the U.K. and U.S. 

with brief descriptions of the 18 common flowers shown. 6 x 6". 

3915A Butterflies & Botanicals address book 17.95 

3915B Women of Flowers address book 17.95 

cover sample inside page 

sample inside page 


cover

200 

Page numbers A - L 

are located at the front 

of the catalog 

Product 

Index 

A 

Adapters 

camera 24 

DC pigtail 53 

DC tandem 54 

Address books 94 

Adhesives 

insect repair 33 

Stiky Strip 58 

Tangle-Trap 59 

unit tray 3 

Aerosol droplet sampler 19 

Air pump 38 

Alcohol 20 

Altimeters K, 65 

Ammonium carbonate 50 

Anemometer K 

Animal 

containers 70 

traps 71 

Ant hill, farms 85, 87 

Aquatic 

drift net K 

light trap 41 

nets I, 43, 44 

pipettes B 

sampler K 

trap 38, 41 

Aspirator filter B 

syringe B 

Aspirators D, 57, 58 

Audio cassettes 84, 85 

Auxiliary magnifier lens 27 

B 

Backpack 

aspirator 58 

shoulder 65 

Bags 

field 68 

insect net C, J, 45 - 48 

polyethylene 74 

Whirl-Pak 36 

Bait traps, butterfly 52 

Barber's fluid 20 

Barometers K, 65 

Battery 

AA 13, 26, 66, 67 

AAA 66 

C-cell D 

charger 54 

D-cell D, 38, 66 

packs 54 

Beating sheets 63 

Bee 

hand puppet 88 

helmet 70 

posters 89 

smoker 70 

suit 70 

veil 70 

Berlese 

funnels 59 

litter reducer K 

Bibulous paper 19 

Binoculars 68 

Black light 

AC/DC lights 53 

carrying cases 53 

traps D, 39, 56 

Blocks 

curator's 35 

pinning 32 

pro tem 35 

Boards 

glue 33 

spreading 31 

Books 75, 95 - 196 

New book listings 75 

General entomology 95 - 

105 

Medical/veterinary 106 - 

110 

Pests/pest management 

111 - 118 

Arachnida (spiders, mites, 

ticks) 119 - 121 

Coleoptera (beetles) 121 - 

127 

Diptera (flies, mosquitoes, 

midges) 128 - 129 

Hemiptera/Homoptera 

(aphids, true bugs, 

mealybugs) 130 - 131 

Hymenoptera (ants, bees, 

hornets, wasps) 132 - 

135 

Lepidoptera (butterflies, 

moths) 136 - 154 

Butterfly gardening 155 

Other insect orders (cockroaches, 

crickets, 

dragonflies, mantids, stick 

insects, termites) 156 - 

159 

General zoology (bats, 

birds, other invertebrates, 

reptiles, amphibians) 

160 - 162 

Botany (plants, trees, 

weeds) 163 - 167 

Ecology and the environment 

168 - 171 

Photography 172 

Reference and general 

interest 173 - 179 

Children and young adults 

180 -193 

Teachers and parents 194 - 

196 

Primary author index 195 - 

197 

Botany equipment and 

supplies 72 - 74 

Bottle 

nalgene 67 

rotator 39 

water sampling 42 

Bottom sampler 42 

Box 

field 11 

fumigant 9 

insect storage 10 


magnifier 27 

slide 18 

styrene 51 

Breeder, mosquito D, 37 

Brush 

adhesive applic. 8 

camel hair 35 

BugDorms H, 68 

Bug-Out outdoor wear 69 

Bulbs 

Halogen 25 

head lantern 66 

microscope 23 

fluorescent 53, 56 

mercury vapor 52 

Butterfly 

bait traps 52 

CD-ROMs 81 

forceps 30 

games 90 

hand puppets 88 

Garden, Pavilion 87 

posters 89, 91 

puzzles 90 

videos 76, 77, 82-84 

Buzzerks eyewear 87 

C 

Cabinets 

herbarium 73 

insect storage 1, 5-8 

laminate options I 

vial 16 

Cages 

collapsible D, H, 40, 63, 68 

fabrics 49 

field 63 

outdoor 62 

plastic 70 

rearing H, 40, 68, 69 

Calibrated line 42 

California Academy system 

cabinets 6, 7 

drawers 4, 7 

unit trays 7 

Calipers 28 

Camel hair brushes 35 

Camera 

adapter 24 

video 13, 25 

Caps, polyseal vial 17 

Cards 

note 91, 94 

playing 91 

Carrying cases 

black light 53 

malaise trap 60 

mercury vapor 52 

tropics net 46 

Cases, display 10, 11 

CDC traps 39 

CDs 80, 81, 83 - 85, 91,132 

Charts 85 

Cellosolve 20 

Chemicals 20, 50, 51 

Chill tables E, 37 

Chlorocresol 51 

Clearing fluid 20 

Clothing 68 - 70, 92 - 94 

Collapsible 

Berlese funnel 59 

cages 40, 63, 75 

Product BOOKS Index 

nets 47 

seine 43 

Collecting 

and mounting kits F, 11 

bags 68 

glass vials set D 

jars 50 

lights 52, 53 

sheet G 

Collection bottle rotator 39 

Compass 66 

Computer software 80, 81 

Concavity slides 19 

Containers 

mailing 9 

nesting 51 

specimen 36, 51, 70, 74 

Converter, metric J 

Converters. See also Adapters 

Cork(s) 18 

block stage 21 

Cornell Univ. system 

cabinets L, 1 

drawers 2, 4, 13 

unit trays 3 

vial drawer 14 

Counters 65 

Cover slips 19 

Coveralls, insect resistant 70 

Cryolizer 37 

Curator's blocks 35 

D 

DDVP fumigants 9 

Dacron chiffon 49 

cages 40 

Dehumidifier 12 

Dendy sampler 43 

Dipper 37 

Display 

cases 10, 11 

vials 14 

Dissecting 

dish 21 

kits 29 

tools 22, 30 

Double 

mount strips 33 

stain 20 

Drawers 

hardware 4 

insect storage 2, 4, 5, 7, 8, 13 

Odonata drawer 7 

vial storage 14, 16 

Dredge 42 

Driers, botany 72, 74 

Droplet sampler, aerosol 19 

Dry ice bucket G 

Dry mounts, tick 80 

DVDs 76 - 80, 83 

E 

Educational aids 76 - 90 

Emergence trap 41 

Envelopes 

glassine 51 

Odonata 5 

Ethyl 

acetate 50 

alcohol 20 


BOOKS Product Index 

Euparal 20 

EVS 

dry ice bucket G 

mosquito traps D, 38 

F 

Fabrics, net and cage 49 

Fiberoptic light sources 25 

Field 

bags 68 

box 11 

cage 62, 63, 70 

notebooks 64 

note form 64 

vest 68 

Filters 

aspirator B 

water 63 

Flashlights B, 66 

Fluorescent tubes D, 53, 56, 

66 

Flowtanks 41 

Foam 

mounting strips 33 

Plastazote 4 

Polyethylene 4 

Folders, fragment 73 

Forceps I, 28, 30 

Forensic entomology kit 36 

“Fragile” shipping labels 34 

Fragment folders 73 

Fumigants 9 

Funnels 

Berlese 59 

trap (Lindgren) 63 

G 

Gambusia net 44 

Games 90, 91 

Gauge, rain 64 

Gauntlets 70 

Gee minnow trap 38 

Gelatin capsules 15 

Genitalia vials 15 

Genus 

botanical covers 73 

insect labels 35 

GeoScope 86 

Glass 

fumigant holders 9 

headed pins 35 

safety UV 4 

vials 14, 15, 17, 18 

Glasses 

anti-UV 53 

Glassine envelopes 51 

Global Positioning System 67 

Gloves 

bee 70 

latex 36 

Glue boards 33 

GPS receiver 67 

Gravid mosquito trap 38 

Growth chamber 37 

H 

Halogen bulbs 25 

Hand puppets 88 

Handles 

dipper 37 

net extension F, 47 

Hardware 

drawer & box 4 

net 45 

Havahart traps 71 

Head 

lamps 66 

net, mosquito 69 

Heat packs 59 

Helmet 70 

Herbarium cabinets 73 

Hess type benthic sampler K 

Host plant press 74 

Humidity indicator card 8 

I 

India ink 34 

Insect 

boxes 10 

cabinets, drawers, trays 

I, L, 1 - 8, 16 

killing fluid, jars 50 

labels 34, 35 

morphology display 87 

nets C, 44 - 47 

pins 32 

repair adhesive 33 

vacs 57 

videos 76 - 80, 82 - 84 

viewing jar 86 

woodkits 88 

Insect-a-Slip G 

Integrated pest mgmt. videos, 

slides 78 

Iris scissors 29 

Isopropyl alcohol 20 

J 

Jars 

collecting 50 

insect viewing 84 

Journals 91 

Jump cord, DC 54 

K 

KAAD larval fixative 20 

Katadyn water filter 67 

Killing agents, jars 50 

Kits 

collecting & mounting F, 11 

dissecting 29 

forensic entomology 36 

insect cabinet 1, 7 

insect drawer 4 

insect marking J 

slide mounting 19 

soil analysis 61 

soil sieve 61 

spreading board 31 

Tinitool 28 

unit tray 3 

Knives, Swiss Army 66 

L 

Label 

"fragile" 34 

insect 34, 35 

microslide 18 

paper 34 

pens 34 

pins 34 


software 80 

specimen data 74 

Ladybug Lantern habitat 87 

Lanterns 

head 66 

pocket 66 

Larval 

fixative 20 

forceps 30 

sampler 43 

trays 37 

Latex 

gloves 36 

stoppers 18 

Lead, sounding 42 

Lens paper 19 

Light(s) 

collecting 52, 53, 56 

fiber optic 25 

flashlights B, 66 

head 66 

MacroScope table 24 

Mercury vapor F, 52 

traps 38, 39, 41, 56 

Lightsticks 41 

Lignin pink stain 20 

Lindgren traps 63 

Line, calibrated 42 

Litter reducer K 

Luminuos paint & powder 64 

Lumite 

outdoor cages 62 

screen 49 

screen cages 40 

Lyme Disease video 80 

M 

Machete 71 

Macroscopes 24 

Magiscope 86 

Magnifiers 13, 26, 27, 86, 90 

Mailing 

containers 9, 18 

labels 34 

Malaise traps 60, 61 

Markers, plant & plot 74 

Marking kit, insect J 

Mercury vapor 

lights F, 52 

rain shields 52 

Meters 

tally 65 

wind 64 

Metric converter J 

Microscope 

labels 18 

slide boxes 18 

slides 19 

stages 21 

Microscopes E, 13, 21 - 24, 

26, 86 

Microslide 19 

boxes 18 

labels 18 

tool set 23 

Microvials 15 

Miniscales I 

Minitools 28 

Minnow trap 38 

Minuten pins 33 

Mite brushing machine 58 

Models 88 

Phone: (310) 667-8800 $ Fax: (310) 667-8808 $ $ www.bioquip.com 

Monarch net 46 

Mosquito 

attractant A, G 

bed net 69 

breeders D, 37 

chill tables E, 37 

dipper 37 

head net 69 

traps A, 38, 39, 41 

Moth sheet G 

Mounting 

cards, botanical 73 

kit, slide mounting 19 

mediums 20 

minuten pinning strips 33 

Mounts 

Riker 12 

tick 76 

Mugs 94 

Muslin 49 

N 

Nalgene bottle 67 

Neckties 94 

Needles, teasing 29 

Negative storage page 12 

Neoprene stoppers B, 18 

Nesting containers 51 

Nets 

aquatic I, K, 43, 44 

bags C, J, 45 - 48 

collapsible 47 

Gambusia 44 

handle extensions F, 47 

insect C, 44 - 47 

Monarch 46 

mosquito, head 69 

plankton 42 

pocket 47 

screen barrier H, 44 

sweep C, 45 

tropics 46 

Netting fabric 49 

New Jersey light trap 39 

Night collecting lights 52, 53, 

56 

No-thrips insect screen 49 

Notebooks, field 64 

Notecards 91 

Nitex screen 49 

O 

Octanol G 

Odonata 

cabinet, drawer storage 5 

envelope heat sealer 5 

envelopes 5 

unit tray 5 

"Order" insect labels 35 

P 

Packs 

battery 54 

heat 59 

shoulder 65 

Paint, luminous 64 

Pampel's solution 20 

201

Paper 

All-weather 64 

bibulous 19 

label 34 

lens 19 

pH test 61 

Paste, botany 73 

Patent lip vials 17, 18 

Pens 

All-weather 64 

labeling 34 

Pesola scales 65 

Pest management, 

pest ID CD-ROM, 78 

photoslides, video 78 

Peterson's solution 20 

Petri dishes 36 

pH paper 61 

Photoelectric switches 56 

Photography 

equipment 13, 24 

slide storage 12 

slide viewer I 

video camera 25 

Pickmattock 71 

Pigma pens 34 

Pigtail adapter 53 

Pin(s) 

glass headed 35 

holders 32, 33 

insect 32 

label 34 

minuten 33 

vise 29 

Pinning 

blocks 32 

foam 6 

forceps I, 30 

strips J, 33 

trays 3, 7, 8 

Pipette 

aquatic B 

dropping 20 

Pitfall trap 55 

Plankton 

net 42 

netting 49 

Plant 

markers 74 

presses 72, 74 

Plastic tubes 15 

Playing cards 91 

Plot markers 74 

Pocket 

collecting jar 50 

lantern 66 

net 47 

seine 43 

Point punches 33 

Port-A-Bug, pop-up 86 

Posters, charts 84 86 87 89 91 

Powder, luminous 64 

Preserving fluid 20 

Presses, plant 72, 74 

Pro tem block 35 

Props, vinyl 19 

Pump, air 38 

Punches, point 33 

Puppets 88 

Puzzles 90 

PVA mounting medium 20 

202 

R 

Rack, vial storage 14 

Rain 

gauge 64 

shields, mercury vapor light 

52 

Rapidograph pens 34 

Rearing 

cages H, 40, 63, 68, 69 

sleeves H 

Repair adhesive 33 

Riker mounts 12 

Ringer, slide J 

Rodent traps 71 

Rotator, collection bottle 39 

Rubis forceps 30 

Ruler 28 

S 

Safety glasses 53 

Samplers 

aerosol droplet 19 

Dendy larval 43 

Hess benthic K 

Surber bottom 42 

water 42 

Saw, folding 74 

Scales 

mini I 

Pesola 65 

Scalpels 29 

Schmitt boxes 10 

Scissors 29 

Screen(s) 

antivirus 49 

barrier net H, 44 

insect 49 

Lumite 49 

No-thrips 49 

Screw cap vials 17, 18 

Secchi disk 42 

Seedling trays 74 

Seine collapsible 43 

“Sex sign” labels 35 

Sharpener, diamond 28 

Sheets 

beating 63 

night collecting G 

Shell vials 17, 18 

Shellac gel 33 

Sherman traps 71 

Shield, sting 69 

Shovel 71 

Sieve, soil kit 61 

Silica gel 8 

Sleeves, insect rearing H 

Slide (s) 

box 18 

drawer 13 

microscope 19 

mounting kit 19 

mounting medium 20 

photo slides, pest 78 

photo storage 12 

ringer J 

viewer I 

Smoker, bee 70 

Software 80, 81 

Soil 

emergence kit 61 

sieve kit 61 

Solar panel 55 


Sorting trays 36 

Sounding lead 42 

“Species” labels 35 

Specimen 

clearing fluid 20 

containers 51 

data labels 74 

envelopes 12, 51 

Spreading boards 31 

Stages microscope 21 

Stains 

double 20 

lignin 20 

Stereo microscopes A, E, 

22 - 24 

Stiky Strip traps 58 

Stockinette sleeve 40 

Stoppers, vial B, 18 

Straps, plant press 72 

Stream flowtanks 41 

Strips 

foam double mount 33 

pinning J, 33 

Styrene boxes 51 

Surber bottom sampler 42 

Sweep nets 45 

Swiss 

Army knife 66 

forceps 30 

Switches 

photoelectric 56 

timing 55 

Syringe bulb B 

T 

T-shirts 91 - 94 

Tags, aluminum 74 

Tally meter 65 

Tangle-Trap adhesive 59 

Teasing needles 29 

Teflon coated slides 19 

Termite video 78 

Thermometers K, 42, 66 

Tick 

drag C 

dry mounts 80 

lifter 69 

video 80 

Timer, DC 55 

Timing switches 55 

Tinitool kit 28 

Tomahawk animal traps 71 

Transformer, voltage C 

Traps 

animal 71 

aquatic light 41 

black light 56 

butterfly bait 52 

CDC 39 

EVS CO 2 D, G, 38 

gravid 38 

Havahart 71 

light 38, 39, 41, 56 

Lindgren 63 

Malaise 60, 61 

minnow 38 

mosquito 38, 39 

pitfall 55 

rodent 71 

Sentinel 

Sherman 71 

Stiky Strip 58 

Product BOOKS Index 

Tangle-trap adhesive 59 

Tomahawk 71 

Universal BL 56 

Trays 

larval 37 

pinning 3, 7, 8 

sorting 36 

vial 14, 16 

Triangles, Lepidoptera J 

Tropics net 46 

Trowel 61 

Tubes, plastic 15 

U 

U.S.N.M. storage system 

cabinets 8 

drawers 8 

unit trays 8 

Unit tray shipper 9 

Unit trays 3, 5, 7, 8, 14 

mailing 9 

UV 

block, insect drawers 2 

flashlight B, 66 

safety glasses 53 

V 

Vacuums, insect collecting B, 

57, 58 

Vaportape II strips 9 

Veil, bee 70 

Ventilators, botany 72 

Vernier calipers 28 

Versaboard 31 

Vests 68 

Vial(s) 

cabinets 16 

capsule 15 

collecting D, 50 

display 14 

drawer storage 14, 16 

forceps 28 

genitalia 15 

glass 14, 15, 17, 18 

micro 15 

patent lip 17, 18 

rack 14 

screw cap 17, 18, 57 

shell 17, 18 

stoppers 18 

trays 14, 16 

unit trays 14, 16 

Video(s) 

cameras 13, 25 

cassettes 76 - 80, 82 - 84 

Vinyl props 19 

Vise, pin 29 

Voltage transformer C 

W 

Watch-A-Bug viewer 86 

Water 

filters 67 

samplers K, 42 

Whirl-Pak bags 36 

Wind meters 64 

Woodkits 88 

Z 

Zipper bags, polyethylene 74 


ORDER FORM may be removed for use, or may be retained in catalog and photocopied as needed. 

Total 

Quantity Catalog No. Description Size/Color Unit price Dollars Cents 

Minimum order: $25.00 for individuals; $35.00 for institutional orders. Total Merchandise 

Minimum shipping/handling charge (U.S.): $8.00 Sales Tax (California only) 

Notes: Estimated Shipping & Handling 

METHOD OF PAYMENT: 

G Check or Money OrdernAmount Enclosed 

G Institution Purchase OrdernP.O. No. 

G Credit Card No. Exp. Date 

Card Holder Signature 

ORDER FORM 

PRODUCTS 

Date: 

BILL TO: Customer No. if known: SHIP TO: Use only if different from BILL TO 

NAME NAME 

STREET ADDRESS STREET ADDRESS 

CITY STATE ZIP CITY STATE ZIP 

COUNTRY COUNTRY 

Signature Phone ( ) Email 

Address: 

2321 E. Gladwick Street 

Rancho Dominguez, CA 90220 USA 

Telephone: (310) 667-8800 

Fax: (310) 667-8808 

Email: bqinfo@bioquip.com 

Web: www.bioquip.com 

Total

BioQuip Equipment Catalog - Nature | Where knowledge meets ...

Create successful ePaper yourself

Delete template?

Save as template?